Welcome to the Ask the Lucasfilm Jedi Council Archives. A feature of Star Wars. Com, no longer active. This is not a complete archive but have salvaged what I can.
January 2004
Q : Will there ever be an Episode II Insider’s Guide?
Steve Sansweet: I assume you’re talking about the great CD-ROMs that LucasArts did for both the classic trilogy (Star Wars: Behind the Magic) and the first prequel (Star Wars: Episode I Insider’s Guide). Both were chock full with exclusive interviews, rare footage, encyclopedia-like coverage, scene guides, still images, trivia, a look at characters, vehicles, the making of the films…and much, much more.
But basically two things have happened. First, the market has clearly moved away from such CD-ROMs; in fact, it had pretty much collapsed just as the Episode I Insider’s Guide was starting to ship. And that’s because the kinds of material that would be included on such CD-ROMs can be better placed on more interactive and updateable websites and richer DVDs — which is exactly what Lucasfilm did for Episode II.
Q : Why does there appear to be statues of horses in the scene where Jar Jar and his people are entering the city after defeating the droid army? Horses were never seen on any of the fantasy planets.
Jocasta Nu: Those are not horses. They are in fact statues of guarlaras, royal riding animals used only by the monarchy. The galaxy contains a number of species similar to the mundane equines you are familiar with. The forest moon of Endor has several such species, including bordoks and gaupas.
Q : Is that you in the tank in Indiana Jones and the Last Crusade?
Nick Gillard: Good eye. It most certainly is.
Q : What do you think are the chances of MGM’s Star Tours expanding or for Mr. Lucas to build a Star Wars theme park?
Steve Sansweet: As long ago as 1984, Lucasfilm and the Walt Disney Co. began exploring the possibilities of theme park attractions based on the Star Wars and Indiana Jones movies. One early idea was an entire area at Disneyland with seven rides based on those films. Eventually, in 1987, Star Tours opened in Disneyland, and later in Disney parks in Orlando, Tokyo and Paris. Indiana Jones attractions followed. We continue to believe that the Disney environment is an excellent one for attractions based on Lucasfilm movies, and we are always looking at ways to either freshen or, if it makes sense, expand that presence.
Q : Stupid question but what are humans called in the Star Wars universe?
Jocasta Nu: Humans are simply identified as humans — notice when C-3PO remarks that Luke Skywalker is quite clever for a human being, or when Han Solo ironically calls Jabba the Hutt a wonderful human. The Podracer announcers also identify Anakin Skywalker as a human. Your confusion may stem from there not being a homeworld identified in the species name, but that is not uncommon. The species name “Wookiee,” for instance makes no reference to Kashyyyk.
The origins of humanity in this galaxy have been lost to time. There are several worlds that lay claim to the prehistoric birthplace of the human species — and in ancient times, wars were fought over such claims — but the truth remains a mystery. As such, many humans tend to refer to themselves with names that identify particular cultures or homeworld: for example, Corellians and Alderaanians.
Q : I saw your name when I was watching the BBC hit “Red Dwarf.” What was it like and how did Mr. Charles’ skills match to Star Wars?
Nick Gillard: Working on “Red Dwarf” was a lot of fun! I think Mr. Charles would make a good Sith.
Q : I’ve seen Star Wars wall art that is made up of small movie picture frames cut up to make an image. What are these type of pictures called and where can I buy them?
Steve Sansweet: There were two fantastic Star Wars images done by Robert Silvers, the creator of Photomosaics, a technology he invented at the age of 26 while a student at the MIT Media Lab. According to his company’s web site, Silvers’ proprietary software “expertly considers minute details in hundreds of individual images to create a beautiful mosaic arrangement.” A Photomosaic works by arranging hundreds or thousands of tiny photographs that, when viewed from a distance, combine to form a single larger image. In this case, many frames of film from the classic Star Wars trilogy created portraits of Darth Vader and of Yoda. Both are included in Silvers’ first book, “Photomosaics” (Henry Holt & Co., $12 soft cover). The Photomosaics were also printed as posters by Lucasfilm licensee Portal Publications in 1997, and are still available in some poster shops or at online sites.
February 2004
Q : In Episode V, Yoda acts like an idiot when Luke was visiting him. Yoda acted like he has never seen technology before. What happened to him? Did the swamp make him crazy?
Jocasta Nu: Yoda was hiding his identity and testing Luke’s patience and intentions. His behavior before revealing his true name and status as a Jedi Master is an act. You’ll note that once Luke realizes that it is in fact Yoda the Jedi Master, Yoda does not behave in this odd way.
Q : I heard that Natalie Portman is terrified of heights. Did she do the whole pole/nexu/chain thing in Episode II herself?
Nick Gillard: Yes Natalie did stand on the pole. She also jumped from it. I had to show her how to do it and I think I was more frightened than she was.
Q : How many bones have you broken?
Nick Gillard: Not as many as the hearts I have broken.
March 2004
Q : Why is Endor called the “centurian” moon?
Jocasta Nu: Your ears deceive you, young Padawan. The term used is “Sanctuary Moon,” which describes Endor’s role in generating the protective shield around a vulnerable second Death Star.
This Article was Originally posted 2022-06-14 18:58:27.
The Clone Wars Episode Guide: Season Five – Part 4
As I said in the previous post, the format changed for the Episode Guides, so I have created two Featurettes covering clips and interviews from The Clone Wars – Season 5 so I hope you enjoy them.
Expect the same for the rest of the Seasons and expect Season 6 soon.
The Clone Wars Episode Guide: Season Five – Part 4
This Article was Originally posted 2023-08-03 13:45:17.
In this deep lore breakdown, we explore the disturbing legacy of Vodal Kressh, a rare Sith prodigy whose mastery of alchemy rivaled even Sith Emperor Vitiate himself, and whose discoveries on the cursed world of Athiss were so dangerous that they were erased from Sith history. Tracing the anomalous Kressh bloodline back to Ludo Kressh, this video examines why Sith alchemy is considered the first great sin, how Kressh’s voluntary following terrified the Emperor, and why both Jedi and Sith ultimately chose to seal and abandon Athiss rather than control it. What Vodal Kressh uncovered was not merely forbidden knowledge, but something so existentially threatening that even the most powerful Sith in history chose silence over domination.
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Thursday, May 27, 2004 Issue #111
The second installment of Star Wars Weekends at Disney-MGM Studios bubbled over with excitement as fans met with Peter Mayhew (Chewbacca) and the man of many Star Wars alien faces, Jerome Blake.
During the “Stars of the Saga – Star Wars Celebrity Talk Show,” Blake entertained audiences with stories of his experiences portraying some of the more unusual characters in the prequels, while Mayhew reminisced about his role as one of the most beloved characters in the original trilogy.
Blake, most noted for his role as the slimy Neimoidian schemer Rune Haako, has also stepped into the shoes of Mas Amedda — the booming voice of order in the Galactic Senate — as well as the shaggy-haired serpentine Jedi MasterOppo Rancisis, Watto’s tall-crested betting partner Graxol Kelvyyn, and alien senators Orn Free Taa and Horox Ryyder.
“I seem to always be playing the dodgy characters,” Blake laughs.
When Blake first auditioned for The Phantom Menace, he and fellow actor Silas Carson were put to work shooting animatics of the submarine scene playing the parts of Qui-Gon (Blake) and Jar Jar (Carson). Even though Liam Neeson and Ahmed Best played the intrepid heroes in the final film, Blake joined Carson in the Star Wars universe depicting half a dozen notable characters.
To the audience’s delight, Blake mentioned that his latest movie project will have him working closely with none other than Star Wars alumnus Warwick Davis (Wicket).
“I’m working on a little movie called Hitchhiker’s Guide to the Galaxy,” Blake says over the applause. “Have you heard of it?”
Hitchhiker’s is being shot in the same place Star Wars made famous, Elstree Studios. “When I work there I get the sense that history is creeping out of its very walls,” Blake remarks.
After Blake was asked by a fan to do his impression of Darth Vader by breathing into an empty glass, it was Mayhew’s turn to take center stage.
When asked by a fan which scene was the hardest to play, the towering 7′ 3″ actor explained that acting around bluescreen wasn’t the only obstacle on the set. Director George Lucas asked Mayhew to pretend to play against R2-D2 in a friendly game of holographic chess in the Millennium Falcon in A New Hope.
“He said to just pretend as though I was playing chess,” Mayhew says. “But of course I’d never played chess in my life, not to mention against droids. So I faked it.”
Mayhew also went on to describe what it felt like to meet one of his heroes while he was being fitted for his Wookiee costume last year on the Sydney Episode III set.
“I met Christopher Lee and was completely awestruck,” Mayhew recalls. “When I shook his hand he said, ‘I think you have more screen-time than I do.'”
To the audience’s surprise, right when Mayhew reminded fans that Episode III is scheduled to be released on his birthday of May 19, 2005, his alter ego Chewbacca, accompanied by a few Ewoks, walked on stage with a chocolate birthday cake to celebrate Mayhew’s recent 60th birthday.
“Chocolate is a Wookiee favorite,” Mayhew smiled.
Star Wars Weekends continues this weekend, May 28 – 30, with special guest stars Anthony Daniels (C-3PO) and Andy Secombe (Watto). In addition to the celebrity talk show, other fun activities keep fans busy during Star Wars Weekends.
These include the Jedi Training Academy, where youngsters train in the art of the lightsaber to face off against Darth Vader or Darth Maul; the Galactic Game Show, where Star Wars trivia mavens compete in a “Who Wants to Be A Millionare”-type setting; roaming costumed characters from the entire saga, including new bounty hunters, clone troopers, and even Mickey Mouse as a Jedi; and the ever-popular Star Tours attraction.
For a complete celebrity list, see this story here. For a look at some of the exclusive merchandise available at Star Wars Weekends
Thursday, June 10, 2004 Issue #112
Space Battle Recipe
Episode III starts with a bang. The starfleets of the Galactic Republic and Confederacy of Independent Systems are locked in a jumbled brawl of lumbering capital ships and swift starfighters, exchanging fire high in the Coruscant atmosphere.
Hundreds upon hundreds of ships are engaged in this high-stakes battle of the Clone Wars, but the audience will only really follow two small snubfighters into the thick of battle. As Obi-Wan and Anakin dive into the heart of the conflict to carry out a most important mission, they’ll be the camera’s guide through the chaos.
Designing the motion of the revealing opening shot fell to Animatics Artist Euisung Lee, but filling the enormous background battle in the entire scene is a group effort. “We had a brainstorming session about possible cool background battle stuff that can happen,” he says. “We have a list of ideas. I don’t know how many of them are actually in the movie, but we had come up withsome modular background action so that we can pop them into place.”
One of Lee’s most intriguing contributions may be missed upon first glance, tucked away as it is in the backdrop of the action. A triangular Jedi cruiser is locked in a deadly embrace with the much larger Trade Federation battleship, occupying the gap between the battleship’s forward arms and pointing its dagger-like nose straight towards the huge central sphere.
“My thought was that maybe the clones were actually boarding the donut ship,” explains Lee. “There’s an opening in the waist of the Jedi ship. The middle sphere is falling apart. The idea is that they took over the whole thing, and the middle sphere is drifting away from the center.”
A dry-erase board hanging in the Animatics Department serves as a recipe list for otherpossible mini-dramas playing in the background of the scene. Note that not all may not be in the final film. This list instead just represents some of the tantalizing possibilities:
Colliding | scraping starships
Sacrifice ship to break through blockade
Diving formation of assault frigates to save cruiser from swarm
Shockwave causing havoc from large explosion of ship
Shockwave bombs across surface of larger ship causing damage
Shockwave bomb on droid fighters
Tractor beams picking up ships to repair | collision
Pockets of intense debris caused by explosion that heroes fly through
Reinforcements dropping out of hyperspace to help less-than-fortunate ship
Launching and docking tri-fighters | clone fighters
EMP bomb causing loss of power to large ships, out-of-control collision
Vulture droids landing on large ships and attacking
Leaking fuel ignited by ship passing
Combined ray attack
For continued coverage of the post-production process, including in-depth examination of this epic battle sequence and others, subscribe to Hyperspace: The Official Star Wars Fan Club today!
Thursday, June 24, 2004 Issue #113
Report from the Battlefront
The endless storm pelts your armor as you scramble up a rain-slicked ramp. A report from headquarters rings in your helmet — the Confederacy is in danger of taking the Kaminocloning center! If they control this vital command post, it may choke the flow of your reinforcements. A team of droidekas and super battle droids blocks your path, but two platforms away, you see your salvation. An unmanned Jedi starfighter sits unguarded. If you can get to it, it may just tip the balance…
Welcome to Star Wars Battlefront, an action-packed open-ended multiplayer action game that spans the entire Star Wars saga. The game isn’t due out until September, but this past Tuesday, June 22, select members of the electronic gaming press were given a taste of the action to come.
The setting: the woods. Not painstakingly detailed and amazingly rendered foliage, but actual woods in the Presidio in San Francisco. LucasArts transformed one patch of Endor-like forest into a unique gaming event. Stormtroopers and Rebel commandos from local 501st fan detachments were there in full armor and gear, flanking the paths to camo-netted tents that served as gaming stations.
The game supports up to 32 combatants on a battlefield, so to fully experience the potential of Star Wars Battlefront, LucasArts set up a number of LANs and unleashed the press into the firefight. Players could choose from Xbox, PlayStation2 and PC tents, and their stations were each assigned a character name so they could keep track of just who-fragged-who.
Battlefront does away with an overriding story or puzzles for players to solve – it’s raw combat and battlefield adrenaline. Though it can be played as a chaotic free-for-fall, there are definite benefits to teamwork and strategy. Throughout each environment, there are key “command posts” to control, which ultimately determine the number of spawning areas in which new combatants appear. If a warring side — be it Imperial or Rebel, Confederacy or Republic — completely conquers all the command posts on a map, they emerge victorious.
The martial refrains of the Imperial March, the din of blaster fire and roar of explosions filled the chilly San Francisco air as locales such as Rhen Var, Endor, Yavin 4, Hoth and Kamino were opened up for eager combatants to sample. The absolute freedom for soldiers to explore anywhere, and jump into and out of turret emplacements and vehicles was a big hit. These fully textured and detailed vehicles are not just cover or scenery – they are workable battlefield assets, fully controllable armor and air support experienced from a first person perspective.
These vehicles uniquely expand the game experience — they’re not just powered up soldiers. For example, the flight capabilities of the droid and Jedi starfighters on Kamino allow for players to fly below the city surface levels, and enter into combat in the girders beneath.
“If you’ve seen a vehicle in a Star Wars movie, odds are it’s in the game,” says Executive Producer Greg Burrod of Pandemic Studios. There are over 30 different vehicles that appear in Battlefront, one of which specifically underscores how teamwork can make a tactical difference.
“If I jump into a snowspeeder, I’m going to want to take out AT-ATs,” explains Burrod. “Well, from the movies, the best way to do that is to use a tow cable. So, I’m going to need a gunner. Another player will need to jump in, and over my headset, we’ll need to coordinate that attack,” he describes.
Keep checking starwars.com, and especially LucasArts.com for more detailed Star Wars Battlefront coverage and war stories. The game is scheduled for release on September 21 for Xbox, PlayStation 2 and PC. For those wanting a sample, the DVD release of the Star Wars Trilogy will feature an Xbox playable demo of the game.
Thursday, July 08, 2004 Issue #114
Prepare Yourself for Comic-Con
Star Wars fans get ready. It’s going to take some preparation, planning, and maybe a little perspiration to make sure you’re equipped to get the most out of what’s in store for you at this year’s Comic-Con International, coming July 21 – 25, 2004 to the San Diego Convention Center.
Prepare to explore the huge Star Wars Pavilion at the front of Hall D, which will feature a wall-sized screen of exciting Star Wars video footage, plus eighteen Lucasfilm licensees presenting a virtual “street fair” of Star Wars. Many are debuting products or selling Comic-Con exclusive merchandise in the Pavilion. There will be autographs, events, give-aways, and prize drawings throughout the show.
It’s hard to imagine Comic-Con without Steve Sansweet’s Star Wars Spectacular, scheduled this year for Saturday, from noon to 2:00 PM in Hall H. Sansweet will share the inside scoop with fans on the coming original trilogy DVD release slated for this September, and the latest on Star Wars: Episode III. The head of Fan Relations at Lucasfilm has been known to have a few surprises up his sleeve just for Comic-Con fans, and this year should not be any different.
Thursday night, fans can enjoy the works of promising filmmakers in the #3rd annual Star Wars Fan Film Awards at 8:30 in Room 20. There will be special entertainment by Charlie Ross, performer of the One Man Star Wars Trilogy, too. Come for fun, and come for free popcorn while it lasts, courtesy of Comic-Con International.
Friday is Star Wars Day at Comic-Con, repeating a popular tradition of Star Wars panels and news throughout the day. This year, kids can enjoy special Star Wars activities, contests, and prize drawings just for them during Comic-Con Kids’ Day on Sunday.
Pack a schedule, pack a lunch, and prepare yourself for days of Star Wars fun at San Diego Comic-Con.
Thursday, August 05, 2004 Issue #116
Kashyyyk Revisited
The Wookiee homeworld of Kashyyyk has the odd distinction of being a world established in detail by George Lucas, but that has only been explored thus far in the expanded universe. During the development of the original Star Wars, Lucas had planned a journey to the Wookiee homeworld but the evolving storyline and budget realities kept the arboreal world from appearing on the big screen.
Nonetheless, Lucas’ detailed notes about Wookiee ecology and culture became the springboard for a number of authors and artists who weren’t limited by fiscal restraints — any planet can be visited in a comic book, for instance, for the same costs. The Wookiee planet of Kashyyyk appeared in the Marvel run, the Star Wars daily newspaper strips, and even on television in “The Star Wars Holiday Special.”
Finally, the Wookiee homeworld will be given the movie treatment in Episode III. “It’s a tropical, but cool planet,” describes Concept Design Supervisor Ryan Church. “The only real directive we got from George is that they live in giant trees.”
In developing the look of Kashyyyk, the Art Department first turned to the much-maligned 1978 television special to see what had come before. “We watched that on a loop about four or five times, avoided suicide, and went back to work,” laughs Church. Though produced on a variety show scale, the Holiday Special’s Wookiee world (then called Kazhyyyk — pronounced, oddly, as ‘Kazook’) did have an establishing shot of a Wookiee domicile rendered as a painting by Ralph McQuarrie. The set built for the show — the inside of Chewbacca’s home — was a mix of flashy sci-fi tech and carved-from-wood naturalism.
“We wanted to have a sort of high-tech Frank Lloyd Wright feel where the Wookiees incorporated the natural environments into their living conditions,” says Church. “George was very specific about not wanting to see the same thing over and over again. We’re visiting a lot of planets in Episode III, so when we cut to Kashyyyk really quickly, you have to know where you are.”
The end result will be a single city on Kashyyyk that straddles several massive trees. Though other published sources have explored the thickest areas of jungle canopy, Episode III’s location is on the shore of a tree-lined lagoon, offering greater visual dynamics and story potential.
In Episode III, Kashyyyk will be at war, and as such, the Art Department needed to develop Wookiee instruments of warfare. “We wanted it to look distinct from what the rest of the cultures in the Star Wars universe use,” says Church. “Feng Zhu did a lot of these technical illustrations, and came up with a very unique aesthetic. I wanted to come up with a type of vehicle that implied that only a Wookiee could handle it. Like they took some kind of technology that’s out there, and they commandeered it and modified it for their own use.”
If you’d like to see a slideshow of over 40 concept art images of Episode III Kashyyyk, be sure to check out this article, available only to Hyperspace subscribers.
Thursday, August 19, 2004 Issue #117
Gary Kurtz: Risks Worth Taking
Though most fans would find it hard to believe, there was a time when Star Wars was a huge gamble. Gary Kurtz, the producer of the original Star Wars and The Empire Strikes Back, had to face a world of skeptical studios executives who couldn’t fathom George Lucas’ outer space fantasy ever becoming a crowd-pleaser.
“The atmosphere in the studios was not very partial to sci-fi,” recounts Kurtz. Even the most popular sci-fi film at the time had been a meager success in the eyes of Hollywood executives. “2001 had come out in 1968 and took six years to make its money back,” he says.
But Alan Ladd Jr. at 20th Century Fox had enough faith in Star Wars to greenlight the project. “It was the cheapest film that they had on their slate that year; everything else was more expensive, so even if they didn’t make their money back and just broke even, it would be okay,” says Kurtz.
In the almost three-decades since the debut of Star Wars, the movie landscape has changed so radically that the quieter days of 1977 seem almost alien in comparison.
“In the box office takings nowadays, the opening weekend is the key thing. In the ’70s, the style of release was quite different,” says Kurtz. “Most films were platformed, which means they were tried out in a few cinemas, and then expanded over time. In this case, we were stuck, as Star Wars was one of the first films with Dolby Surround sound and Dolby stereo mix. We only opened in cinemas which had Dolby stereo installed, and cinemas were so reluctant that Fox had to guarantee they would recoup the costs of the installation, and said they were willing to pay for the costs of removing the equipment if cinemas didn’t want to keep it!”
From the initial 32 theaters on May 25, 1977, Star Wars’s release grew to encompass hundreds of theaters, but it was still just a fraction of the number of theaters most big films open nowadays. What contributed to its box office success was months, not weeks of steady business. “It was never in more than 600 cinemas at one time,” says Kurtz, “but it played for a long time; some ran the films for six months! You’d never have that these days. A big film will open in 4,000 cinemas and be gone in three months.”
The dramatic uphill struggle to make Star Wars is extensively documented in Empire of Dreams, the feature-length documentary found on the Star Wars Trilogy DVD that debuts on September 21. Kurtz is one of the dozens of personalities interviewed in the film. In the coming weeks, keep checking starwars.com for a more extensive look at the making of this long-awaited DID set as the countdown continues to September 21.
Thursday, September 02, 2004 Issue #118
Shepperton Flashbacks
From August 23 to September 3, Episode III Set Diarist Pablo Hidalgo is in Shepperton, UK, chronicling the 11 days of additional photography for Revenge of the Sith. Here is a classic-themed bonus entry, exclusive to the Homing Beacon. If you’re not a Hyperspace member, you’ve missed in-depth coverage of Episode III since the very first day of principal photography, including a live webcam capturing images from the filming locations. Don’t miss a single day, join now!
A casual stroll through Shepperton Studios reveals its deep roots in the history of cinema. Structures on the lot such as the Orson Welles Building, the David Lean Building and the Korda Theatre give hints to its storied past. Here, Lean shot some of Lawrence of Arabia, Stanley Kubrick shot parts of 2001 and Dr. Strangelove, John Huston shot some of The African Queen. And here, George Lucas is shooting Star Wars …again.
In May of 1976, Shepperton became the Fourth Moon of Yavin for three days of studio shooting. Though Elstree formed the bulk of the studio shoot for the original A New Hope, the production trekked to Stage H in Shepperton Studios to find the space needed for the Rebel outpost.
“Stage H at the time was the biggest stage in England,” recalls Lucas. “They didn’t have the Bond stage here yet. I built a bigger one later in Elstree for Empire, but that’s all we had back then.”
On Friday, May 14, 1976 — a little more than a year before the movie would come out — Star Wars came to Shepperton. Mark Hamill, Carrie Fisher, Harrison Ford, Anthony Daniels and Peter Mayhew were the principal cast members there for the medal ceremony in the Massassi throne room. Joining them were supporting cast members Alex McCrindle (General Dodonna), Angus McInnis (Gold Leader) and Colin Higgins (who appears to have played Wedge in the Rebel briefing scene, though the report lists no character name).
I figured Colin Higgins may be a common name around here, but I had to ask George: “Is this the same Colin Higgins who wrote Harold and Maude?”
“No, that wasn’t him,” George laughs. I’ve brought copies of the Daily Production Progress Reports from those three days of shooting along with me to the re-shoots, to see if they jog any classic Star Wars memories.
An eye-catching detail is the length of the workday. The current Episode III pick-up schedule has days starting at 7:30 am and wrapping at 7:00 pm. In 1976, it’s a different story. On May 14, it’s 8:30 to 5:40. On Tuesday, May 18, it’s 8:30 to 7:35. On Wednesday, it’s 8:30 to 5:30. Furthermore, on Episode III, the first set-up is typically completed within a half-hour of the day’s start. For Episode IV, these three days have set-up times of an hour, an hour and a half, and two hours, fifteen minutes.
How things have changed. “This was the crowd breakdown then?” asks Ewan McGregor, who also examines the progress reports. He looks at what the extras got paid for the Massassi war room sequence.
“Those were the days,” chuckles George. “In those days, you could get a really good dinner for !”
Ewan, who has spent so much time preparing for the fateful duel between Obi-Wan and Anakin, took special interest at the May 18, 1976 report. “Look at this: ‘As per Call Sheet, a rehearsal of the Sword Fight between Sir Alec Guinness and Dave Prowse was held, but the venue was EMI Studios this morning, under the supervision of Stunt Arranger Peter Diamond,'” he quotes. “These are amazing.”
Anthony Daniels, who was present at the ’76 Shepperton shoot, recalls that it was George Lucas’ birthday during the first day. He also recalls the assistant director giving him an important piece of advice on an extras-heavy day. “He told me to have lunch a little early. I said I could wait for everyone else, to which he responded: ‘have you ever seen a crowd of extras rush for lunch?'”
Thursday, September 16, 2004 Issue #119
Behind Empire of Dreams
When documentary filmmaker and producer Kevin Burns began tackling the gargantuan task of interviewing over 40 actors, special effects experts, editors, journalists, friends and George Lucas himself for the 2 1/2-hour Star Wars Trilogy DVD documentary Empire of Dreams, he wanted to give fans more than the typical rehashed back story.
“I really cringe when someone says that Empire of Dreams is merely a ‘making of’ documentary,” Burns says. “Even with all the shows (‘Backstory,’ ‘Biography,’ etc.) that I’ve done in the last 10 years through my company at Fox, I really try not to do a typical ‘making of’ documentary. I’m not interested in how many reels of films were shot on Day 13. I’m concerned with the human story behind the making of a film. And what agony and struggle and curve balls people have to deal with in order to go through the process of making a film. That to me is what’s interesting.”
He wasn’t alone in his thinking. One of the main reasons Burns was able to secure hard-to-come by interviews with such heavyweights as Harrison Ford, Mark Hamill and Carrie Fisher had to do with his unique vision behind the documentary.
“Those are the people who have spent 27 years answering the same 40 questions and have been hounded to death about the films,” Burns says. “They weren’t hostile… they were simply weary and wary of being involved in another Star Wars retrospective.” Burns and Hamill had known each other for quite sometime before he was set to interview the actor about his legendary role as Luke Skywalker, however during their friendship, the Force wasn’t exactly a topic of casual conversation.
“We had been friends for 16 years, but in the time I’ve known him we had never sat down and asked him about Star Wars,” Burns admits. “So it was really odd to sit there with my friend for three hours and conduct a huge cathartic kind of therapy session with him. It turned out to be a great interview.”
Another reluctant interview involved an actor who’s character not only spans the original trilogy, but all three prequels as well.
“Anthony Daniels didn’t want to do the interviews until he spoke to me about his concerns,” Burns recalls. “Daniels had said, ‘I don’t know you and you don’t know me, but I want to tell you right now – I will not do this interview if I’m asked yet again, ‘What was it like to be C-3PO’ or ‘How did it feel to be in Star Wars?’ So please don’t ask me something so inane. I hope to have a level of discourse at a higher intellectual plane than that.’ And for that I immediately had respect for him.”
A&E will air a special 90-minute version of Empire of Dreams throughout the month, including this Sunday. Check local listings for times. The full 2 1/2-hour version can only be found on the Star Wars Trilogy DVD set. For more information on Empire of Dreams and the Star Wars Trilogy DVD, visit starwars.com.
Thursday, September 30, 2004 Issue #120
Golden DVD Memories
Though C-3PO seems to have trouble remembering key events fromone generation to the next, actor Anthony Daniels’ recollectionsare far more precise. With the release of the Star WarsTrilogy on DVD, many of those memories have come rushing back,in crystal clarity thanks to unparalleled image and soundquality and recently unearthed archival footage.
“The very first day out in the desert, I thought there wasgoing to be Hollywood-style trailers, and there was aboy-scout tent.” recalls Daniels. “I stood there andput on my underclothes and then had six people attackme with various bits of the costume and two hours later,I was in pain!”
It took two hours to fit Daniels into the very firstThreepio costume, a process that now, by Episode III,has finally been perfected to just a matter of minutes.”Somebody switched on the light and C-3PO’s eyes lit upand then they pulled back the curtains of the tent andI stepped forward into the rising sun,” continuesDaniels. “The sun was just coming up over the dunes,and just hit my costume. Around me, all the crew –Americans, Europeans and the local Tunisian people –just stopped work and gazed. It was his greatest moment,but from then on we had to start filming and was all abit down hill from then on!”
What coaxed Daniels into the uncomfortable golden suitwas the poignant strength of a concept painting byRalph McQuarrie, depicting the lonely droid standingin the sprawling desert. Daniels says he felt akinship with the droid, particularly when it cametime to shoot the desert sequences.
“You have to realize that the cameras were about amile away and Artoo was empty and being pulledalong by someone with awire. The wind was blowing.It was cold. I’m all alone. I can see people at thecamera, and they’re going to wave at me when they’reready. I’m looking around, and there, very, veryclose to me, is a Tunisian desert person — a realone, not someone George had made up. With a facelike a million old leather handbags all sewn together,he was looking at me in this strange way.”
Daniels likens the experience to the classic scene inE.T. The Extra Terrestrial when young DrewBarrymore sees the alien for the first time. “It wasthe same. We both went, ‘AHHH!’ I looked at the cameraand I looked back and he’d gone. He absolutely meltedback into the sands. That was a very bizarre experience.He’s in some village now saying, ‘And then there was theday when I saw the gold god…'”
This Article was Originally posted 2022-06-20 02:52:14.
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Thursday, June 01, 2000 Issue #11
Episode II — By The Numbers
As producer for Episode II, Rick McCallum constantly has to juggle numbers to make sure the movie is done on time and on budget. Here’s a look at some of the numbers being crunched during these final weeks before production begins. Hundreds — Number of people Stunt Coordinator Nick Gillard is looking at for potential stunt roles 300 — Number of workers currently involved in construction.24 — Hours a day sets are in construction.1,200 — Costumes to be created, similar to the number crafted for The Phantom Menace.”A lot” — The number of different new looks for Natalie Portman, according to Rick McCallum.
Thursday, June 15, 2000 Issue #12
The Animatics Department
Returning to Episode II is David Dozoretz, the Previsualization/Visual Effects Supervisor who leads the team of animatics artists crafting a rough, temporary version of the movie.
Much has been said about how George Lucas’ non-linear approach to filmmaking is continually blurring the lines between such formerly distinct phases as pre-production, production and post-production. The work of the Animatics Department is a perfect example of this:
Pre-Production: “We’re closely related to what the Art Department does,” says Dozoretz. “We get to be the first group of artists to implement those fabulous designers’ work. We’re constantly getting information from them about what designs look like. We occasionally throw info back up to them, where if they need to do a storyboard or concept painting, we’ll help place things for them and compose the frame, because we have the ability to do that really quickly since we’ve got 3-D models.”
Production: Once shooting begins in Australia, the all-digital nature of Episode II’s production will allow Dozoretz’s team to utilize the footage immediately. “We will be able to incorporate dailies,” he says, though that will not be the Animatics Department’s primary focus. While Lucas’ crew gathers the necessary performances on-camera, “we’ll be back here at Skywalker Ranch doing design work on other sequences in the film, specifically action sequences,” says Dozoretz. “There are a couple of really really big action sequences which are primarily going to be done with digital technology, and very little of that will be shot during principal photography.”
Post-Production: “One of the great things about Episode II is a lot of the design work that we do in the animatics phase will cross over into ILM, so there’s no repetition of work,” says Dozoretz. The team does use some of the computer generated models crafted by Industrial Light & Magic. “Generally, ILM stuff is very high-end and very cumbersome because it’s so sophisticated,” he says. “We don’t use it too much, because we’re just trying to be very quick and rough and sketching stuff out. But we do use it sometimes, because obviously it’s the best models, the best animation and the best motion capture stuff.”
In most films, an editor’s work doesn’t start until after shooting has wrapped. Even before the cameras start capturing their digital images for Episode II, editor Ben Burtt has been hard at work cutting sequences together. “That’s my job right now,” says Burtt, “Cutting together these temporary shots, and doing shots with our own digital video camera, simple things, cutting them together to get a sense of how fast a sequence might flow, and how many shots are necessary to tell a story. And of course I’m able to think about sound at this point too. And I’ve got a list of things to record. I have ideas in mind for what they might sound like.”
Thursday, June 29, 2000 Issue #13
Co-Screenwriter Jonathan Hales
Although Jonathan Hales has had a professional relationship with Lucasfilm for the past ten years due to his involvement in The Young Indiana Jones Chronicles, his relationship with Star Wars began like most peoples.
“I remember taking my two very little boys to see Star Wars in a big cinema in London,” recounts Hales. “My kids were saying ‘Wow, Dad!’ and I was saying ‘Wow, boys!’ Now, I find myself [almost] 25 years later actually working on one, which is extraordinary. I love it. I mean, thats life.”
Hales is the co-screenwriter for the second chapter in the Star Wars saga, a role he finds both exhilarating and daunting. “My personal goal was to make it the best screenplay that ever was, so that it will be the best movie that ever was. You just do your very best,” Hales explains of his approach. “I tried to forget, in a way, that it was Star Wars, in a sense that I didn’t want to think Oh my God, there is a world out there waiting to see this stuff. I just tried to concentrate on it and what it was, and forget about that terrifying dimension thats out there.”
Episode II will add to the Star Wars saga, says Hales, but not just in the form of new characters, aliens, droids and locales. “It will add political complexity,” explains Hales, “but it will also add an interesting and a fascinating love story.”
Hales is scheduled to depart for Australia soon, to meet up with director George Lucas, who is currently filming there. “He and I will sit down and hell tell me what more thoughts hes had about the screenplay, and I will tidy that up,” explains Hales. “I shall only be there for a couple of weeks, anyway. Theres nothing more useless than a writer on a soundstage,” he adds dryly.
Hales also notes that his sons are pretty proud of their fathers involvement in Star Wars. “Theyre grown up now — theyre not little boys anymore; theyre quite big boys,” the writer laughs. “For the first time in their lives, they probably take me really serious as a writer now, because this is big stuff.”
Thursday, July 13, 2000 Issue #14
Episode II: Familiar Faces
Though Star Wars: Episode II will feature new worlds, new heroes, and new villains, fans will be heartened to know that many familiar favorites will be returning to that galaxy far, far away.
Once again providing the voice to the miserly Toydarian Watto is Andy Secombe. In Episode I, Watto was left the victim of his own gambling vice, having lost everything to Qui-Gon Jinn in the Jedi’s cleverly crafted bet. Now, moviegoers will revisit Watto on Tatooine a decade later, to see what has become of the junk-dealer.
Frank Oz defined the concept of a wise Jedi Master through his performance as Yoda in The Empire Strikes Back, Return of the Jedi and again in The Phantom Menace. The talented performer — a gifted and successful director in his own right — will reprise his role as Yoda, who promises to become more actively involved in the strife threatening the Republic.
When Anakin Skywalker was brought before the Jedi Council as a nine-year old, his thoughts dwelled on his mother. Pernilla August, who played the quiet, kind Shmi Skywalker in Episode I, will return.
Silas Carson donned many masks in The Phantom Menace, playing a variety of characters. Perhaps his most important one was that of Jedi Council member Ki-Adi-Mundi. Carson will return for Episode II to portray the Cerean Jedi.
For continuing developments of Episode II’s casting and production, be sure to regularly check the Official Site.
Thursday, July 27, 2000 Issue #15
Episode II: Metaphorically Speaking
How can one describe the energy, stress, excitement, frustration, and scope of being on set and making a new Star Wars movie? Some of the people involved in the production took a crack at it:
“Its like the big bang theory–a huge explosion which is eventually going to create something beautiful, but the only one who knows what its actually going to be is the creator of the explosion.”
– Ahmed Best, Actor
“Its like the traveling on the Titanic — its incredibly exciting and romantic and we wont know whether or not it will sink until the film comes out. Youre going along as the captain of the ship saying everything is fine and wonderful and not to worry, but you know as the captain of the ship that there are many icebergs and treacherous obstacles you have to cleverly weave your way through, without upsetting or disturbing the passengers.”
– George Lucas, Writer and Director
“A giant locomotive, fuelled by the imagination and energy of so many, powering its way inexorably across the galaxy — to a theater near you… Its like being in a giant vat of minestrone and only the chef knows whats in it … or perhaps like a lavish banquet but only the chef really knows whats on the menu; Id skip lunch if I were you.”
– Anthony Daniels, Actor
“Like me, its all about bits and pieces but Im sure it will be even greater than the sum of its parts … if you take my meaning, that is.”
– C-3PO, Protocol Droid
“This film set is like an ant colony. A walled city where frantic workers move in small circles towards a comparatively still center, breaking occasionally to exchange information about whos doing what and/or where the food is. Its even got a Queen at the center of things.”
– Lizzy Eves, Documentary Crew
“The making of Star Wars is like fine wine: It takes years for the grapes to grow, then theres a lot of effort from the winemakers put into crushing the grapes and making the wine, then it takes time to ferment. It really gets better with age and the quality of good wine will last for years.”
– Jill Goldberg, Personal Assistant
“My metaphor for making the movie is pretty much the same as the last one, which is an enormously huge train which takes a long time to get going and then reaches terminal velocity and heads towards a 14-foot concrete wall at maximum speed. So when were rolling about a year from now the trains going about 95 miles an hour and its flipping through the stations and nothing can stop it.”
– Rob Coleman, Animation Director
“Like going to one of those bars in the middle of Kentucky and getting on one of those electronic bull horses and just trying to hold on for dear life.”
– Julie DAntoni, Visual Effects Plate Coordinator
“You know Sisyphus, pushing that big rock up the hill endlessly? Thats what its like.”
– Tony Kaplan, Documentary Camera
“Its like standing at the bottom of a hill saving a small town from a landslide.”
– Giles Westley, Stills Photographer
“Walking onto the Fox Studios lot is like pressing play on a video game: you walk into a new environment in which you have no idea whats around the next corner, one day you have various species of aliens traveling past you on a golf cart, whilst looking in a room and seeing an environment of an entirely different spaceship and maneuvering your way skillfully through it … or stumbling across famous actors–when the sun comes out, out come players Samuel Jackson and Ewan McGregor fighting a duel on the grass quadrangle between the stages.”
– Joclyn McCahon, Stills Image Supervisor
“Its like a bizarre dream.”
– Katie Newman, Assistant Script Supervisor
“It’s like being Santas helper in a really big shopping mall.”
– Lisa Shaunessy, Assistant Publicity
Thursday, August 10, 2000 Issue #16
Graduating to Fox Studios
Many involved in the production of Episode II have likened the experience to school. Specifically, they cite Episode I as the freshman year, and now Episode II is the sophomore year. Much of that has to do with the fact that so many involved in the production have worked together in the past — through Episode I and through The Young Indiana Jones Chronicles before that. This is especially true of Production Designer Gavin Bocquet’s department.
“I think that probably amongst the people who have done it before, there is a sort of comfort blanket that came with doing the first one,” says Bocquet. “Doing the first Star Wars after doing Young Indy was a whole new experience to all of us. It was first thing ever of that size for us. I think we were probably unaware of the slight trepidation we all had while we were doing it. But obviously doing it a second time, you’re much more relaxed, even with doing it in another country.”
Bocquet and his crew are currently immersed in realizing an immense set in Fox Studios, Australia. “It’s a big environment,” he says, “which has a big ship in it. Probably the biggest ship, I think, full-size, that has been built. Probably even bigger than the old Millennium Falcon. We’re not building all of it, but we’re building a fair chunk.”
Although some on the crew are old hands at constructing the galaxy far, far away, there are many new Australian crewmembers working diligently to turn Lucas’ imagination into reality. This marks the first Star Wars film to be shot in Australia. The previous films, including Episode I, had their studio work done in facilities in England. Comparatively, the Australian film industry is younger than England’s. This meant that finding available crew with a certain level of experience was challenging.
“I think Rick McCallum is an incredibly sensible producer and understood that there are certain skills and experience lacking in Sydney, more on the Art Department side. Apart from the last two or three years they haven’t been used to building sets that big and that many at that speed,” explains Bocquet. “So we brought down a few skills in the Art Department, like the Art Directors and the head of paint, head of plaster, head of carpentry and construction, just to cover those. Underlying that, you have a very new, youthful business down here. There’s a great enthusiasm amongst the crew that comes with that.”
Bocquet adds, “I think we’ve hit the balance pretty well. Bringing people versed in Star Wars has a lot to do with continuity as well. You know a lot of our things are for Tatooine and Naboo, and to have people who have never been part of that in Art Department and Construction would have been quite a headache. I think if Episode III is done here, which I think it should be, then we will probably bring less people down.”
Thursday, August 24, 2000 Issue #17
R2-D2: Thrillseeker
While schedules have been tight, Sydney and the surrounding areas have provided wonderful opportunities for the cast and crew of Episode II to unwind and enjoy themselves during precious down-time. While many have enjoyed the shopping, the scenery and the culture, some are looking for something a little more dangerous.
Artoo-Detoo, returning in Episode II to one of his most famous roles, wrapped his work in Australia this week. Before moving on to location-shooting, the little droid received permission to seek some local thrills while he waits. “Artoo’s never been in better shape,” said Don Bies of Industrial Light & Magic. “He’s doing all of his own stunts in this film. None of us can keep up with his energy level. When he said he wanted to go bungee jumping, we knew there would be no stopping him.”
Artoo and a small entourage of translators and bodyguards traveled outside the Fox Studios lot to an adjacent bungee jumping attraction. While the droid was unavailable for comment after the jump, the smiles of the children and on-lookers who gathered were proof that the entertainer is still in top form after all these years.
Thursday, September 07, 2000 Issue #18
The Art Department: From Start to Finish
In response to a recent question to the Ask The Lucasfilm Jedi Council feature on the official site, Design Director Doug Chiang revealed that the Episode II Art Department is still busy at work even though the first phase of principal photography had wrapped in Australia.
This underscores a common misperception about the Art Department. In other films, an art department’s role is regarded as strictly pre-production — establishing the look of the film long before cameras roll. But the Episode II Art Department began work very early in the process, and continues work right through to the completion of the film, through pre-production, production, and post-production.
“The first day I worked on Episode II was about a week and a half before the release of Episode I,” explains Chiang. “Right when we finished Episode I, I thought we were all done and we were all going to take a break. But George [Lucas] came in during one of our last meetings and said, ‘Okay, let’s start Episode II now. Here’s some information. I want you to just start going with it.’ It was really interesting because I hadn’t realized he wanted to keep the ball going at that point.”
At the time, nearly all members of the Art Department for Episode I had gone on to other projects, leaving just Chiang. Chiang immediately brought Iain McCaig back to work on Episode II. “We just jumped right into it,” says Chiang. “There were some specific costumes that we needed, so Iain started to work on them. George already had in mind new planets, environments, vehicles and characters to develop, so my plate was full as well.”
By September of 1999, the Art Department grew to over fifteen members, and began its regular Friday meetings with Lucas. Working without the benefit of a script — the story was still developing at that stage — they were given the bulk of the design tasks at once — the characters, vehicles, and environments. “That continued all the way through until around January of this year,” explains Chiang. “At that point the focus slowly shifted because George was finalizing the script, and we needed to start focusing our designs toward the sets that Gavin [Bocquet] needed to build.”
The early months of pre-production established in broad strokes the style and look of Episode II. The months preceding principal photography saw a focus on more practical creations — the development and designs of sets, partial sets, and actual structures to be shot in the studio. Now, with production well underway, the Art Department has changed focus again. “In June we started to shift back to some of the other design needs for all the miniature and digital sets that were coming up,” says Chiang. “We had already defined the “global” look, and with the practical sets well under way, our next task was to integrate the two and create a coherent universe. This design integration occasionally changed, however, during principal photography as George updated certain sets and designs. In many cases, we needed to redesign the “global” look to incorporate these modifications.”
As the first unit continues production, the Art Department busily works away on storyboards and designs specific to the sequences being shot. Even before this phase of production is finished, the Art Department will again shift focus, this time turning to the miniature and digital designs required by Industrial Light & Magic to complete the film.
Thursday, September 21, 2000 Issue #19
So, What’s Next?
With the first phase of principle photography on Episode II expected to wrap this week, many fans want to know why the film isn’t scheduled for release sooner than the summer of 2002. What’s left to do? What could possibly take so long?
Most obviously, a film like Star Wars is rich in visual effects. Producer Rick McCallum has described the making of this new trilogy as making an entire live action film, then turning around and making an entire animated feature on top of it. ILM wizards John Knoll and Rob Coleman, among others, worked with the cast and crew on location of Episode II to gather all the information possible to assist them in the generation of the kind of seamless effects that Star Wars fans have come to expect. The ramp up of this enormous effort will be in full swing very soon in ILM’s California offices. They’re expecting to be working right up to the last minute in 2002, tweaking every conceivable detail.
Recently, both Doug Chiang and David Dozoretz answered Ask the Lucasfilm Jedi Council questions about the next year of planned activities of the art department and animatics team, respectively.
Editor Ben Burtt recently arrived back at Skywalker Ranch to tear in to the task of piecing Episode II together. Because the cameras used for principle photography were digital, Burtt was able to have access to footage immediately as the shoot progressed, putting together rough cuts of scenes using animatics, art department sketches and even temporary footage of action figures to fill in the gaps.
For filmmaker George Lucas, the editing room is where the movie comes together. “The way I work is that I cut the movie together, I look at it and figure out what’s missing,” Lucas said. “At that point, it’s more about how the movie flows together rather than how the script flows together. I’m acknowledging more and more that a script and a movie are two different things.”
For this reason, time has already been scheduled for the spring of 2001 for capturing additional footage. While most major motion pictures build in a few days of “reshoots”, this second round is actually more of an extension of the original principle photography for Episode II. There, any holes or improvements suggested by the initial edit will be filled in.
As always, starwars.com and the Homing Beacon will continue to be your source for the official word on how Episode II is progressing right up to opening day. Stay tuned.
Thursday, October 05, 2000 Issue #20
Reflections on Episode II Most visitors to the Official Star Wars website know Lynne Hale as the host of Lynne’s Diaries, the multi-part documentary that covered the making of Episode I. For Episode II, Hale was on set throughout production, handling a seemingly countless number of tasks day in and day out in her capacity as Director of Communications for Lucasfilm Ltd.
“These past few months have been extremely hectic but exciting,” recalls Hale. “Episode II was quite a different experience from Episode I. I learned a lot of new expressions such as ‘good on you’ and ‘he’s good value.’” The lessons learned on the Episode I shakedown cruise came in handy for this production, as many of the first time ventures three years ago were now old hat. “At the start of Episode I, the digital still department which kept track of all the photography was just starting and therefore had a rocky road with technical difficulties. This time around, though, it ran as smooth as silk.”
Technological innovations abounded throughout the production, making a lot of lives easier. “Of course shooting with the digital camera was a big change from Episode I,” explains Hale. “It was great to see the scenes on such a large screen and to be able to capture images directly off the monitor.”
A particular highlight, recalls Hale, was working with the assembled cast as the action played out in Sydney. “It was a pure joy to work with such a fun cast,” says Hale. “The most exciting scenes were, of course, the fight sequences. Hayden [Christensen] and Ewan [McGregor] more than held their own with trained swordsmen. They were fantastic.
“Robin Gurland did a great job in choosing not only the most talented actors, but also the sweetest,” recalls Hale. “Temuera Morrison, who played the baddie in Once Were Warriors, said that people are often afraid of him since they mix him up with the character he played. He is one of the most gentle people I’ve ever met, though.”
Since Morrison is set to play a grim bounty hunter in Episode II, it looks like he may have further to go to shake the fearsome reputation.
This Article was Originally posted 2022-06-10 12:00:10.
The Lucasfilm Archives, justifiably renowned among legions of fans as the final resting place for everything from Darth Vader’s lightsaber to the Holy Grail that just eluded the grasp of Indiana Jones, is much more than just a prop mausoleum. It’s an active private collection where on-going programs of conservation and restoration ensure that precious items that aren’t really made to last, but that have become icons of popular culture, can survive for future generations to enjoy in exhibitions around the world.
And in an age where the “common wisdom’ had it that digital technology would replace the need for most hand-built props and models, the opposite seems to have happened. The Archives has grown larger and more sophisticated in the wake of Star Wars: Episode I The Phantom Menace than at any time since it was established shortly after completion of production of Return of the Jedi. “This is truly a unique collection” says Paloma Anoveros, the Collection Manager since October 1996. “Most production companies don’t keep the props, costumes and models that they generate for films. But I think that since Star Wars was a trilogy, the idea of reusing objects made sense. Later it became clear that these were films that were making an impact, and that these objects had an extremely iconographic power in our culture.”
Most Lucasfilm movies are represented in the Archives: The Indiana Jones Trilogy, the Star Wars films, Willow, Tucker, and even American Graffiti.
With the initial success of Star Wars, and the immediate realization that a second film would be made, Industrial Light & Magic kept a number of the props from the first film to see if they could be used again. It did the same thing for The Empire Strikes Back. The production company also sent some of the large pieces back from England for storage in California. But it wasn’t until around the time of the taking of a very famous photo–George Lucas amidst a sea of some of the most famous spacecraft, droids and other props from his trilogy–that Lucas decided it was time to set up a proper Archives.
It was also around that time that some of the earliest exhibitions of Lucasfilm props took place: The World Science Fiction Convention (Los Angeles, 1984), The Star Wars 10th Anniversary Celebration (Los Angeles, 1987) and several Marin County Fairs.
The first Archives was a makeshift rental in an industrial park, but at least it served as a gathering spot for all of the props, costumes, models and artwork. Several years later, the first climate-controlled Archives building was erected. A second structure has been added to accommodate Episode I costumes and props including the massive miniatures such as Theed city and the Mos Espa Arena. Currently, the Archives take up about 50,000 square feet of space.
The Archives also has a film department which houses production elements such as dailies, original sound recordings and continuity reports and audition reels and outtakes. The daily operations of the film archive include providing requested materials to departments such as Production and Publicity, while safeguarding the transition of materials to a cool, dry environment which will keep them protected for years to come.
“A normal museum usually grows steadily,” Anoveros says, “But we grow tremendously in spurts. Last year the collection more than doubled due to Episode I and other collections, so we have to be creative on how to address issues like this.”
Anoveros’s background is in artwork conservation and collections management. On her staff are two full-time model and costume archivists (Danielle Roode and Susan Copley), a film archivist (Sandra Groom), and project personnel like interns from museum studies programs.
Despite her museum and conservation background, Anoveros knows that, first and foremost, she serves an active film production company. “This is very much a collection in use, with props and models that may be needed at any time for production,” she says. “My role is not to prevent use but to minimize damage while things are being used. So I talk to the person who needs something for reference and ask, ‘Do you need the actual object, or would a great photo do?’ Or if it’s for filming, I make sure it’s packed and transported correctly and handled properly to minimize damage.”
For Episode I, the Archives got requests early on from the Art Department for props for reference for continuity purposes. It sent large amounts of material to Leavesden Studios outside of London for use in the actual film–everything from masks and costume to R2-D2 units and Luke Skywalker’s original landspeeder. A little closer to home, ILM borrowed props for blue-screen use or for reference for computer-graphic use. All of it needed to be logged, tracked, packed, shipped, and eventually brought back.
“A very important aspect of what we do is cataloguing the objects” Anoveros says. The Archives is implementing a bar code system because objects move in and out so quickly during filming. Then, if it needs to be sent out it can simply be scanned. Among the challenges faced by Anoveros and her staff is that objects built as film props, for the most part, aren’t built to last.
“We have modern materials and no one knows how they are going to perform long-term,” Anoveros says. “Many of these objects are fragile, and meant to be used under careful supervision in front of blue screen, and it’s a continuous challenge how to preserve them. For example latex, used widely for masks and creatures. There is no treatment for deteriorated latex. We try to provide stable environmental conditions and appropriate support for their preservation. Once latex deteriorates there is no treatment to recover it.”
Currently, the Archives doesn’t perform restoration work on-site, but hires trained professionals when necessary. “Sometimes we get work done at the ILM department where they created the actual object, or we contract it to conservators in the field who are experts in different materials,” Anoveros says. The Archives keeps a priority list based on how important a piece is, whether it might go on display at some point, and whether it will deteriorate further if it isn’t fixed.
“We try to focus on preventative conservation, which is avoiding damage before it happens to objects,” Anoveros says. “We try to keep things in stable environmental conditions by keeping the temperature at a constant 65 degrees Fahrenheit and 50-55% relative humidity. We have implemented a pest management system to prevent pest infestation. And in terms of storing objects, we try to provide the proper support for all objects, like costumes and masks to make sure they don’t sag or stretch and deform.”
The Archives collection is incredibly diverse. “We have models from full size spacecraft to miniatures, and from screen quality to foam-core prototypes,” Anoveros notes. “We have traditional costumes from Imperial officers to incredible Queen Amidala gowns to Gamorrean guards with all the foam layers of ‘fat.’ There are thousands of pieces of concept art and production paintings. There are original matte painting. These are usually done on glass, some are on board and some very large ones on canvas. This section of the collection isn’t likely to grow since matte painting are now done digitally.” The Lucasfilm Archives has multiple copies of some objects. “It’s just the nature of production,” Anoveros says. “For example, look at all of the version of R2-D2. One was worn by Kenny Baker and is considered a costume; one just has the ability to turn its head; another has the ability to drop its third leg. So these all add history to the collection.
One of Anoveros’s most weighty recent responsibilities was proposing what to keep for the Archives from Episode I. “I started first looking at the objects keeping in mind the issues of significance, quality, storage, transportation, and maintenance costs. The few pieces we could not keep-like the really large sets-we documented really well.”
In the last few years, much of the time of the Archives staff has been devoted to organizing public exhibitions of the treasured memorabilia in conjunction with Lucas Licensing Ltd., another unit of Lucasfilm. “Since we are a private collection that does not have the facilities to be able to be open to the public, we try to take part in well-organized public museum exhibitions when possible,” Anoveros says. In the last several years there have been two very popular separate exhibitions in Japan and one in San Francisco. There was even an amazing three-day exhibit at the Star Wars Celebration fan convention in Denver last May.
But the real attention getter was the year-long National Air and Space Museum’s Star Wars: The Magic of Myth, which is currently on a two year tour of U.S. museums organized by SITES. Coming up in April in London is a similarly ambitious exhibition, The Art of Star Wars, at the Barbican Art Centre.
“Currently, the exhibitions have been taking 90% of our time,” Anoveros says. “Of course, that slows down once the exhibit goes up, but when you’re moving 250 objects, that takes a lot of time. We work with the organizing institution in terms of developing exhibit plans and guidelines, and we give suggestions of what we think might work. We think we know our fans and what they expect to see. It’s a continuous dialog to develop the curatorial point of view, and we participate actively with them in selecting the objects.”
High on Anoveros’s agenda is better maximizing her existing space as the calendar pages keep turning. Before too long, she’s going to be getting a telephone call from Episode II Producer Rick McCallum: “Paloma, I’ve got a bunch of stuff for you to take a look at!”
This Article was Originally posted 2022-06-25 13:24:52.
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Thursday, October 19, 2000 Issue #21
Sounds Like Episode II
Like the bounty hunters to be featured in Episode II, Supervising Sound Editor Matthew Wood goes to great lengths to trap his quarry. His targets, though, are intriguing, organic sounds and his traps are high-tech recording devices.
“You never know what you’re going to get,” says Wood, of his current task of gathering sounds. “You go out with the intention of recording one thing — like, I really need an explosion — but while I’m there the sound of the guy dropping the dynamite down the hole has a weird vacuum sucking sound, and I didn’t even expect to get that. So, I may not end up using the explosion and use the vacuum sound for something else instead.
“It can be an adventure sometimes, because you go out on these really long treks to get one specific sound, but you don’t because the animal or car or machinery is out of commission that day. So I try to get as much interesting material — regardless of the circumstances — as I can to have a great palette to work with, for Ben Burtt and I to start the sound design process. A lot of sound recording is good planning, but serendipity is an exciting factor.”
Wood’s mission to record the real world and transform it into Star Wars is just one of his many tasks on Episode II. “I get to wear a lot of hats,” he says. “I have a role in sound design, recording, ADR recording, and editing. I also supervise the sound editorial team. It’s really fulfilling.” Wood had a similarly wide variety of roles in Episode I, including an on-screen appearance as Bib Fortuna and as the voice of Ody Mantrell.
Much has been said about the switch to all-digital photography on Episode II, but has it affected the all-important dimension of sound in the movie? “It definitely affected the way we recorded production dialogue,” explains Wood, though he warns that a complete explanation would get get pretty technical. “The film is now shot at a video frame rate, and I can use that video rate all the way through the process. There’s a lot of difficulty when film is shot at one rate, and video is shot at a different rate, and you have to compensate for the difference when you’re doing design, editorial, and sound mixing. You always have to change the rate of the sound to match the picture. Now, we don’t have to do that.”
During production, Wood championed the use of a new recording technology, continuing Episode II’s groundbreaking nature. “The production sound was recorded at a 24-bit rate on a new hard-disk technology called Deva. It’s a four-channel hard-disk recorder that records onto DVD-RAM, as opposed to the library of DAT tapes we previously used for production sound. Progress is a sort of overall vibe on Episode II; everything is going forward on the visual area, so I proposed to George Lucas and Rick McCallum the idea to use this 24-bit recorder on a hard-disk. It’s a riskier technology as opposed to the tried and true,’ but Rick especially was very responsive in getting that done. It’s a different way of thinking — take a chance, take a risk. You don’t really get that luxury on a typical project, and the rewards are definitely worth it.”
Thursday, November 02, 2000 Issue #22
The Episode II Juggernaut Train
“It just starts now,” says Producer Rick McCallum, describing the progress on Episode II. Having completed the shoot in Fox Studios Australia, Tunisia, Spain, and England, the production has settled down at Skywalker Ranch to tackle the daunting task of post-production.
The use of digital cameras has indeed sped up the process, but it is still a long road ahead before Episode II sees completion. There is a misconception that the use of digital cameras will allow the film to be completed quite early, but Episode II is so complex that it will require the full three-year timeframe common to all Star Wars films.
“Were on a train, we have a deadline,” explains McCallum. “Its the most extraordinary juggernaut youve ever seen in your life. Nothing can stop it. We cant let anybody rest for a single moment. It seems like a long way away, but every day is critical for us.”
With post-production on everyones mind, the studios that temporarily became the Star Wars galaxy now stand empty. “After we finished shooting in England, I stayed behind for a week wrapping up all of the stages and everything else that wed done. After closing down our London office, I had to rush back down to Sydney to do exactly the same thing: close up everything, close our portion of the studio down. So, basically, we have no one working in Australia any more, except one accountant. Theres not even a trace of us there,” says McCallum.
In March, the production will return to the studio to shoot any extra material required to complete the film.
The Episode II train is still on track for a summer 2002 arrival.
Thursday, November 16, 2000 Issue #23 – Sabacc!
Episode II Animatics, By The Numbers
Heres a quick look at some of the numbers shaping the Animatics Department, currently hard at work in Episode II post-production.
14 — Average length, in hours, of an Animatics work day.
4 — The date, in May 2000, when the first animatic shots were delivered. One by Matthew Ward, the other by Euisung Lee. The set up of these shots began two days earlier.
“A few” — Number of terabytes of digital storage for the Animatics Department.
10 – 20 — Animatics shots delivered daily (“Were just getting started,” says David Dozoretz, Previsualization | Effects Supervisor).
2 — revisions, per shot, on average.
1,000 — Approximately the number of animatics already done. Also, about how many there are still to go.
Thursday, November 30, 2000 Issue #24
Episode II Safety Is Job One
Leaving military school at a young age to run away and join the circus, and nowadays plunging into lightsaber fights with zeal may give Stunt Coordinator Nick Gillard a reckless daredevil reputation, but safety is his primary concern.
For Episode II, Gillard definitely had safety challenges, such as the stunt-work involving full-sized speeder replicas. “The safety on these things starts on the drawing board, because of lot of these speeders have to go on hydraulic gimbals, which throw them around all over the place,” explains Gillard. “You have to make sure the structure’s sound, so we get a structural engineer in to make sure it doesn’t break up. We have to make sure there are no moving parts that are going to catch a stunt performer. Underneath it, we crash-pad the whole area just in case they get knocked out. Safety is such an issue these days on a film, you cannot hurt anybody. If you’re having actors do all of their own stunts, it’s paramount.”
As glimpsed in an early on location video segment, one of Gillard’s first tasks was blowing up eight people. “We’re going to use a CGI explosion so we just used eight stunt people as doubles, and they march and dive at the right time,” explains Gillard. “Then the explosion is put in afterwards. It’s a much safer way of doing things.”
That is not to say the task isn’t dangerous. “In the rehearsal we use crash-pads for them to land on. But of course, when we do the take they have to land on the floor. Which is another reason why you always have to use stunt people. They dive into the floor.”
Thursday, December 14, 2000 Issue #25
Episode II Update: Additional Shooting
Although Episode II is currently in post-production, this does not mean that filming has wrapped on this latest Star Wars movie. In March, the Episode II cast and crew are scheduled to return to Fox Studios Australia to shoot additional scenes that have developed as part of the evolution of the movie.
“It’s not typical for a film, but it should be,” says Producer Rick McCallum of the additional shooting process. “It’s not typical, because there’s two or three things that happen. For example, some directors get very embarrassed because they think it’s a weakness if they have to do additional shooting. Which is absurd, because an audience doesn’t know how much you shoot or when. This is like writing on a word processor. You cut and paste and you change right up to the minute you hand it in.”
With the shooting completed in March, the new footage will be inserted into the developing cut of Episode II. From there, new angles, scenes and elements will undoubtedly spring forth. Additional shooting later in the year is a definite possibility.
Adds McCallum, “We believe in making that process very fluid, so we change the very nature of how we set up a movie in terms of our talent. If an actor wants to be a part of this movie, he has to know that he’s going to be around and has to be available.”
Thursday, January 11, 2001
Issue #26 – Happy New Year!
Episode II Update: Printing Episode II
Though Episode II is being shot without film — the new Sony Panavision 24-fps camera shoots everything digitally — the movie will be put on film for its distribution to traditional movie theaters in 2002. Although it’s still over a year away from its premiere, tests are already underway to see how the all-digital production will look when its struck to film for a release print.
“That’s been very successful,” says Producer Rick McCallum. “We’re very excited, because this new process allows us to skip two stages.” Traditionally, a film starts off as an original negative, then is processed to become an interpositive (IP) and then an internegative (IN) and then a release print.
“Each time you go through another process, there’s an enormous amount of degradation to the image,” explains McCallum. “Now we can go from data, skipping past the original negative and the IP stage, and go straight to an IN, and then the release print.”
The end result is greater picture quality that holds up after repeated printings. “When you normally make a film,” says McCallum, “you might be able to scratch six or eight release prints, or ‘show prints,’ off the original negative. And those are the very best, pristine prints out there. We can basically do 5,000 now, so we’re really excited about that.”
Thursday, January 25, 2001 Issue #27
Clear Your Mind of Questions
A popular segment of the Official Star Wars website is the Ask the Lucasfilm Jedi Council. Registered members can ask all manner of questions of Lucasfilm staff. A common question is “are the questions you post for real?”
Indeed they are. We get tons of great questions, and it’s a daunting task sorting through to the select few that get posted. Not every one of them can be answered, but we try to choose some of the most popular, intriguing or entertaining questions of the lot.
What helps makes the sorting process entertaining are the fans out there who have fun with Ask JC (as it’s called around these parts). A few of their questions make it to the site (as when someone asked Doug Chiang “Are you an especially dangerous Doug?”). There are so many, though, that we can’t answer all of them. Here are some that we’d like to share with our Homing Beacon subscribers.
Is Chewie a male or a female? Me and my sister have arguments about it. She also believes that Chewie is in love with C-3PO that is why s/he went to rescue Threepio.
Since so many people want to be in a Star Wars movie, why don’t you let them pay to be an extra? Say \$500/person. I would!
Do you know if there were any Gungans in The Empire Strikes Back? Because, in one of the scenes, there appears to be one of them.
Hi, I wanted to know why Yoda’s house is shaped like Sebulba’s face and head.
Is it true that Ricky Martin will be in Episode II?
In a fight between Darth Vader and the Predator, who do you think would win? Because he’s the only guy I can think of who can defeat Vader.
When Qui-Gon first meets Jar Jar, he says “You own my Scottish kilt.” Why did he say that?
Can Yoda type to me?
How come there is no Qui-Gon Jinn bubble bath? Its slogan could be “Qui-Gon, take me away!”
Does Kelsey like me?
Thursday, February 08, 2001 Issue #28
Playing Favorites: A Quick look at LucasArts’ Starfighter
On February 21, LucasArts is set to release the highly anticipated Star Wars: Starfighter flight action game for the PlayStation 2. In it, players can fly as one of three different pilots during the events that surround the tense Trade Federation embargo of the peaceful world of Naboo. With many options to choose from, playing favorites is not only unavoidable, it’s encouraged.
“It’s one of the key things we wanted to do with the game,” explains Starfighter‘s director, Daron Stinnett. “By playing the different characters through the course of the game, we wanted different people to feel attached to different characters, and have their own favorites. That extends to their ships as well.”
The pilots are a mixed bunch, as are their signature vessels. Rys Dallows is a young fighter jockey behind the stick of a gleaming yellow N-1 starfighter. Vana Sage is a mercenary rogue who flies a sleek and deadly craft. Nym’s a gruff alien pirate with a fearsome brute of a bomber.
“Nym is my favorite,” reveals Stinnett. “He’s just cool. We’ve got a great actor, Charlie Rocket, to play him, and he’s got some great dialogue. He’s kind of a Han Solo-type character, with a seedy background, but he’s jumping in to help people in need. He’s got his own reasons to help too.”
Next on Stinnett’s list of favorites is Sage. “She’s more like a bounty hunter-type of character,” explains Stinnett. “She certainly has an edge in her background and depth to her character. In some ways she reminds me of Princess Leia, especially with her interactions with Nym, and how that relationship plays out.”
Rounding out the trio is Rhys, whom Stinnett describes as “the classic young upstart kid who’s cocky and full of bravado, and ends up finding himself way over his head, yet comes out victorious at the end. It’s easy to draw parallels with Luke in some ways. In fact the whole trio somewhat intentionally draws a real resemblance to Episode IV.”
Of the new vessels flying the skies of Starfighter, Vana’s ship is Stinnett’s number one choice. “Her ship is built for stealth, and that really syncs up with my preferred method of gameplay. You can play more of a sneak attack style, rather than in-your-face blow ’em up. That’s one thing I really like about Starfighter. Each of the characters and ships gives you a different style of gameplay to experience.”
For more information about Starfighter, check out the official LucasArts site here. For further insight into the evolution of Starfighter from Daron Stinnett, check out the official Star Wars website on February 16 for an exclusive feature. Clear skies!
Chat With the Creators of Starfghter!
On February 13, 2001, LucasArt.com will be hosting an online chat with some of the people responsible for Starfighter‘s creation. The chat starts at 6 p.m., PST. It is a members-only event, so be sure to register at LucasArts.com.
Thursday, February 22, 2001 Issue #29
Faces Frozen in Data
It’s still a year and a half away, but toy fans were afforded their first glimpse into Episode II at this year’s American International Toy Fair. There, in a sealed off room open only to specially-invited attendants, Lucas Licensing and Hasbro unveiled incredibly detailed busts of select Episode II characters.
The busts were crafted by Gentle Giant Studios of Burbank, California, who used digital scanning techniques to translate an actor’s features into geometric data. This data can then be used for visual effects, archival and licensing purposes. In the rapidly changing world of digital filmmaking, this innovative practice is becoming all the more common.
“Christopher Lee was very intrigued and very cooperative in the process,” recalls Gentle Giant President Karl Meyer. The legendary actor’s role — that of a charismatic separatist — was one of several transformed into a plastic bust.
“He couldn’t wait for the scanner to finish,” says Gentle Giant Technical Specialist Steve Chapman. “He was so excited and wanted to see his form on the computer screen that he ducked out of the scanner to get a look at himself before it was finished.”
“Ewan [McGregor] had Nick [Gillard] there coaching him in different poses,” says Meyer. “It ended up being just a continuation of what they do on a film, but in a different place rather than the studio, and with a different machine rather than a camera. They were really just doing the filmmaking process, and this is just now another step in how movies are made.”
Keep checking starwars.com for an upcoming feature on how these busts were made and what digital scanning means for the future of Star Wars merchandise.
Thursday, March 08, 2001 Issue #30
Episode II: Book Report
Best-selling author R.A. Salvatore has now half completed writing the Episode II novelization. Though there was some trepidation in originally accepting the assignment, he found he couldn’t turn it down.
“Sure it’s high profile, so in that instance it’s good for my career,” says Salvatore. “But more than that, it’s high creativity. Even though it’s a novelization and I’m playing off someone else, I get to sit down with George Lucas and listen to the guy who created all this. That’s a life experience. You don’t turn things like that down.”
Like Terry Brooks, who wrote The Phantom Menace novelization, Salvatore will get to expand the story of the film, and tell of events not shown on the screen. With Lucas’ guidance, he is getting insight into the characters and complexities of Episode II.
Salvatore explains, “I was able to add in a lot of things that I think will complement [Lucas’] vision. Some of them might not be approved, and I’ll have to make some changes, but that’s part of the process too.”
When Salvatore first read the script, one scene jumped out at him. “When Amidala first sees Anakin again, I really enjoyed writing that scene. I know that the most powerful scenes in the movie are going to be when those two are together.”
The author adds,”Their relationship is very complex. Here’s a guy we know is heading for darkness. I was afraid that the turnover for Anakin was gonna be just a simple thing. People don’t snap like that and go over to the dark side. Maybe they have temporary rage, but they don’t become Darth Vader because of that. But with Anakin, there’s a lot more to it. That’s the real beauty of it. She’s a big part in what’s going on in him. It’s all with the best intentions, they’re just misplaced. I think that was a nice touch with the script.”
The Episode II novelization is due for a summer 2002 release by Del Rey Books.
This Article was Originally posted 2022-06-11 16:00:06.
In museum design, there is a concept known as the Design Object. This is the largest object in your collection that cannot readily be broken down into smaller objects. Since you need to be able to move your Design Object into and through your building, its dimensions drive things like the width of dock roll-up doors, the capacity of freight elevators, hallway sizing (widths and turn radiuses) and gallery entrance dimensions. This 6-foot-long, 6-foot wide X-wing fighter—roughly one-sixth scale—is the Design Object at the Imperial Archives.
(It is not the Design Object for The Saga Museum—that’s a 15-foot by 8-foot painting at Rancho Obi-Wan. We’re also not counting the two large permanent installations at the Archives—the theater designed by Doug Chiang and the nearly full-size replica of the cantina from A New Hope that many of you saw while it was installed at Star Wars Celebration Anaheim in 2015.)…
Watch a series of interviews with filmmaker George Lucas, covering the origins and development of the Star Wars saga. Lucas discusses everything from his original story concept to casting, as well as visual effects and more.
Welcome to The Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Issue #161
Revenge’s Royalty
Their roles are brief yet important, for they suggest a transition that bridges the prequel Star Wars trilogy and the original films. For Keisha Castle-Hughes and Rebecca Jackson Mendoza, their singular scenes in Episode III meant not only a chance to be in a Star Wars movie, but also to be Queen for a day.
Castle-Hughes left her native New Zealand to arrive in Sydney for a single day of shooting on a very tight schedule. “We came to Australia only the day before filming,” she recalls. “We did the last costume fitting — which was only the second costume fitting — so it was very nerve-wracking for them just in case things didn’t fit. But it all went fine.”
As Queen Apailana, Castle-Hughes inherits a regal design legacy that stretches back to the first prequel, The Phantom Menace. Her robes display the style and elegance of peaceful Naboo. “I liked the whole look of the thing. It made me feel really proud to be wearing it.”
Rebecca Jackson Mendoza, who played Alderaan’s Queen Breha Organa, also had high marks for the designs of Trisha Biggar. “I felt like I was in a wedding — a green wedding gown,” she says. “It was originally going to be velvet, but then they decided that might come off too dark, so they changed it.”
Although a fan of the original films, Jackson Mendoza admits that it was her brothers who pieced together the significance of her role before she did. “To be honest, I was kept in the dark up until I got on set,” she says. “I knew I was Queen of Alderaan. My brothers are Star Wars freaks, and they said, ‘Oh, you’re gonna be the surrogate mother of Princess Leia.”
The significance of their roles are not lost on these young actresses. “When I found out this was going to be the last Star Wars film that was ever going to be made, I felt pretty privileged to be in it,” says Castle-Hughes.
“As a girl growing up and seeing Star Wars, of course you want to be Princess Leia,” explains Jackson Mendoza. “And to know that I’m actually playing her mother… I just kept thinking about those buns! I was the mother of those buns! Maybe I taught her how to do those buns!”
May 25, 2006 Issue #162
Lost Far, Far Away…
When producer/director J.J. Abrams and writer Damon Lindelof — creators of the hit ABC primetime drama “Lost” — bonded over a Bantha Tracks Fan Club t-shirt during their first meeting, it only made sense that the duo would have plenty to say about why they love Star Wars, right down to which character they most identify with.
“I’m definitely Admiral Ackbar,” Lindelof says. “Isn’t it obvious why? He’s the man! And by ‘man’ I mean ‘squid.'”
While Lindelof fancies himself part of the Rebel Alliance, Abrams thinks he measures up more as a sassy droid who always saves the day. “I’m probably most like R2-D2 because I am just about his height,” Abrams laughs.
Being lifelong fans of the saga, both Abrams and Lindelof have separate ideas of what they like to collect.
“I really don’t collect Star Wars toys or comics,” Abrams admits. “However, I do have my original Star Wars laserdiscs that I bought a while back and I also have the Star Wars portfolio which was the conceptual artwork done for the films.”
Lindelof is all about the plastic. “You better believe I played with Star Wars toys!” Lindelof says. “I still have my original Star Wars action figure set — Luke, Leia, Chewie and Artoo — which we mailed away for before Kenner was even packaging them! Of course, I’ve played with them many, many times over the years, but I’m happy to report their lightsabers still extend out of their arms!”
Star Wars is forever, and Star Wars fans are everywhere, especially in the world of celebrities. Check out the regularly updated Star Wars Rocks section, and you might find out what you have in common with rockers, athletes, and musicians who love Star Wars.
Emmy Award-Winning Clone Wars Now Available on iTunes
Joining the ranks of many hit TV shows available for convenient download on iTunes is the Emmy-award winning animated series Star Wars: Clone Wars Volume 1. Apple and Lucasfilm are making available the animated series directed by Genndy Tartakovsky.
Clone Wars proved to be a smash hit when it premiered on Cartoon Network in 2004, as the series chronicled the previously unseen adventures of the heroic Jedi Knights and their clone troopers against the evils of Count Dooku and his droid army during the legendary Clone Wars. As animated shorts, the micro-series is the perfect fit for iPod viewing!
Now, the first volume of Clone Wars — chapters 1-20 — is available for download from iTunes. Each chapter may be purchased individually for $1.99. Volume 2 will soon follow, so stay tuned for further announcements.
Jun 08, 2006 Issue #163
Blogging About Betrayal
Last week’s release of the hardcover novel Betrayal kicked off the start of Legacy of the Force, a nine-book series published by Del Rey Books. Eager fans of Star Wars expanded universe literature dove into this new era of adventure, set 40 years after the events of A New Hope. Those Hyperspace members that tore through the book the quickest began posting their thoughts on blogs.starwars.com. Here’s a sample:
“Allston has written quite the page-turner. I had an extremely hard time putting it down. The most interesting thing about this book, though, is that the book could also be considered a prologue to Dark Horse Comics’ upcoming Legacy series, set 100 years afterward. To quote Yoda, ‘Always in motion is the future.’ But, I believe that at least one of the discussions that characters have in this book definitely foreshadows and telegraphs events in that upcoming comic.” — Jedivan2
“It definitely felt like the beginning of something big. The story was interesting; the characters were perplexing and very human (both good things); and the events seemed important. I’m very glad I hopped on board Legacy right now, rather than waiting to finish all the other books first.” — rj_peters
“Comparisons with [Episode III] can be found throughout the novel, though most notably in its final, dark, epic chapters. As with RotS, Betrayal opens with something a little lighter: a Jedi mission, in which we find both Jedi action drawing on the tone of the prequels, and some classic Allston humor … But, drama is here in spades, too, with so many action sequences I’ve lost count.” — Borma Feng
Perhaps the most noteworthy post came from the author of the book, Aaron Allston. He is the newest VIP member of the blogs.starwars.com community. In his first blog, he discusses the use of humor in storytelling, and how the label “comedy” is often misapplied:
“Humor, again as I define it, operates under different laws. Sure, humor is about laughter, but I consider it to derive from the situation rather than to define the situation… Here’s an example not related to my work. In Raiders of the Lost Ark, Indiana Jones fights through obstacle after obstacle to rescue Marion. Being confronted with one last, huge, sword-wielding opponent, he casually shoots the man dead. This is funny… but it’s not comedy. It’s a moment bookended by action and death. It elicits a laugh, yes, but the moment obeys realistic rules, doesn’t impose comedic rules, and doesn’t alter the tension of Indy’s situation.” — Allston
Jun 22, 2006 Issue #164
Captain Antilles Speaks!
When actor Rohan Nichol first stepped foot on the Episode III set in Sydney, Australia, he was thrilled to be playing Captain Antilles — he just wasn’t sure which one. “Because I’m such a huge Star Wars fan, I already knew Alderaan is a peaceful place and that it was destroyed in A New Hope,” Nichol says. “My research basically consisted of reading a few things about Alderaan, and about Princess Leia and that sort of thing. But the rest of it is actually within me, because I’m of the generation that grew up with those films. So when I got the role of Captain Antilles I initially thought, ‘Oh man, I’m going to be an X-wing fighter pilot! And he’s the man; he survives. He’s great!'”
It wasn’t until he arrived on the Sydney set that he understood he’d be playing Captain Raymus Antilles, owner of R2-D2 and C-3PO. “I honestly thought I was playing a younger version of Wedge. Either way, it’s been an honor!”
Though the role wasn’t a major part in Revenge of the Sith, Nichols was excited to share the screen with actors Jimmy Smits (Bail Organa) and Anthony Daniels (C-3PO). “The first scene that I was in, basically I’m reporting to Bail Organa, and just letting him know that we’ve located a Jedihoming beacon,” Nichol says. “And it wasn’t without a bit of a scrap up — I’m sort of cut up a little bit. When I say it, my character is kind of stunned that the clones seem to be directionless; they don’t have a leader. And so Senator Organa tells me that we’d better intercept the Jedi before the clones regroup. In the second scene basically Organa entrusts R2-D2 and C-3PO to my care, and tells me to treat them well, and that he wants C-3PO’s mind erased.”
One of Nichol’s favorite memories of his role was turning an accidental shaving incident into a detail that built character. “I came on to the set and I had a bit of a nick on my chin from shaving,” Nichol recalls. “The nick was being very troublesome and it wouldn’t stop bleeding, so it had formed an annoying mark. So when I met George Lucas on the set, I apologized for the nick and he said jokingly that I must have gotten it in the Clone Wars! I said, ‘That’s right, I did!’ And that moment made me realize how relaxed Lucas was as a director. For a guy who’s got a lot on his shoulders, he’s always prepared. I suppose that comes with having a system of people around you who you’ve done stuff with for ages. Everyone knows their job; everyone knows what the score is. It really was a pleasantly surprising experience.”
Jul 06, 2006 Issue #165
Behind Binks: Buster & Bugs
As the multi-talented artist who provided the voice and real world reference for the computer-generated prequel character Jar Jar Binks, actor Ahmed Best used his expertise in physical comedy for the role. In addition to his dance training, Best says that he drew most of his inspiration from comedic icons both real and imaginary.
“The major influence for Jar Jar was a lot of Buster Keaton — his moves and antics,” Best says. “But as far as comedy and timing, for me it was Bugs Bunny. That’s where I got most of my comic timing. I’m a big Bugs Bunny fan, and a lot of the reactions and looks would come from the whole Looney Tunes kind of feel. But when we first started doing it, George Lucas wanted a Buster Keaton-like character for Episode I. And there were a couple of Buster Keaton movies that we were inspired by for some of the scenes, especially in the army scene in Episode I — the final battle with the droids and the Gungans.”
More than just comic relief, Best believes Jar Jar manages to exhibit many laudable traits. “I think his greatest quality is his honesty,” Best says. “Whether you like the character or not, he is what he is. There are no pretenses, and there is nothing else other than what he is. He just wants to do good all the time, and he’s not a character that has any secrets or a dark side.”
Having the one character known completely for his dark side as a close friend isn’t easy. “It’s hard to say what Jar Jar thinks of Anakin because he has been with Anakin ever since he was nine years old,” Best explains. “And he’s seen Anakin grow up to discover his powers and lose his family. They’ve been kind of like, dare I say, brothers, in the whole struggle. So when Anakin was being influenced by Palpatine, I’m sure Jar Jar was a bit put off, maybe a little scared for Anakin, maybe a little protective. But there’s really nothing that Jar Jar could do about it.”
Jul 21, 2006 Issue #166
Star Wars Spectacular
On January 1, 2007, denizens of a galaxy far, far away will march down the streets of Pasadena, California, in a one-of-a-kind “Star Wars Spectacular” during the 118th Pasadena Tournament of Roses Parade®.
More than 350 Star Wars characters, including stormtroopers, Imperial officers, Ewoks and Darth Vader himself will entertain the nearly one million people expected to line the streets of Pasadena to see the Parade in person and the tens of millions of more around the world who tune in via multiple television broadcasts.
The massive Imperial stormtrooper contingent will comprise members of the international 501st Legion, a costuming and volunteer organization made up of Star Wars fans. Some 200 stormtroopers from more than 20 countries will participate in the Tournament of Roses Parade, showcasing the emblems and colors of their local garrisons.
“During the global premiere of Star Wars: Episode III last May, George Lucas was deeply impressed by the presence of 501st Legion members around the globe, and we wanted to honor them for their loyal support of Star Wars and their global philanthropy,” said Tom Warner, Senior Director of Marketing for Lucasfilm Ltd. Members of the 501st regularly volunteer their time to support local charitable efforts. Read more about the 501st in this article.
Providing musical entertainment in the “Star Wars Spectacular” will be the renowned Grambling State University Tiger Marching Band.
In keeping with this year’s Parade theme “Our Good Nature,” the “Star Wars Spectacular” will feature the Ewoks, residents of the forest moon of Endor, who will ride on a float showcasing their planet’s unique environment with a plea to “Save the Trees.”
The celebration of Star Wars — which coincides with the start of the 30th anniversary of the epic, six-episode adventure — will also showcase a float that depicts the romantic beauty of Naboo, the garden planet of the Star Wars galaxy.
“Being part of a grand tradition like the Rose Parade is a fantastic way to kick off this milestone year,” Warner said. Over Memorial Day Weekend 2007, a large fan convention, Star Wars Celebration IV, is expected to attract more than 30,000 worldwide fans to the Los Angeles Convention Center.
Aug 03, 2006 Issue #167
Thanks a Latte: Javva the Hutt
Look closely in the end credits of the Star Wars prequels and you might spot an unusual tribute. Listed amongst the cast and crew is Javva the Hutt, the employee-adopted cafe that has been fueling artists at Industrial Light & Magic since May 23, 1997. Since relocating from the Marin County facility to the new San Francisco campus, Javva proprietor Michael Smith brews coffee not only for ILM, but for employees at LucasArts and Lucasfilm, as well as George Lucas himself.
“George’s preferred coffee drink is a large mocha,” Smith smiles. “But most people here live for their lattes.”
While working at Skywalker Ranch 1989 to 1992, Smith became friends with corporate facility manager Ralph O’Rear who asked him if he’d like to officially caffeinate the visual effects artists responsible for the prequels. Smith jumped at the chance and has been the ILM barista ever since.
“My daughter Lily actually came up with the name Javva the Hutt,” Smith recalls. “She was six years old at the time. It took about three months to get approval from Lucasfilm to use the name and image of Jabba.”
Since then, fictional Javva the Hutt cafes have popped up in comics, cartoons and even films. But Smith doesn’t mind a bit. “I don’t care because I know there is only one real Javva the Hutt.”
Having the cafe immortalized on the big screen wasn’t too shabby either. “Along with all the great support I received over the years from ILM employees, one of my biggest patrons is producer Rick McCallum,” Smith says. “He was the one who pushed for me to be put in the end credits.”
When the company relocated to the Presidio, Lucas made sure Javva the Hutt was part of the move, much to the employees’ delight. Smith warns, however, that you probably shouldn’t thank the filmmaker by insisting on a free cup of Joe. “One time someone who had ordered a drink told me to put it on George’s tab,” Smith laughs. “The guy didn’t realize that George was standing right behind him. I don’t think I’ve ever seen anyone turn red so quickly.”
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Dec 08, 2005 Issue #151
Senate Back in Session
Thanks to the DVD release of Episode III, viewers have been able to see more of Bail Organa in his historic role as co-architect of the Rebel Alliance. Though his part in Episode III’s theatrical cut is substantive — being the adoptive father of Leia and Yoda’s getaway speeder driver are nothing to be balked at — there was originally more Bail in Revenge of the Sith.
The demands of the personal tragedy of Anakin Skywalker meant that the political tragedy of the Republic ended up considerably trimmed. “I knew going in that this politician would go through some transformation,” says Jimmy Smits, reflecting on his role. “This character has scenes that have that political tenor, but he’s much more conspiratorial and suspicious and wanting to be more active.”
The politics behind Imperial ascension is a story told many times throughout history, and writer George Lucas distills many real world precedents in Palpatine’s rise, particularly events in ancient Rome. Though the Republic backroom politics were largely edited out of Episode III, their impact can still be felt in the movie, says Smits.
“George is really quite eloquent about the whole demise, about how you start as a Republic, and without the proper checks and balances, total power can corrupt totally,” Smits says. “Those are chords that run deep in the film without hammering in that this is a philosophical point.”
Helping Smits get into the role of Organa were such accomplices as the intricate wardrobe of the character, and the exotic and varied colleagues he surrounds himself with. “Trisha Biggar is incredible, what she has done with all the costumes. They make you feel regal and noble, walking around in them. It totally puts you into what that character is supposed to be,” he says. “Also, you’re working with this international cast. You have accents from different places, which is what you’d find in another universe with all these characters from different worlds. All of that comes together.”
Bail Organa — Viceroy of the Royal House of Alderaan, father of Princess Leia, founder of the Rebellion — these are the makings of a very important character in the Star Wars mythos. But to Smits, the role’s significance was far closer to home and heart.
“To be involved in something that I saw as a young person, in terms of watching the films, and having my children see the subsequent Star Wars films, was really cool for me.”
Dec 23, 2005 Issue #152
Oz on Wizardry
Frank Oz has a way of turning puppets into pop culture icons, especially everyone’s little green friend Jedi MasterYoda. As Yoda evolved from the sophisticated puppet of the original trilogy into a digital fighting machine in the prequels, Oz had plenty to say about the wonders of CGI and the future of traditional puppetry.
“When I did Empire it was twenty or twenty-five years ago, and the world was not digital then,” Oz says. “Now it is; and the expectations from the audience are different. And to a degree, if you don’t do things digitally, the character will stand out too much compared to everyone else in George [Lucas]’s movie — which is extraordinary.”
“The main thing about Yoda as a digital character is that I really didn’t have to do the work,” Oz laughs. “When I did the others, it was a lot of sweat. But now, I do just half a day and these ILM guys work for over a year — it’s bizarre, because I get the credit! For me, it’s a delight because I see the progression of Yoda as they’re doing it in those movies. It’s also great because he could not do the things that he’s doing on the screen now, in the last two episodes, if he were a puppet. It’s wonderful to see that growth.”
Oz credits Animation Director Rob Coleman and his team for not only preserving Yoda’s true character, but expanding and improving on it.
“There is no way I could have done anything near to that terrific fight,” Oz admits. “One thing that you may not be aware of is that when the animators made Yoda into CGI for the first time, their job was to not live up to their capabilities. The job was not to live up to their potential. If they did all the things that they could have done, the transition would have been too jarring. What they did very artfully, was to mimic me to such a degree that it helped to bound their talent. In the next one, they had to bump it up a little higher. There was a real transition there. They had to really be aware to match it and yet give it a little bit more life.”
Even with CGI taking center stage in not only Revenge of the Sith but also in future science fiction and fantasy films, Oz is certain that the art of puppetry is far from extinct.
“I don’t think there’s any kind of a competition,” Oz explains. “But my feeling is that just like the old saw about ‘will digital take over humans?’ Each has its own place. And the same thing with puppetry and the stuff in movies like Monsters, Inc. Each has its own place. Each can do something that the other cannot. And there’s value in each one.”
Jan 19, 2006 Issue #153
Creature Collaboration
The galactic population has swelled considerably since Luke Skywalker first stepped, goggled-eyed, into the dank interior of the Mos Eisley Cantina. With each Star Wars film, new aliens and cultures are revealed with increasingly sophisticated methods of bringing them onto the screen. The aliens of Revenge of the Sith included everything from digital creatures to shadowy extras encased in slip-on rubber masks
Episode III’s Creature Shop provided the practical aliens that would be captured on camera — with the Wookiees and the Utapauns being the most labor intensive for the small team. “I think we had the smallest team they’ve ever had on Star Wars,” says Dave Elsey, Creature Shop Supervisor. “It wavered a little bit between 15 to 20 people.”
This small team based out of Sydney meant that everyone had a chance to influence a creation as it made its way through the Creature Shop, becoming a truly collaborative venture. “We were lucky because we had done a television show a few years beforehand entitled Farscape and were able to train a lot of local people in Australia to handle that,” says Elsey. “So, when we did Star Wars, we felt the good thing to do would be to get the same team back, again because we knew that we could keep things quite small, but also handle enormous amounts of work.”
This collaboration extended beyond the borders of the department, for while Elsey’s team was responsible for a creature’s features, it still fell to others to clothe and equip the aliens.
“Well, with aliens it’s always quite difficult because they’re not all human shapes. You’re always adding humps and other bits and pieces that upset the costume department most of the time,” Elsey explains. “On Star Wars, Trisha Biggar is the veteran of the Star Wars movies so she is used to anything. She can handle it. We’d talk about fittings, because we were changing the size of the actor’s necks. Everything that we could try out to stretch out or shrink down or fatten up we would do, and Trisha would make adjustments to that. She never complained — she’s fantastic. At the end of the day, I hope you would agree that our stuff looks good sticking out of Trisha’s stuff.”
Feb 02, 2006 Issue #154
Hotter than Hell
Mustafar has become one of the most spectacular sites in the galaxy. A world of jagged obsidian cut through by searing rivers of lava, the hellish landscape became the perfect setting for the tragic finale of Revenge of the Sith. It’s not a world of comforts, and neither was bringing it to life at Industrial Light & Magic.
“We used a series of fairly large miniatures to create the immediate landscape,” explains Visual Effects Supervisor Roger Guyett. “Outside of that, we used digital technology, using textures from the models themselves to extend them out. Then even further, we used a lot of moving 3-D matte paintings and HD footage of actual volcanoes. It’s really an elaborate tapestry of pieces.”
The heat blasted facility perched atop a blackened cliff face was a digital model, but the rocky landscape and much of the lava flow was captured practically. “We ended up with a 30-by-40-foot set of the seemingly uninhabitable topography of Mustafar,” says Brian Gernand, Practical Model Supervisor. “It was a rock-like environment with a four-foot wide and approximately 40-foot long path of lava coming down. Included with that were tributaries, waterfalls, all kinds of other inlets and glowing hot spots around this environment.”
To give the viscous lava the illusion of self-illuminating heat, the 15,000 gallons of Methylcel needed to be penetrated by a light source. The bottom of the river beds were actually transparent, with powerful lights shining through the thick goop. “I think, in the end, there was a calculation of something like 250,000 watts of light under the set that were being blasted through,” says Gernand. “That’s what made the stage environment such a difficult place to be — it was about 110 degrees on that stage!”
Guyett concurs that the stage conditions for the Mustafarian lava flow miniature was hardly heavenly. “It’s one of my favorite moments from working on Star Wars,” he says. “The guys start shooting the model and they’re all in shorts, there’s smoke on the set… It’s like actually working on a volcanic planet. I would just turn up for 10 minutes and say, ‘Things look beautiful here.’ (But) I would think, “… I’m glad I’m not doing this all day long!”
Feb 16, 2006 Issue #155
The Grand Experiment
With the completion of the Star Wars prequel trilogy, George Lucas and his crew have taken digital cinema from its shaky infancy to visionary heights with the Revenge of the Sith finale.
“In order to do something like Episode I, II or III, I had to create worlds in ways that I couldn’t do in the old fashion way,” says Lucas. “I couldn’t build sets that big, I couldn’t have that many extras, I couldn’t create that many costumes.”
During some of the earliest interviews about this trilogy, Lucas had expressed that one of his greatest concerns about the future Star Wars films was expense. “It will be unbelievably expensive,” he said at the 1989 opening of the Disney/MGM Studios, where he broke the news that Star Wars would return in the ’90s. “And that’s one of the things holding it up. If there was a way of doing them less expensively, it could make it easier to go ahead and do more. But there are just huge, huge amounts of money involved.”
The decade that followed saw huge investments of time and creativity in digital experimentation. In 2005, Lucas reiterated the concern of what it would take to bring these new Star Wars epics on the screen using traditional methods. “Financially, I’m a little tiny company — I’m not like these big studios here, and for me, doing a $100 million movie is a really big deal. That’s as much money as I can pull together. I couldn’t possibly produce a $300 million movie; it’s just not possible for me to do that. So, I have to be able to create a big world for a very small price.”
It began by creating big worlds for a small screen: namely, The Young Indiana Jones Chronicles. Were it not for the early ventures in digital backlot, crowd replication, set extensions, and other visual tricks practiced in the critically acclaimed television series, the new Star Wars movies may not have happened. The other breakthrough was the commitment to leaving film behind and shooting entirely on HD video.
“We were designing cameras three years before Episode I, but we didn’t get it finished for [principal photography],” says Lucas. “We did get it finished for shooting our delay unit, which is a two-week shoot we do a year after. We shot two weeks of it digitally with a real big, huge, funny prototype camera. It sort of looked like an old Technicolor camera with cables all over the place.”
When it came time for Episode II, the digital cameras weren’t finalized and delivered until just weeks before principal photography began. “It was real Beta-testing movie making,” says Lucas. “We were experimenting; we hadn’t quite done this before. We were learning as we went along and made Episode II. The great thing about Episode III is that I used the same crew, same cast, same equipment, same everything and we all knew what we were doing. It took me one movie to figure it out. And we pushed it much further because on the first film we had maybe 25% digital sets; the second movie, we had maybe 50% digital sets and in Episode III, I’d say there’s 85% digital sets. We were able to push the limits of what we needed and it allows you a whole different kind of flexibility from what people were used to in making movies.”
Mar 02, 2006 Issue #156
Layers of Sound
“From the beginning of the first Star Wars film, George Lucas always encouraged the sound development to start in pre-production,” says Ben Burtt, Sound Designer and Co-Editor of Revenge of the Sith. “That way, sound is being talked about when you first see the artwork, and sound effects and concepts for sound are there from the beginning as the films were shot. Once the film is being edited, sound is put in right away.” Though that is the tradition with Star Wars movies, the standard Hollywood model had been to scramble to develop sound deep in the post-production period. “In that case, there may be only a short amount of time left to work out all of the concepts; but for us, the sound has really been developed over a long period of time.”
Like many elements in Episode III, the sound design is a mix of new and old as the Star Wars saga bridges together, and the prequel trilogy segues into the classics. Burtt was very much cognizant of that as he began putting together elements for the opening space battle. “I knew when those ships came in that they were going to be the new Jedi starfighters, which were related to the TIE fighters from A New Hope. I felt the sound should have some continuity, so I started working with the old TIE fighter sounds and adding NASCAR sounds to it to develop something that would hint at the direction of the technology.”
Burtt describes there being about a thousand different sound projects for the film, not including foley effects like footsteps. In addition, the sound crew also provided performances both large (Matthew Wood as General Grievous) and small (Burtt as the Niemoidian captain). “We’re a small operation, a sound crew of 9 people, so we tend to use ourselves as characters,” says Burtt. “Matt and I played in the recent films probably about 30 or 40 incidental characters — battle droids, Nemoidians, Gungans, Utapaun pit crews, R2-D2, all kinds of robots, and we’ve enjoyed that because it gives us the feeling that we can really put our performances into the film.”
Since the first Star Wars, Ben has been the “voice” of R2-D2, combining synthesizer and organic sounds with his own voice to create the distinctive beeps and boops of the beloved astromech droid. “We revived some of our old equipment for this film,” he says. “We pulled out an old ARP synthesizer from under my house, and it was all moldy. Howie Hammerman, our engineer, got it working again so we did lots of new Artoo for this.”
The combination of many disparate and sometimes surprising sound sources has been a Ben Burtt trademark, and it continued with this final installment of the saga. “You look at General Grievous’ wheel bike, and it’s nasty, loud and dangerous. I thought a chainsaw would be perfect,” says Burtt. Likewise, the low rumble of the very first Star Destroyer we see on screen is actually the filtered sound of Niagara Falls. And the sound of Vader’s heartbeat while he is undergoing his final transformation into a Sith Lord who is more machine than man?
It was a sonic boom emitted by the space shuttle, as heard in northern California.
Mar 16, 2006 Issue #157
Inside the Mask
One of the most haunting images of Revenge of the Sith is the fearsome black mask that lowers over Anakin Skywalker’s ravaged face, forever sealing him in an implacable armored shell, marking a seemingly irreversible transformation into Darth Vader, Dark Lord of the Sith.
Though the Sydney-based Costume Props Department developed a full suit of armor for Hayden Christensen, the shot of the helmet lowering was achieved separately in postproduction by Industrial Light & Magic. The ILM Model Shop was tasked with building the separated helmet, and Practical Model Supervisor Brian Gernand assigned the task to Don Bies, for good reason.
“He knew of my affinity for movie history and Star Wars lore,” says Bies. Years ago, Bies worked as the archivist for the Lucasfilm Archives, the repository of the props, costumes and models used in various Lucasfilm productions. In that role, Bies had actually rescued the original Vader helmet used in for the unmasking in Return of the Jedi.
“The original prop I found at the bottom of a crate with a bunch of junk on top of it — shredded papers and stuff like that,” recalls Bies. “The crate almost got tossed, but I decided to check it and pulled out this brown flannel bag, and inside were the pieces of the mask.”
The mask became one of Bies’ favorites pieces in the Archive, and he studied it extensively, unknowingly preparing himself years in advance for the assignment of recreating it for Revenge of the Sith. The original mask, on a museum tour in Japan at the time of Episode III production, did not have much inner detail, allowing considerable artistic freedom in designing the inside of the mask.
“Ryan Church had created a design that was very manufactured and more medical,” says Bies. “I started making suggestions as to how to build it. His direction was that it’s supposed to look painful; it goes easy but it doesn’t come off easy. Having that freedom allowed me to start playing around with different materials. I used the readers from computer hard drives in there — it made it look like if you slipped this thing on your face that it would cut into your cheeks.”
Bies worked off of extensive photographs of the original prop, discovering that many of the “found” objects used to dress the original could not be found locally. “A lot of must have been from England surplus stores. I ended up having to laser cut almost all of it,” says Bies.
Some of the material he did find included electronic molex connectors, stainless steel studs from punk rocker collars, and parts from a Tamiya tank model kit. The two silver knobs bracketing Vader’s mouthpiece, nicknamed the “tusks,” came from a surprising source. “We were running short on time, so I actually bought them from a fan.”
Joining Bies on the project were John Duncan, who built the “harmonica” mouthpiece and Carol Bauman who helped paint the helmet. The helmet deviated from the original in that it used the Episode III mold which had a symmetrical face, and the new incarnation was solid black as opposed to the two-tone paint job seen in Episode VI.
“They had a heck of a time shooting the thing,” explains Bies of the shot looking at the mask coming down. “Kim Marks, who shot it, tried to get the angle right. When you get it over the lens, it distorted crazily because of the wide angle. So they had to tilt it. It’s really angled forward and looks more ominous.”
For the side angle shot of the mask lowering onto Anakin face, it was actually a composite since Hayden Christensen had already been photographed in Sydney separately a year earlier.
Mar 30, 2006 Issue #158
Hyperspace Race for the Presidency
Asteroid Beltway pundits have been closely watching the heated race for the presidency of Hyperspace: The Official Star Wars Fan Club. Despite the fact that Corellian pollsters have been reluctant to quote the odds of the outcome, the starwars.com Homing Beacon has pegged two clear front-runners in a race that is still up for grabs.
If the election were held tomorrow… well, there’d be a lot of confusion, because this presidency is not determined by election. Rather, it’s part of a recruitment contest currently being held by starwars.com Hyperspace. The fan who recruits the most members into the Fan Club will be awarded with the title for a year, an all-expense paid trip to Comic-Con International 2006 in San Diego, a guest editor position for an issue of Star Wars Insider, online VIP status and more. (Click here for details).
Running neck-and-neck for the high office are Tommy “uscwannabe” Costabile and Dustin “dustin@rebelscum.com” Roberts, outspoken candidates who are reaching out to the fan community to make their dreams of presidency a reality.
“Well obviously, my track record speaks for itself. I stand head, shoulders, knees and toes above the other… wait a second. There’s other people competing?!” said Roberts, who has announced stalwart astromech R2-D2 as his running mate.
Costabile, bedecked in a natty black robe, is running alone despite past proclamations that there should always be two, a master and apprentice. “I have the ability to run this presidency in this post Clone War-era, which is essential to the preservation of the peace the great Emperor Palpatine has created. I myself have overheard the Emperor discussing the Senate’s dissolution. Too many people in power leads to horrific, horrific situations. I can assure this will not be the case while I’m around! I offer a future!” Costabile punctuated his statements with protracting cackling and impressive display of static electricity.
Though both candidates have varying views on the tough issues of Gungan-control, Jedi marriages, and the teaching of midi-chlorians in school, they are in agreement that the Fan Club President position should belong to a true Star Wars fan.
“When you say a ‘real fan,’ which do you mean?” asked Roberts, known to some as DLR. “Those über-dorky, forum-trolling, Natalie-drooling, lightsaber-waving fans, or the film school elitist that can explain the hegemonic ethos of the Jedi? Cuz’ I can relate to them all. They’re my peeps!”
“Having a president that doesn’t know much about Star Wars would be the equivalent of putting C-3PO in charge of the Jedi Order,” said Costabile. “It must not happen!”
Roberts has been making waves by enlisting a number of fan sites to spread his message of presidency. “There’s no one else that can be more DLR-er than I. You may have some Dustins running, or some Robertses. But when it comes right down to it, just remember you can’t spell ‘leader’ without DLR.”
Costabile is not fazed at all by Roberts’ campaigning, and balks at any notion of campaign spending caps. “When Empreror Palpatine was just a Chancellor fighting the oppression of the Separatists, did anyone tell him we didn’t have enough money? No way, Weequay!”
Though both stand at the top of the frequently updating leaderboard that is tracking current recruitment levels, the contest is still wide open. The presidency could go to you, newsletter reader, if you know of fans, friends and family that would be willing to enter your screen name as the person who prompted them to sign up or renew their Hyperspace membership. Besides, a year’s worth of Hyperspace makes a great gift… and according to our crafty astromech’s calculations, a run for the presidency may actually be cheaper than a flight and accommodations at this year’s Comic-Con…
…But we’ll leave that kind of calculation to the politically minded. The contest continues until May, and till then, it’s anybody’s guess as to who will step up to the enormous podium in the Hyperspace rotunda and address his dellow felegates.
“This is what we’re fighting for,” says Costabile. “To be the leader of the greatest Fan Club in the history of Fan Clubs!”
Apr 13, 2006 Issue #159
The Force of Fashion
While the Star Wars saga is jam-packed with exciting space battles, exotic creatures and shocking plot twists, it’s the innovative costume designs worn by everyone from regal queens to scantily-clad slave girls that intrigue designer Nick Verreos the most. As the founder of NIKOLAKI women’s wear clothing line and an instructor at the Fashion Institute of Design and Merchandising, Verreos is most-recently recognized as one of the contestants on season two of the hit Bravo reality TV show “Project Runway.”
As a young child, Verreos’ memories surrounding the Star Wars saga coincide with his family’s relocation from Venezuela to the United States. “I was 10 when my family and I had recently arrived to the U.S., and I first saw A New Hope for the first time,” Verreos recalls. “A memory that is still captured in my head is of me sitting in the theater when the lights go out, and John Williams’ amazing score begins blaring out the speakers and those words start scrolling up. I swear my heart beat so fast I almost fell out of the seat. I still get shivers just seeing that intro and hearing that music; it brings me back to when I was just a boy.”
“I think at the time, as a young kid, it was great to disappear from the real world and be entertained by such a grand fantasy film,” Verreos continues. “I was always a fan of sci-fi, in fact ‘Space: 1999’ was one of my favorite TV shows growing up, so being a fan of Star Wars was a natural fit for me. The escapism of it all, the ‘what’s out there in the other planets,’ the strange creatures, and especially the costumes, was enthralling for me. I also think that in a way, it helped develop my curiosity for other cultures and countries. By dreaming and being able to suspend myself to other worlds, it eventually made me a far more creative individual in the long run.”
The memorable costumes of the Star Wars saga seemed to trigger a special appreciation that would later inspire Verreos as he began his fashion career. “The most fashionable character of the saga is a toss up between Princess Leia and Queen Amidala,” Verreos says. “Princess Leia’s infamous metal bikini was so Paco Rabanne meets Courreges — hot! She was the Bridgite Bardot of galaxy. In The Phantom Menace, Queen Amidala was giving us intergalactic couture. She was a Dior fashion show by John Galliano all wrapped up into one person — a mini diva! When I first saw those Queen Amidala costumes in Vogue magazine, I remembered sketching more voluminous gowns with heavier fabrics. I fantasized that I would do a runway collection with very theatrical, bigger-than-life ensembles, something that Queen Amidala would wear. I used her as my muse and client.”
While Queen Amidala’s style inspired Verreos to try new elements in his own designs, that doesn’t mean there weren’t a few fashion victims in the saga that even the Force couldn’t fix. “Oh dear, Obi-Wan Kenobi and that hemp-looking robe and that 1980s Flock of Seagull-meets-Duran Duran braid of his — bad, bad and more bad!” Verreos laughs. “I would cut that braid off and give him some color, maybe around the neckline or the edges of his robe — something!”
Jedi fashion faux pas aside, Verreos has nothing but respect for costume designer Trisha Biggar and her fantastical creations. “The FIDM exhibit, which was shown at the school I teach at, was so beautiful and inspiring,” Verreos says. “To see those costumes up close and personal was a great moment for me. These one-of-a-kind costume designs are now icons in the world of Hollywood costume-making.”
“It’s so very important to honor costume designers and the silent workers in the wardrobe department for their work,” Verreos says. “I admire and adore Trisha Biggar’s wonderful and inspiring designs. Costume designers work tirelessly just like the producers, directors, and screenwriters — if not more sometimes! They are essential to the overall look of a movie, especially a period film or one such as Star Wars. Living with a costume designer, I know firsthand how often times they are given a tiny budget, a shorter deadlines, and a lack of respect from directors and producers that treat them as ‘silly little dressmakers.’ So it’s refreshing to see Star Wars fans caring about Trisha’s hard work and her incredible team of talented and qualified craftsmen, drapers, patternmakers, sewers, and illustrators.” “It’s these people who attend school to learn the craft, then apply it for years by working on film and television,” Verreos adds. “Just because costume-making and designing is a tactile thing and considered a ‘craft,’ does not mean it worth any less than the special effects or acting in a film. So kudos to Trisha Biggar and all the other costume designers.”
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Jul 21, 2005 Issue #141
Comic-Con 2005 Round-up
From July 13 to 17th, San Diego, California continued its tradition as host of the biggest celebration of the popular arts — Comic-Con International. starwars.com was there, providing the most thorough online Star Wars coverage of the event. With so much news coming out of Comic-Con, it’s hard keeping up with all the new developments; here’s a round-up of some of the bigger stories.
Members of Hyperspace: The Official Star Wars Fan Club will want to check out exclusive content from the show including images of future products, the full audio of several Star Wars panels (including the Star Wars Spectacular) and exclusive video, including the brand new two-part documentary “The Journey”. If you’re not already a member, click here to start.
Star Wars Animation Begins. The theme for this year’s Comic-Con was Star Wars is Forever. Lucasfilm’s Head of Fan Relations, Steve Sansweet, revealed that Lucas Animation will be carrying on the spirit of adventure and excitement through a new animated Star Wars series set to debut in the Fall of 2007. Production has begun, and Sansweet announced several of the talented people behind the new endeavor, including Catherine Winder, Dave Filoni, Chris Kubsch, and Henry Gilroy.
Lucasfilm is Hiring. With Lucas Animation and LucasArts ramping up to produce new Star Wars and non-Star Wars series, features and games, now is the time to prepare that resumé and send it over. The next generation of talented digital artists is needed, and fans that have the skills are invited to apply at lucasfilm.com.
Episode III DVD On Its Way. The Summer of Sith is not over yet, but already there’s more Episode III to look forward to at the end of ’05. Though exact release dates and feature-specs have yet to be revealed, Sansweet did preview some of what was to come. Like the DVDs for Episodes I and II, the Episode III DVD will contain completed deleted scenes — with score, sound and visual effects — as bonus material. He even screened one of these lost scenes exclusively to the Comic-Con audience: the first clandestine meeting of concerned Senators Bail Organa, Mon Mothma, Padmé Amidala and others to forge an Alliance to restore the Republic.
Not a Decoy! Natalie Portman Drops By. For the first time ever, Natalie Portman attended Comic-Con to help promote her upcoming film, V for Vendetta. Not forgetting her Star Wars roots, she paid a surprise visit to the massive Star Wars pavilion on the exhibit floor. In the interests of security, her appearance was kept to a whisper. Fans in line to buy products from the StarWarsShop.com store were randomly selected and asked to return at a specific time for a surprise. When they did, they found themselves greeted by Portman and posed for a keepsake Polaroid with the actress.
Dark Horse Comics. The 20th anniversary of Dark Horse Comics is just around the corner, and to celebrate, they are revamping their entire line of Star Wars comics. Several long-running series are drawing to a close, to be replaced by several new exciting titles. Dark Horse editors only revealed upcoming developments that start the year 2006 — there’s much more on the way. But to start, the biggest and most welcomed surprise is a return to the ancient Star Wars-past with the launch of an ongoing Knights of the Old Republic series.
And Much More… Editors and authors at LucasBooks previewed upcoming titles, many of them amazingly detailed high-end art books. Hasbro showed upcoming Saga packaging and unveiled their smaller-scale Unleashed line. Sideshow Toys announced that they’re taking over production of the 12″ action figure line. Many other licensees showcased upcoming products and convention exclusives. To catch up on all the news, sights and sounds from Comic-Con
Aug 04, 2005 Issue #142
Braving the Prequel Path
With the successful release of Star Wars: Episode III Revenge of the Sith, filmmaker George Lucas says that he hopes this extensive backstory of Anakin Skywalker’s transformation to the iconic figure of Darth Vader will influence fans’ future viewings of the original trilogy.
“When I finished with Return of the Jedi I thought that was the end of it,” Lucas confesses. “I thought I was going to go and raise my kids, then I’ll come back and direct little artsy movies that I always wanted to do. So by the time my kids were old enough where I could go back and direct, I realized that I could tell the story the way I wanted to. And I thought it might be interesting to tell a story that changes and influences the way the first three films are viewed because it really is about Darth Vader, and not about Luke and Leia. And that would be more apparent when you see what the backstory really was.”
However, in telling the backstory the way he felt was best, Lucas had to take what he regards as risks with the prequels.
“The first trilogy — Book One — is about the father, while the second trilogy — Book Two — is about the children,” Lucas says. “When you combine them together they become one big piece. When I told people that Episode I was about a ten-year-old boy, people panicked, and they said it wasn’t going to work because everyone wanted to see Darth Vader going around and killing people. But I really wanted to be thorough about telling the story about where Darth Vader came from. When I did the second film, people were mortified that it was going to be a love story. But we got through both of those films, and people were excited for Episode III to see the rest of the story.”
One of the larger issues that surfaced in the telling of Anakin’s fall to the dark side and his rise to becoming a corrupt figure was that of the fall of democracy at the hands of the very people who initially fought oppression.
“You have the personal issue of Anakin and his turn to the dark side, but then the children later bring him back to being a human being,” Lucas says. “But the larger issue is that you’ve given up your democracy, and that the bad guys never took it — it was handed to them. That theme was there 30 years ago which came out of the Vietnam War and Nixon wanting to change the rules so he could get a third term.”
“I’m a big history buff and I was really into Caesar at the time,” Lucas recalls. “I always wanted to know why the Roman Senate gave Caesar’s nephew a dictatorship after they had gotten rid of Caesar. Why after the revolution in France did they create an Emperor? Why did the Germans after they had a Democracy after World War I, turn it into a dictatorship? Those were my initial questions 30 years ago.”
Aug 18, 2005 Issue #143
Big Numbers: Episode III Animation
Episode III is big; so big that big numbers are frequently thrown around describing specific aspects of its production. Industrial Light & Magic probably has the most impressive numbers to show encompassing the sheer scale of their accomplishment in bringing Revenge of the Sith to spectacular life: 2,151 visual effects shots for a total of 375,040 frames of work.
“We began working on this movie in October of 2003,” recalls Rob Coleman, Animation Director of Revenge of the Sith. “In terms of animation, we had 1,269 shots that we animated. To put that into perspective, for Episode I we did 60 minutes of animation. For Episode II, we did 70 minutes. In this one we did 90 minutes.”
To handle such a large job, the animators needed tools that allowed them to achieve their shots with specific finesse, and that could be customized to handle the volume of animation required. They turned to Maya, the standard in high-end animation software from Alias. “Because of George [Lucas] pushing us, we had to create new tools and new ways to work, and Maya was a large part of how we solved very challenging creative problems.”
Thousands of starships tangle in the atmosphere high above Coruscant, each producing scores of laser beams, explosions and flak hits. The elements quickly began to multiply. “George wanted this [space battle] to be bigger and better than the one in Jedi. That’s the high water mark right now,” says Coleman. “He wanted the flying to be much more realistic. He saw what ILM had done with Pearl Harbor, and he asked me specifically if I could get those guys and have them do the opening space battle. That was Scott Benza, Glenn Mcintosh and Paul Kavanagh and others. They created a flight rig that handled all the realism — all the buffeting, bouncing and moving.”
Also animated in large numbers were the soldiers of the Clone Wars: the clone troopers, Wookiee warriors and battle droids that would populate the sprawling battlefields. Equipping and animating these soldiers was facilitated by customizing tools to meet these needs. Technical Animator Supervisor James Tooley and his team led the development and scripting of tools to create efficient ways to arm an army.
“The tools were animator-friendly,” says Coleman. “It made it very easy to place clones into ships, or guns onto clones, or different weapons onto Wookiees, because we’d have one master Wookiee and 15 different props. They created buttons for our animators so they could just click on it, and it would connect directly to the creature that they wanted and it would wrap the fingers around the weapons and constrain them to it. That really was an advantage to us.”
This customization kept animators animating, and not fretting about the technology. “I remember when I started [years ago], I had fingerprints all over my monitor because I really wanted to reach in and grab it and move it just a little bit,” says Coleman. Now, the process has become much more animator-friendly thanks to custom tools developed by ILM.
“It was very creative software with huge-time savings which really helped us do what we do.” Given the scale of Episode III, every second saved was rendering time earned. One final big number: the shots of Episode III resulted in a total rendering time of 6,598,928 hours, spread across the rendering farms of multiple processors. To do it on a single system running continuously, it would take over 750 years to produce.
Don’t try that at home
Sep 01, 2005 Issue #144
Building Better Wookiees
With the common yet inaccurate phrase “it’s all done on computers” spreading widely among moviegoers, people often wonder what makes computer-generated imagery (CGI) difficult or time-consuming. The computer is essentially creating an accurate simulation of the complex behavior of light interacting against a modeled surface. What makes CGI realistic is precise recreation of a light ray’s particular bounce, refraction or absorption when it hits a given object. These calculations are done for every frame of the movie, often taking many, many hours per frame.
Organic textures with rough shapes and odd curves add complexity to the light paths, as do qualities such as translucency. When it comes to creating a furry digital creature, the realistic movement and sway of all those thousands of hair strands is taxing enough for the computer to calculate — now consider adding that each hair is interacting with the light in a specific way, and reflecting and refracting light into its environment and surrounding hairs.
“It takes an awfully long time to generate hair for a lot of hero Wookiees,” says Sequence Supervisor and Development Lead Patrick Conran, “and even with our most severe pipeline efficiencies turned all the way up, you’ve got a hundred Wookiees. It takes a long time before you ever manage to start rendering anything.”
Before the Wookiee efficiency solution was cracked, ILM had to finish one shot for the November 2004 teaser trailer of a vanguard of Wookiee warriors charging from an embankment. “We had five practical Wookiee suits spread over four different shoots composited together, and we had to take that and add them into a miniature and digital matte painting background, and then generate our CG Wookiees behind them,” explains Tim Fortenberry, Digital Effects Artist. “We rendered it the old fashioned way. It took something like 5,000 processing hours initially and a terabyte and a half on disc. So it was definitely not a good way to do the entire sequence.”
The artists and technicians at ILM found a better way to create crowds of Wookiees to fit the already tight schedule of Episode III postproduction. “Looking at the concept art, we noticed that [Kashyyyk] was pretty overcast and there is pretty low contrast. We definitely used that to our advantage,” says Fortenberry.
Rather than calculate the quality of light striking and bouncing off all the fur on their digital Wookiees for each shot and angle, ILM “baked in” a pre-set quality of light to all the Wookiee models. “We were able to do this without using any spotlights or deep shadows, which really made it much more manageable,” says Conran.
Also helping speed the process along was letting a Wookiee’s distance from the camera dictate the detail of the model. While the practical Wookiee suits were used for the closest of shots, the hero digital models had somewhere in the neighborhood of 800,000 hairs on their surface. The ones further in the background would have less, say 40,000 hairs. They’d be so small in “camera space” though that it wouldn’t be noticeable, and it would speed up the computer’s calculations. The ones furthest from camera had no hair at all — they instead had thickened bodies with flat, painted hair texture on them.
Another time-saving technique had to do with the flexibility of the Wookiee models. After composing a shot with hundreds of Wookiee warriors, someone may want to change specific Wookiee characters. Rather than having to re-render the scene to accommodate a completely different Wookiee model, ILM built an “über-Wookiee.”
“This model had all the variations built into it,” says Fortenberry “It essentially puts all the changes to the Wookiee model at the very last step before rendering. So, if there are changes, there’s no going back to Creature Development or the Animation Department. You’d turn on the features you’d want on the Wookiee, and dial out the ones you don’t.”
Sep 15, 2005 Issue #145
The Evolution of Space Battles
As the digital future began to unveil itself in the early ’90s, John Knoll saw its potential. ILM was constantly innovating, using their high-end systems to produce the CGI effects that wowed audiences in The Abyss, Terminator 2: Judgment Day and Jurassic Park. These astounding visuals required a robust processing pipeline to produce, but Knoll saw advantages in creating relatively simple digital effects outside that pipeline.
“I developed a bit of a frustration that we didn’t have a particularly good way of doing simple work inexpensively,” explains Knoll. “I started becoming an advocate of trying to use inexpensive off-the-shelf commercial systems for doing simple work. Use the complicated stuff for the complicated work, and do the simple stuff with simple tools.”
To that end, Knoll produced a convincing proof-of-concept test in 1993 of dog-fighting X-wing fighters and TIE fighters, all done with off-the-shelf desktop tools. “Nothing happened for quite a while, until 1995 when George Lucas decided that he was going to revamp the Star Wars pictures a little bit,” recalls Knoll. “I pitched doing the revised space battle using some of these techniques.”
The end result was a number of updated space battle shots done entirely on consumer-level computers. It worked so well that similar techniques and tools were used for Episode I. “I spent a lot of time studying the ‘style book’ of Star Wars — the way the shots were lit, the way they were composed, how the movement of the ships worked — because I felt it was very important that the new space battles still feel like Star Wars,” says Knoll.
The digital models allowed the color and shapes of the ships to move past the restrained bluescreen-friendly designs of optically printed models, but for Episode I, they weren’t all digital. The massive Trade Federation battleships were hulking miniatures to capture the detail required of them. “The big ships I still did as a miniature, because at the time I was really concerned with how heavy this model would be. A model like this could easily become several million CVs [surface control vertices], so I had grave concerns of being able to render something like that.”
Now fast forward to Episode III. Not only are the ILM computers able to handle the complex geometry of something as big and detailed as a Trade Federation battleship, but they handle thousands of warships in battle over Coruscant, with detail so fine that the snubfighters and audience can fly right up to them, just a few meters above their hulls.
“I’ve definitely been a beneficiary of Moore’s Law,” says Knoll, describing the 1965 prediction that computer power will double every 18 months. “This time, it looked like we were capable of creating big ships all in computer graphics. We have advanced quite a bit in our ability to handle dense hard surface models and have very high resolution textures on them, and to be able to render them efficiently.”
Whereas a few years ago, the scale of one ship would have required it to be a miniature, for Episode III the scale of the battle involving big ships meant it was much easier and more cost-effective to do it digitally. “It’s a huge fleet,” says Knoll. “There are many, many of these ships and you don’t want to have to spend a lot of time on stage shooting 16 different model elements to go into shots. It’s very expensive to do. Of course, it’s a lot cheaper to do in computer graphics.”
Sep 29, 2005 Issue #146
The Evolution of Environments
Lucasfilm’s pioneering efforts on The Young Indiana Jones Chronicles created a host of production techniques that made the Star Wars prequels possible. Digital technology opened up the scale of the critically acclaimed series, granting it a lavish feature film look for a fraction of the budget. The show employed low resolution effects that married 16mm film footage with digital extensions and additions executed in consumer grade software like Photoshop. With this technique refined, it was scaled up to theatrical film quality for Star Wars.
When it came time to do Episode I, it was apparent that the production was beyond the scale of anything ILM had ever attempted. With so much of the film relying on innovations in computer-graphics, the visual effects supervisors had to determine ways to balance the workload between CG and other methods.
“We started pushing a lot of things that didn’t have to be computer graphics into other techniques,” says John Knoll, the only visual effects supervisor to work on all three prequel films. Contrary to a popular yet mistaken notion, Episode I had more miniatures constructed and filmed than the entire original Star Wars trilogy; it wasn’t all computer-generated effects. The bulk of that miniature use was for the creation and extension of environments such as the cities of Theed and Mos Espa, the interior of large starships, and the Jedi Temple.
“I like using miniatures because the image you get back is constrained by nature to be physically possible,” explains Knoll. “The only thing in computer graphics that constrains the image to be physically realistic is your own eye. The gamut of what you can create out of a renderer is very large, and the gamut of images that look real is very small. But when you shoot a miniature, you get a lot of that for free, so we did a lot of environments that way.”
In some cases, like the high speed desert landscapes during the Podrace, miniature use wasn’t possible. “The miniatures would have to be so enormous to cover that much terrain that we couldn’t afford to build them,” says Knoll. Instead, Episode I employed a hybrid solution developed by Knoll and matte painter/modelmaker Paul Huston. It combined very detailed photographs of miniatures wrapped around simple low-res geometry that a computer could easily handle.
“In essence, you’re using the computer graphics as an image warping tool rather than a rendering tool,” says Knoll. “The frames looked very realistic because at any one time, 80 percent of what you’re looking at is a photographed real object.”
The latest generation of coupling real photographs with computer-generated geometry is called Zenviro, and was used extensively in Episode III. “One of the big expenses in shooting miniatures is actually the stage time,” reveals Knoll. “The actual cost of building the asset in the model shop and building and texturing a model in computer graphics is very often comparable. It’s not actually the cost of building the asset that kills you; it’s the stage time.”
As a solution, ILM still built many of the miniatures required but did not shoot them all on stage with a motion picture camera. “We would shoot high resolution photographs, take a relatively simple CG model of it that didn’t have all this fine detail, and just project the photos on it and use it to generate the background for the shots.” Examples of this technique can be found extensively aboard the Trade Federation cruiser, throughout the hallways, bridge, elevator shafts, and General’s Quarters environments.
To find out more about the creation of Star Wars environments, check out your local bookstores for Creating the Worlds of Star Wars: 365 Days, a new photo-packed book from Harry N. Abrams books, written by John Knoll.
Oct 13, 2005 Issue #147
Seeing Through Vader’s Eyes
To promote the November 1st release of Star Wars: Episode III Revenge of the Sith on DVD and Star Wars Battlefront II, actor Hayden Christensen recently talked about the challenge of mentally transforming Anakin Skywalker into Darth Vader and the aftereffects of donning the dark helmet.
Preparing for the Anakin’s inevitable transformation meant that in Star Wars: Episode II: Attack of the Clones, Christensen would consciously have to hold back, letting his character’s anger and anguish build up to a climax in Episode III.
“It was challenging, because you are cast as this character that is the connective tissue to someone that represents all that is evil,” Christensen explains. “So your natural instinct is to try to take him there. George [Lucas] was constantly asking me to pull back from that and to make him someone who is struggling, and someone who allows his frustrations to present themselves in ways that aren’t necessarily perceived as evil, but maybe in other ways. The character was more about who he was at that time of his life and Episode III was about changing him and making him evolve into Darth — which was why I was very excited to get to Episode III and finally get to do that. It was something that I had sort of built up in my head for so long.”
Rather than journeying to a darker place in his own psyche, Christensen says that he dug deep into the mind of Vader himself, thinking about what Anakin would do in every crucial decision-making moment.
“As an actor, I usually try to keep my motivation within the context of what my character is going through,” Christensen says. “So, I don’t think of my dog that died when I was 8 years old and how that made me feel. I try to stay within the psychology of Anakin. It was just really letting his frustrations seep in and how that would affect me.”
Christensen also had the benefit of working alongside prolific actors — Christopher Lee and Ian McDiarmid — to help him hone his skills as an actor on the set.
“I think I’ve learned the most, from all the actors I’ve worked with, from Ian,” Christensen confesses. “It was just an eye-opening experience getting to sit in that opera scene with him and listen to him tell that story and watch the subtlety, and everything that he’s able to convey within that subtlety. I’d just sit there and shake my head and be like, ‘Oh, I’m not supposed to be shaking my head. Whoops!’ And, he’s such a kind man and is willing to share his wisdom and help you when you ask for it. So, I’ve learned an awful lot from him.”
Since the theatrical success of Episode III, Christensen has noticed that more of his younger fans are now identifying him as the legendary Man in Black rather than the impatient Jedi Padawan that he portrayed in Episode II — which may make for a rather interesting Halloween.
“Now I’ve got two characters that people can dress up as,” Christensen jokes. “I was expecting a different reaction, to be honest. Kids still are enamored with this hero and I would have thought [Episode III] would have changed how they saw Anakin and maybe they would have been a little shy at first. But it really hasn’t changed anything. If anything, they’re just more drawn to him. I still get little kids coming up to me wanting lightsaber training and I play along with it. I love it. I stay at home at Halloween now. When my mom tells me that there’s someone dressed up as Anakin, I’ll go to the door and give them their candy, which is fun.”
Oct 31, 2005 Issue #148
Episode III and Battlefront II Arrive
The Star Wars home entertainment day you’ve been waiting for has arrived! On November 1, the explosive and emotional finale to the saga, Star Wars: Episode III Revenge of the Sith, arrives on DVD and Star Wars Battlefront II, the sequel to the most successful Star Wars game ever, arrives on Xbox, Playstation 2, Windows PC and Sony PSP formats.
Lucasfilm and Fox Home Entertainment present a two-disc set for the Revenge of the Sith DVD, with uncompromising picture and sound mastered directly from the original digital source material. The DVD will include a brand-new full-length documentary produced by Lucasfilm Ltd. as well as two new featurettes — one that explores the prophecy of Anakin Skywalker as the Chosen One, and the other that looks at the movie’s amazing stunts. A 15-part collection of Lucasfilm’s groundbreaking web documentary series, Making Episode III, will also be included in the set. A two-level playable demo of Star Wars Battlefront II is also included on the DVD.
For those who actually want to live out the action of the Star Wars universe, there’s Star Wars Battlefront II, available on the same day. LucasArts’ sequel to the smash hit Star Wars Battlefront adds all new space combat, playable Jedi characters, and never-before-seen environments straight out of Episode III to the hard-hitting action. In addition to the group combat, Star Wars Battlefront II also has an all-new single-player experience that transports gamers through an epic, story-based saga centering on Darth Vader’s elite 501st Legion of stormtroopers.
Trump’s Apprentice Takes on the Sith Apprentice – On November 10, Donald Trump’s hopefuls on The Apprentice on NBC will be taking on the biggest Star Wars event of the fall — the launch of Revenge of the Sith on DVD and the Star Wars: Battlefront II video game.
Be sure to tune in this week to get to know the individuals who will inspire a major Star Wars promotion.
Nov 10, 2005 Issue #149
Obstacles Matter Not
Now that Episode III is available on DVD, viewers can carefully examine the painstaking work of Animation Director Rob Coleman and his team that brought the many digital characters to life, including Jedi MasterYoda.
To get his animation team back in prime shape for their work ahead on Episode III, Coleman says that they replaced the footage of the Episode I Yoda puppet with their Episode III digital model as a test to see how far they could push his usual performance boundaries. This footage worked its way into the DVD, where it can be see as part of “The Chosen One” featurette on Disc 2.
“We did that between Episodes II and III as an exercise to get the team back into the character,” Coleman explains. “On Episode II, I was stressing about living up to what Frank [Oz] had created. A lot of our focus was on the final battle sequence between Yoda and Count Dooku. We had never seen Yoda do that before. In the process, we were learning about acting as animators. It was really exciting for me to have the team back again between Episode II and III. We used Episode I as a testbed because we didn’t know what was going to be in Episode III, so we got the team back up to speed. We really honed our acting skills and, using that as a springboard, we moved right on to Episode III.”
While the use of computer-generated imagery (CGI) has evolved with each prequel, some have expressed concerns that the digital arts may overshadow the performance that legendary puppeteer and actor Frank Oz put into everyone’s beloved little green friend. But Coleman says that the worry is unwarranted considering the research that went into making the CGI Yoda into a real, believable character based on Oz’s work.
“The real example is that when we first did a test [for Episode II], it looked like a creepy little green man,” Coleman says. “It didn’t look like Yoda. We could do all kinds of extra things with the face that a puppet couldn’t do. In learning about the character and trying to get to the essence as well as its spirit, I went back and studied what Frank Oz had done frame-by-frame. It became part of the character. We literally got down to the amount of wiggle through the ears. Whether it was because Frank was holding a 60-pound puppet above his head all day long and his hand started to shake, or if it was something that he was putting in consciously, it was simply part of the character.”
“When we started to do the computer animation, we had to add in what I call performance ‘dirt’ — shake, wiggle, and little jars in the performance that Frank did naturally as an extremely talented puppeteer,” Coleman explains. “My group had to learn all of that. When we first showed it to Frank, we were showing him a pretty creepy-looking green man. It didn’t look like this beloved character that we had come to love.”
While just making the leap to a digital Yoda and his unprecedented acrobatics formed the obstacles in Episode II, Episode III was more of a refinement of the digital character, and the challenges came from more subtle performance and acting.
“I was really terrified before Episode II came out about the fight,” Coleman confesses. “Once we got through that, I felt that we could really up the ante in terms of the performance and the interaction between Yoda and the live actors he was sharing the screen with. It put more pressure on the crew and me to really challenge ourselves. In the process, we were rewarded with some very nice close-ups. There’s a really nice scene between Anakin and Yoda in Yoda’s sanctuary, which I don’t think would have been in Episode II had it been written at that time. I don’t think George Lucas would have been comfortable enough to give us sustained close-ups and to give us a thinking time, which is really the acting time.”
Continues Coleman, “Any time you look at real people onscreen, we learn more about them as a character when they are not talking compared to when they are — the reactions, the facial expressions, the thinking, or the doubting. They are not listening to the person — they are worried about something else. It’s a joy as an animator to be given those shots with a character like Yoda.”
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Thursday, December 23, 2003 Issue #101
Sing Carols with C-3PO and R2-D2
What do droids, Chewbacca, legendary disco producer Meco and rocker Jon Bon Jovi have in common? They all celebrate the holidays on Christmas in the Stars: Star Wars Christmas Album. With memorable tunes such as “What Can You Get a Wookiee for Christmas (When He Already Owns a Comb?)” and C-3PO’s retelling ofa sci-fi infused “‘Twas the Night Before Christmas,” the album is a quirky addition to any holiday music collection. In fact, the record was so sought after by collectors, that in 1996 Rhino records and Lucasfilm, Ltd. decided to re-release Christmas in the Stars for eager fans.
The album’s story takes place in a droid factory where robots trudge away at building toys year round for S. Claus. However they don’t understand the meaning of Christmas until C-3PO and R2-D2 show them how to appreciate the holiday spirit. Even Artoo adds to the season festivities by learning how to whistle the catchy Christmas ditty, “Sleigh Ride.” Later we learn who gets what from their wish list: a scarf for Luke Skywalker, perfume for Princess Leia and earmuffs for Han Solo.
Recorded in 1980, many of the album’s songs were written by Maury Yeston, a Yale University music professor and composer. Producer Meco Monardo, who already topped the charts with his best-selling disco albumsStar Wars And Other Galactic Funk and Encounters of Every Kind, envisioned and supervised the unusual project.
British actor Anthony Daniels lent his voice to reprise his role as C-3PO and Lucasfilm’s sound artist Ben Burtt provided the sound effects of R2-D2 and Chewbacca.
However, the most trivia-worthy album liner note is the debut of a then 18-year-old Jon Bon Jovi, who ends up singing with a high school choir on “R2-D2 We Wish You A Merry Christmas.” At the time the album was in production, Jon Bon Jovi , then known as John Bongiovi, swept floors and did odd jobs at the famous New York City recording studio Power Station, ran by Jon’s cousin Tony Bongiovi. As Meco auditioned singers for Christmas in the Stars, Tony suggested Jon for one of the lead vocal parts, and the rest is caroling history. Soon after Jon’s singing debut, he recorded his own demo at the Power Station which included a hit song called “Runaway.” The single eventuallylead to a deal with Mercury in 1983.
Even though Christmas in the Stars did not lead to a series of additional Star Wars holiday-themed albums as Meco initially had planned, the album still remains a favorite among movie and music collectors alike.
Thursday, January 22, 2004 Issue #102
CG That’s More Than Skin Deep
Through its use of digital doubles performing hazardous stunts or synthetic characters like Yoda the Jedi Master, Episode III will continue to blaze new ground in the development of believable computer-generated organic characters. One of the tools Industrial Light & Magic uses is subsurface scattering rendering — a technique that was in early development for Episode II, and one that has garnered recognition from the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences. On February 14, Christophe Hery will represent ILM in receiving a special certificate of merit from the Academy as part of the 76th annual Academy Awards.
The technical award Hery will accept is one of nine that the Academy will give this year and represents a major leap forward in the effort to create photo-realistic images on screen. While Hery started working on subsurface scattering during the production of Attack of the Clones, the technique wasn’t perfected in time to use on the digital characters in that film. Instead, the public saw ILM’s first use of the technique on Dobby the Elf in Harry Potter and the Chamber of Secrets, later in 2002.
“The idea is to simulate the effect of translucency and depict how light penetrates inside the skin and scatters around the different tissues, then comes out at different points,” Hery explains. “Traditionally in computer graphics, we’ve followed the idea that light shines on a particular point and bounces off the same point. Subsurface scattering allows light to go into a certain point and come out in different places. It opens the door to all different kinds of materials in computer graphics — especially skin,” he says.
For a simple example of the natural effect that subsurface scattering replicates, hold your hand up to a bright light and notice how light shines through your skin and creates reddish and yellow glows. That kind of detail, which was previously missing from CG techniques, is what subsurface scattering brings to digitally rendered characters.
Although the process was first used more than a year ago, the Academy carefully reviewed submissions for their merit before deciding which of the 14 submissions would receive an award. Thanks to ILM’s work with subsurface scattering in films like The Hulk and the use of similar techniques by other visual effects companies to create successful digital characters, the last two years of film production have demonstrated that it is becoming increasingly possible to make photorealistic humans and other creatures with translucent elements such as skin, Hery says.
“It’s possible to make these look like they belong to the world around them,” he says. “We forget that what nature is doing is very complex. All the time (in computer graphics) you’re pushing the envelope, you have to go to the next level. This is just one component — one big component — of rendering human skin.”
Thursday, February 05, 2004 Issue #103
Digital Digits: VFX By The Numbers
Industrial Light & Magic is still gearing up to take on the bulk of visual effects requirements for Episode III, but here’s a numerical snapshot of where they stand as of February 4, 2004.
Total number of shots: 2,000
Client Finals (final shots as approved by George Lucas): 37
Final Omits: 1
Shots Turned over to ILM: 809
Finals needed per week: 32
Weeks to go: 61
Shots left to go: 1,963
Length of the opening shot, from after the crawl to the first cut (in frames): 3,768
For continued coverage of the postproduction process, be sure to check out the Post Notes article that appears regularly at starwars.com Hyperspace.
Thursday, February 19, 2004 Issue #104
Late Night with Mark Hamill
“My idea of fun on a talk show is being in a world of comedy and performance rather than being a guest,” says Mark Hamill. The actor behind Luke Skywalker proudly displays his preference for performance over dry talking heads in his directorial debut, the not-quite-cinema-verité documentary, Comic Book: The Movie. Insomniac Star Wars fans could have glimpsed seeds of this straight-faced make-believe approach to comedy in the mid-1980s, on NBC’s popular “Late Night With David Letterman.”
“[Late Night writer] Chris Elliott lived in my neighborhood, and I was a big Letterman fan,” recalls Hamill. “I used to say to him that I wish Dave’s show had no guests, because I like the comedy better than hearing somebody talk about their latest movie.”
Hamill was slated to appear as a guest during the height of Return of the Jedi mania, but when viewers tuned in that night, it appeared the actor was overbooked. He instead appeared “live via satellite” from Episode VI’s Royal Premiere in London. Letterman conducted the unconventional interview over a monitor, but stopped when he noticed recognizable members of the Late Night band walking behind Hamill. Intrigued, the host stepped over to the hallway next to the set, and found a sheepish Hamill standing in the hallway talking to a camera. Caught in a fib, Hamill confessed that his presence was not requested for the Premiere, and instead “they just wanted the aliens and the robots.”
“I jumped at the chance to do that bit,” says Hamill. “Dave doesn’t do rehearsals, so when we went on the air, it was the first time he did that line. I say to him, ‘Don’t be mad, Dave.’ And he replies, ‘I’m not so much as mad … as I am disappointed.'”
Another appearance of the same vintage came about as a response to a Viewer Mail segment. An inquisitive fan wanted to know how a guest in a cooking segment managed to crack an egg with one hand. To explain the highly technical effect, Letterman handed it over to Hamill, who appeared in a pre-recorded segment delving into the magic of ILM special effects.
“I thought it was reallyfunny, because it was satirizing those ‘Making Of’ specials,” says Hamill. “What I loved about it was the unbelievably elaborate explanation of something that was so simple. ‘First the hand is shot against bluescreen. Later an egg is added optically. Squibs are added to the egg…’ I loved that.”
A string of appearances on the “Late Night” was made possible by Hamill being busy in New York theater at the time. “They’d shoot at 5:30, so they’d be done by 6:30. I’d be in the theater district, but I wouldn’t have to be in the theater until 7:30 for my show at 8. It worked out beautifully. I must have done at least a half-a-dozen of those before I overstayed my welcome,” he says with a laugh. “I realized that somewhere along the line I got replaced by Tony Randall.”
Thursday, March 04, 2004 Issue #105
Clone Wars Season 2 Voices
Issue #98 of the Homing Beacon introduced readers to many of the voice actors performing in the first installment of the Star Wars: Clone Wars micro-series. With the second season of ten episodes coming this month, here’s a look at some of the new vocal talents and characters to be featured.
Returning as main characters are Mat Lucas as Anakin Skywalker, James Arnold Taylor as Obi-Wan Kenobi, Anthony Daniels as C-3PO and Tom Kane as Yoda. Grey De Lisle is once again Padmé Amidala and Asajj Ventress. She will add Shaak Ti to her list of characters, as the beautifully exotic alien Jedi Master appears in the final episode.
Kevin Michael Richardson will provide the voice of the tusked Whiphid Jedi, K’Kruhk. He has leant his voice to Star Wars video games in the past, portraying Mace Windu and Eeth Koth in games such as Star Wars: Obi-Wan and Star Wars: Jedi Power Battles. He is the voice of Jolee Bindo in Star Wars: Knights of the Old Republic. He can also be heard as Deus Ex Machina in The Matrix: Revolutions.
Daran Norris, who voiced Durge in the first season, will play Jedi Masters Ki-Adi-Mundi and Daakman Barrek. Norris plays Mr. Turner on “The Fairly Odd Parents,” and he can be seen in Mark Hamill’s Comic Book: The Movie as an ersatz Commander Courage.
Playing Luminara Unduli is Cree Summer. Her distinctive voice is often recognized as Penny from the “Inspector Gadget” series, and she was on-camera on “A Different World” as Freddie. She has a connection to the animated Star Wars universe, providing the voice of Princess Kneesaa in the first season of “Ewoks.”
Tatyana Yassukovich plays Barriss Offee. She can be heard as the voice of the storyteller in 2000’s Chocolat.
Andre Sogliuzzo returns to play Captain Typho. The actor also provides the voice of all the clone troopers, the ARC troopers, and the battle droids. He also provided the voice of the clones in LucasArts’ Star Wars: Clone Wars video game.
Known to many fans as the voice of Bender on “Futurama,” John DiMaggio not only plays a Padawan in the micro-series, but is also the menacing voice of General Grievous in the series. General Grievous is an Episode III character who makes his debut in the final episode of Star Wars: Clone Wars. Don’t expect much in common between Grievous and Bender though. The General of the droid army isn’t likely to invite any Jedi to bite his shiny metal posterior.
Star Wars: Clone Wars micro-series begins again on March 26 on the Cartoon Network, and online on starwars.com Hyperspace, with exclusive audio commentary by creator Genndy Tartakovsky.
Thursday, March 18, 2004 Issue #106
Incredible Details
Continuing a tradition that began way back in 1997, illustrators Hans Jenssen and Richard Chasemore, along with senior art editor John Kelly, traveled across the ocean from England to California, spending a week at Skywalker Ranch. The two talented artists and intrepid book designer were visiting the Art Department last week to examine the many vehicles and elements that they will illustrate for the forthcoming Episode III Incredible Cross-Sections book, due out in 2005 by DK Publishing to coincide with the film’s release.
“Seven years ago…” reflects Jenssen, taken slightly aback after doing the math. “That’s when we cut our teeth doing the classic book. And then the Episode I vehicles book was the next one we did.” After the original trilogy and Episode I Incredible Cross-Section books, both artists went on to do similar books for Episode I locations, and Episode II vehicles and locations.
In those seven years, much has changed. Chasemore and Jenssen have had the unique opportunity to work closely with the designers of the prequels, and Episode III brings the evolution of technology and industrial design to the point closest to the original trilogy.
“Everything’s different now, particularly the way we get our reference,” says Chasemore. “We’re here getting angles, reference, finding out what’s been produced and what hasn’t. We’ve been allowed to have the actual digital models this time, which is new.” By basing their illustrations from digital concept models, the artists will be able to ensure an unprecedented accuracy in their eventual exploded-view illustrations of various Episode III vessels.
“One of the most valuable things of our visit is to be able to talk to the guys in the Art Department who designed all this stuff,” says Jenssen. “We’re able to talk about their ideas, and find out what their rationale was — or lack of rationale, whichever is the case — and making shapes of the ships.”
In addition to working with Ryan Church and Erik Tiemens, the Episode III Concept Design Supervisors, Chasemore and Jenssen have perused the Episode III Visual Script, a hefty white binder containing a chronological compendium of vehicles, characters and hardware in the film, presented scene-by-scene.
“I think there’s more varied vehicles of varying sizes, and a lot of things with big guns on it, which is always good,” says Chasemore. The two artists work together to divvy up the vehicles. Simplifying the process is the precedent of the other films and their previous cross-section illustrations.
“It’s usually quite obvious,” says Chasemore. “If Hans has already worked on a vehicle, and we’re seeing a newer or older version, we tend to do what we did in the past, so that evolution of technology is in the right style.”
This book will focus on vehicles, their preferred subject matter compared to the much more complex locations. “Locations easily swallow up 500 hours to 600 hours of work, while the biggest vehicle is about 400 hours at the most,” says Chasemore.
“You can scoot through the less complex vehicles in about 200 or 250 hours or so,” adds Jenssen.
That said, their proudest work can be found in the Insidethe Worlds of… book devoted to the original trilogy locales. Penned by James Luceno, this book is due for release this fall from DK, and peeks through the walls of such familiar locales as the Mos Eisley cantina, Echo Base, and the Emperor’s throne room.
“I finished that project about a week before I came out here,” says Chasemore. “That’s going to be the best book; it’s just awesome.”
Both Chasemore and Jenssen are scheduled to be guests at Jedi-Con 2004, running April 9-11 in Düsseldorf, Germany. They have secured permission to show some of their upcoming original trilogy work at the convention, providing fans with a first glimpse at some of their favorite pieces.
Thursday, April 01, 2004 Issue #107
The London Office
By Pablo Hidalgo
The Star Wars prequels have shot around the world, with Australia becoming the home base for principal photography for both Episodes II and III. Throughout the years, a crew from JAK Productions has maintained a London office at the famous Elstree Studios, as much of the behind-the-scenes talent calls the UK their home.
“I think a lot of people are surprised by how much work generates from here,” says Polly Leach, a Production Coordinator in the London Office. “There’s a very firm stronghold of the Lucasfilm and Star Wars empire in England.”
Crucial pre-production and planning stages occur in London for each episode, long before shooting actually began. Many of the key team members are JAK veterans, dating all the way back to The Young Indiana Jones Chronicles. “The Production Art Department and Costume Department were pretty busy over there, at the end of 2002 and the beginning of 2003,” says Leach. “Gavin Bocquet had a whole Art Department set up at Elstree Studios, with a lot of models and speeders for George to approve. Likewise, Trisha Biggar does a lot of her fabric buying in London, and she was buying non-stop to prepare for Episode III.”
With half a world dividing the preproduction and production headquarters, coordinators on both ends needed to work closely to ensure that everything — and everyone — arrived in Sydney and returned to London intact. Heading up the Production Office in Sydney was Virginia Murray, Production Coordinator. Leach stayed at Elstree, until the end of the shoot, when she flew over to Sydney to coordinate the return trip.
“I get the feeling that George Lucas and Rick McCallum are terribly fond of the United Kingdom, and it is so nice that Rick keeps a base here,” says Leach. One of her main functions during her stay in Sydney was to serve as Asset Supervisor, collating all the information about three movies’ worth of props, costumes, vehicles and more. “I helped Rick find a home for them, for the things he doesn’t need for pick-ups.”
The Production Office in Syndey coordinated the inclusion of a starwars.com presence on the set — in the form of daily from-the-set updates and a live webcam. Plans are in the works to try to bring the same Hyperspace access to the brief stint of additional photography in the UK this August.
Thursday, April 15, 2004 Issue #108
Sansweet’s Summer Star Wars Tour
This summer, fans can catch a true insider’s glimpse into what’s up in the Star Wars galaxy, straight from Steve Sansweet, head of Fan Relations at Lucasfilm, Ltd.
Just as the Star Wars saga has grown to be a vital force in popular culture through the years, Sansweet and his Star Wars presentations have become a part of popular convention culture. Fans who attend will enjoy a look into the making of the highly-anticipated Star Wars Episode III. Sansweet will also share insights into the DVD release of the original Star Wars trilogy, scheduled for this September, as well as news on other special events on the horizon.
Sansweet just returned from sharing a presentation with a large and enthusiastic group of fans at Jedi-Con IV in Düsseldorf, Germany the weekend of April 9-11. As he continues traveling to conventions this summer, he will continue to update his presentations. Fans never know when to expect a new surprise or two along the way.
Exciting visuals, audience questions, Lucasfilm answers — these not-to-be-missed presentations are planned for the following conventions this summer:*
WonderCon April 30, May 1 & 2, Moscone Center, San Francisco
Star Wars Encuentros July 16-18, World Trade Center, Mexico City
Comic-Con International July 21 – 25, San Diego Convention Center
Wizard World Chicago August 13-15, Rosemont Convention Center
GenCon Game Fair August 19-22, Indiana Convention Center, Indianapolis
Dragon*Con September 3-6, Atlanta, Georgia
*Schedule is subject to change. Please keep checking starwars.com for the latest updates, specific times, dates, and locations.
Thursday, April 29, 2004 Issue #109
The Hyperspace Horizon
By now Star Wars fans know that the Official Star Wars Fan Club and starwars.com Hyperspace have merged into one, offering the greatest Star Wars experience ever for subscribers. A year’s subscription includes a unique membership kit, six issues of the new-and-improved Star Wars Insider, as well as all the exclusive online content that current subscribers have been enjoying since the launch of Hyperspace in June of 2003. (Click here for more details!)
“Hyperspace subscribers have had a great year of unprecedented inside access and the response has been great,” says Director of Lucas Online, Paul Ens. “Now that Hyperspace is the online component of a larger Fan Club experience, we’re looking forward to new opportunities to make that fan experience even better this year.”
Episode III is what fans are most interested in, and the final Star Wars film will continue to be the focus for both Insider and starwars.com Hyperspace in 2004-2005. “Right now, we’re planning on webcam coverage of the additional round of shooting in August, as well as bringing back the Set Diaries direct from London,” says Ens.
In the meantime, subscribers can look forward to an inside look at a big Lucasfilm event planned for this summer. “Hyperspace really became ‘the-next-best-thing-to-being-there’ during Sydney, and we want to continue that during the convention season,” says Ens. “That’s why we’re working on letting subscribers in on some of the surprises that will be unveiled this summer at Lucasfilm’s big Comic-Con presence. If you can’t make it to San Diego, then tuning into starwars.com Hyperspace is the next best thing.”
One of the new features for 2004 is a brand new Episode III photo series unlike any previously run on the site. “It’s quite different as it’s very interactive, and it will allow users to explore some of the Episode III production environments in a new way,” says Ens.
“A key element to Star Wars’ success has always been the collective experience, be it waiting in line, watching the movie in a packed theater, creating new adventures with action figures, gathering at a Star Wars Celebration or knowing you’re reading the same Star Wars novel as thousands of other fans at the same time,” says Ens.
“The internet has redefined what the concept of a community can be, and it only makes sense for the Official Fan Club to embrace and facilitate this important aspect of being a fan. This fall, look for new ways for fans to reach out to other fans, spotlight their fan groups, or share their creativity or opinions with their local and global communities.
“Naturally, look for Hyperspace to tie-in closely with this fall’s Episode III teaser trailer and Star Wars Trilogy release on DVD,” says Ens, “and making those landmark events even better for our members. Plenty of other surprises are also in store… stay tuned.”
Thursday, May 13, 2004 Issue #110
Attack of the Cloned Actors
Star Wars wouldn’t be the Star Wars without its various species and unusual creatures that dominate the screen. No one understands the importance of latex masks, fake appendages and creepy eyes than Episode III Creature Shop Creative Supervisor, Dave Elsey.
“We create anything that’s not human — all of the aliens basically,” Elsey explains. “This includes anything that has any appendages, horns, contact lenses, teeth, and eyes — right up to full suits and animatronics.”
When an actor who must undergo prosthetic makeup first arrives on the Episode III set, he or she will meet Elsey and his team and then prepare the daunting undertaking of being cloned — that is, having a duplicate made of their faces.
“Usually our initial dealing with the actor is when they arrive and meet us for the first time, we shake hands, and then we get them to strip down and wrap them in plastic and put bald caps on their heads,” Elsey explains. “Then we take what is called a ‘life cast,’ which is a plaster cast of their heads. Actually, it’s quite a good ice breaker, because the first thing we do is dump a load of gunge on their head and we use a material called alginate, which is used for dental casts. We basically mix up a bucket of that and we completely cover their heads in that material, then we back that up with plaster bandages and open it up and we make plaster casts. These casts have to be very, very detailed for what we’re doing — literally every skin pore has to be in the right place.”
These casts serve as stand-ins for the real faces during the time-consuming sculpting phase. The artists in the Creature Shop build their material atop the casts, so that when their masks are finalized, they will fit perfectly to an actor’s features. When the pieces of prosthetic makeup are ready to go on the actor, he orshe will often sit in the makeup chair for hours as Elsey’s team carefully place each piece in its exact place.
“It’s good for the actor, because he gets to sit there and watch the whole thing develop from the makeup chair, right from scratch, because he has no idea really what’s going to happen up until that point.” In one unusual instance, Elsey and his team were asked to create an exact duplicate of Ewan McGregor as Jedi MasterObi-Wan Kenobi, which was later nicknamed Foamy-Wan Kenobi.
“When the scripts arrived it seemed that Hayden Christensen was going to be carrying around Ewan for days on the shoot, and we didn’t want Hayden to put his back out straight away as soon as he started production. So we made a lightweight version that looks exactly like Ewan. It’s going to be a very interesting collector’s piece by the end of the movie,” Elsey chuckles.
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Thursday, August 08, 2003 Issue #91
Jump to Hyperspace, Jump to Sydney
You have only until this Sunday, August 10 to become a Hyperspace member and submit your entry to be eligible to win a trip to the set of Episode III in Sydney, Australia.
Along with watching the Episode III shoot unfold live on the webcam, and even participating in the creative process by choosing the color-scheme for Obi-Wan’s droid in the new movie, Hyperspace members have been living vicariously through the daily set diary of Pablo Hidalgo. “Pabawan” has been in Sydney since before the shoot began, faithfully representing fandom and sharing with us all he sees and hears.
Since the winner of the trip to the set will have the opportunity to live Pablo’s life for a day placing the webcam and writing a set diary for starwars.com, we asked Pablo to give us some insight into a typical day for him on set…
August 5, 2003
5:00 a.m. Alarm goes off.
5:30 a.m. Alarm continues to go off.
6:00 a.m. Off to work. It’s a nice day in Sydney, so I’m walking.
6:30 a.m. Arrive at Fox Studios, and head up to my office. Catch up on Stateside emails, both business and personal.
7:00 a.m. Breakfast at the catering tent. Check the Call Sheet: eight Jedi extras costume fittings listed throughout the day. Call Costume Archivist Gillian Libbert to get details. Possible Set Diary in the works.
7:30 a.m. To the set; Trade Federation Cruiser bridge is shooting today. Watch shooting of animatronic Neimoidian pilot. Take notes for potential Set Diary. Chat with Creature Shop Animatronic operators to get the specifics.
8:00 a.m. Between takes, ask if it’s okay to put the webcam on set for the Wednesday and Thursday shoot, since the shooting is moving to a webcam-accessible stage. It’s a rather major sequence being shot, so I promise to concentrate mostly on crew and off-set action. Thursday is OK, but I’m asked to hold off on Wednesday. I continue taking pictures of the set and the filming. Since I don’t know what the Set Diary is yet, I always take many more photos than I end up needing.
9:30 a.m. Take Dave Weitzberg from ILM to the Creature Shop; introduce him to the crew and show him around.
10:00 a.m. Off to costume fittings. Watch the first Jedi extra, Gervais Koffi get fitted.
10:30 a.m. Back to office. More emails. Rick McCallum drops by the office to look at some of the pictures I’ve taken. I take the opportunity to hit him up for an online chat for next week. He’s all for it, but I’ve got to coordinate with his assistant, Jacqui Louez, to fit it into his schedule.
11:00 a.m. Ghent phones from the States. One of the webcams is down. Rush off to stage to check it out. The cam’s been unplugged. Thankfully, it’s on the floor end so I don’t have to climb up into the rafters to reconnect it. Head back to office. Talk to Ghent about this week’s newsletter, which you’re reading right now. I then return a call to Anthony Daniels. He wants to do another chat this Friday. I confirm the time of the chat and when the driver should pick him up. I let Second 2nd Assistant Director Paul Sullivan schedule this.
11:30 a.m. Back on set. Talk to Colin Ware, the man underneath the Neimoidian pilot mask. Bingo. I know for sure I’ve got material for a Set Diary here.
12:00 a.m. Head to costume fitting. The next Jedi extra, Josh Canning, is being fitted. Another Set Diary is forming in my mind.
12:30 a.m. Back to office. Catch up on email.
1:00 p.m. Lunch in the catering tent. Talk publishing related news with the visiting editor from LucasBooks, Jonathan Rinzler.
2:00 p.m. Back on set. Get a phone call from Gentle Giant Studios. They tell me to turn on the webcam. Run back to computer to switch them live to cover a tour walking through their scanning area. Meanwhile, I re-dress the webcam wiring on the set construction stage to prevent it from getting disconnected again.
3:00 p.m. Back to costume fittings. Take many photographs of Jedi extras Aliyah Williams and Dominique Chionchio.
4:30 p.m. Take a walkthrough of a few stages to scope out webcam placement for later in the week.
5:00 p.m. Another phone call from Gentle Giant. They’re soon to start a new scan. When Anthony comes on in his tarnished protocol droid outfit, I flip the webcam on.
5:30 p.m. Back to set, in case any late-breaking story ideas pop up.
6:30 p.m. Shooting wraps. Head back to office. Begin going through audiocassettes, reviewing quotes and notes.
7:00 p.m. Download photos from digital cameras onto computer. Organize photos. Today’s total: 82 images.
7:30 p.m. Start writing first draft of article. Review. Proof. Rewrite.
8:30 p.m. Begin formatting of article, input into publication tool, uploading of images. Review and readying of other site content for Stateside team to publish the next day.
9:00 p.m. Finish up work. Tidy up office. Head off to the movies and a bite to eat.
If you’re not already reading the Episode III Set Diary, join Hyperspace today to get in on the inside.
Thursday, August 21, 2003 Issue #92
Multi-Dimensional Clone Wars
The advantages and impacts of computer-rendered three-dimensional animation were made clear to the public consciousness with Industrial Light & Magic’s dinosaurs in Jurassic Park and are now well-known to Star Wars fans who followed the development of Jar Jar Binks and Episode II’s digital Yoda. With Finding Nemo leading the 2003 box office, 3-D computer animation itself has even become its own popular genre.
Less widely known is that the same familiar three-dimensional modeling and animation techniques that made possible the visuals of Phantom Menace and Attack of the Clones have been adopted by two-dimensional animation productions as well — from the spacecraft of Lilo & Stitch to moving cityscapes in “Futurama.”
With ambitious stories to be told starting this November in the Star Wars: Clone Wars animated microseries, creator Genndy Tartakovsky decided to borrow some of the computer-generated efficiencies used in thenew Star Wars films. “If the animation is simplistic, then we’ll do it in 2-D,” Tartakovsky told Star Wars Insider. “If it’s an element that just kind of flies through the scene and doesn’t do a lot of turns, we’ll do it in 2-D. But if it’s got a lot of complicated moves, then we’ll make it 3-D.”
To make the Republic or Separatist forces flip, spin, dive and explode, Tartakovsky turned to Rough Draft Studios — an Emmy-award-winning group specializing in a seamless blend of traditional cell artwork with computer animation for such programs as “Futurama”, “Grim & Evil” and “Samurai Jack”. Using standard 3-D animation techniques, Gregg Vanzo and the Rough Draft team can compose a complex scene and iterativelychange speed, timing, trajectories and camera angles without the time and cost that would be associated with making changes to hand-drawn sequences.
When a movement is finalized, it can simply be rendered without the complex shading, texture and reflections associated with a photo-realistic animated style. The result is simple solid shading and basic black outline of the shapes. “It looks as if it’s been hand drawn and colored,” noted Tartakovsky. “They’ll look exactly the same.”
This November, starwars.com Hyperspace members will have the first online access to the Clone Wars microseries, along with member-exclusive behind-the-scenes features. Join us today for unprecedented inside access to the countdown to Clone Wars and Episode III.
Thursday, September 04, 2003 Issue #93
Heroic Costumes
Many of the elements of Episode III are harbingers of things to come in the original trilogy. The Costume Department has worked diligently to not only foreshadow future events, but also give the final Star Wars chapter its own distinct style. Though the film is the most visually diverse of the saga, spanning the largest number of locales and cultures, there will definitely be costumes that look familiar.
“There’s a link of characters between Episodes III and IV,” says Trisha Biggar, Costume Designer. “In terms of quality, there will always be a difference between how things look in Episode III and Episode IV, just because we have a great deal more time to achieve things than the people in Episode IV did. But there’s always a mind to keep the flow from III into IV, and that’s been achieved in color and feel and referring back to Episode IV for the characters who have continuity, rather than trying to copy exactly any particular costumes from Episode IV.”
For Obi-Wan Kenobi, his role as a Jedi pretty much defines his overall look, but there is room for subtle progression from The Phantom Menace to A New Hope. “We started in Episode I with a younger version of the costume from Episode IV. We kept that for Episode II. For Episode III, a couple of years have passed, and we changed his costume to blend into Episode IV. We changed the color of his undershirt and the color of his trousers, so he’s very slightly becoming a little more like the old Obi-Wan.”
Anakin Skywalker clearly has the most profound transition from the prequel to the original trilogy, but the evolution of his Jedi robes from Attack of the Clones to his garb in the new installment is more understated than his future look of dark armor. “We changed his cloak shape, and gave him a new slightly more Jedi-like cloak this time,” says Biggar. “We changed his colors, and we darkened them all down, hinting at what he’s going to become. Although he was quite dark brown before, there were some lighter aspects. This time, we’ve really taken shades of dark brown to give him a dark outline even though he’s still a Jedi.”
Though Senators Padmé Amidala and Bail Organa are absent from the original films, they continue to evolve Episode III, building upon their looks from the previous chapter. “In Episode I, Padmé was very formal and very ceremonial, and that became slightly relaxed for Episode II. In Episode III, we see her in a couple of business-like — but not heavily ceremonial — costumes, so generally her look is softer, and we get a chance to see her in a more relaxed state. I think even more relaxed now than she was in Episode II — softer, more feminine,” explains Biggar.
“Though we saw Bail Organa in Episode II as a Senator, George wanted him to look slightly more high tech in a way,” she says. “We ended up using more metal pieces in his costumes. He has a high-tech metal comlink, and his ceremonial Senate costume has a beautiful metal collar piece.”
Thursday, September 18, 2003 Issue #94
Next Steps for ILM
With the first phase of principal photography now complete on Episode III, the movie moves further into the digital world of postproduction. The artists at Industrial Light & Magic are sparing no time in tackling the thousands of effects shots required to complete this final chapter of the Star Wars saga. While a trio of ILM crew observed the shooting in Sydney, Australia, a growing team back in Northern California has already been busy working on creating digital assets required for their work.
Visual Effects Supervisors John Knoll and Pablo Helman, and Matchmove Supervisor Jason Snell depart Australia this week for ILM’s facilities. Both Knoll and Helman are scheduled to work the day after they arrive. “We’ll be supervising model development and Viewpaint right away,” says Knoll. “That’s already been going on, so there’s some catching up for us to do. George [Lucas] said he’d get us the first Yoda sequences to begin working on in a month or so.”
Animation Supervisor Rob Coleman, who spent time on the set earlier in production, is beginning to assemble a team of animators to create the wide range of major digital characters in Episode III. “Rob will start animating in October,” says Helman. “He’s got a list of who his team is going to be, but he’s not going to be putting that together until next month.”
Jason Snell will be delivering his accurate digital wireframe models of the sets that he’s made during production based on photographs and measurements taken in person. The matchmovers at ILM will begin to create virtual additions and enhancements to the tangible sets.
“The first thing I’ll do is take all the models that I’ve built and clean them up and color-code them, and submit them to the Sets/Creatures assets area,” he says. “When the plates start coming in, the matchmovers will check out the set environments that I created to be able to work with them. That first week, I’ll organize all my sets and put them into a database. The following week, I’ll be working with model makers, specifically the hard surface modelmakers who are building the set extensions to make sure they are the proper scale and will work with the models that I work with, and I’ll do that until we start getting plates.”
Thursday, October 02, 2003 Issue #95
Being Po Nu do
“It’s never good to fall asleep at work,” advises Episode III extra Paul Nicholson. “I didn’t mean to fall asleep, but it’s hard not to when most of the air you’re breathing is the same air that’s just been expelled from your own lungs, you can barely hear nor see and you’re not allowed to move cause you’re dead.”
Nicholson counts himself lucky to have landed a behind-the-mask part in Episode III as Senator Po Nudo. On the off chance you are a fan of the Aqualish representative from Ando, you may be sad to hear that Po Nudo does not survive to the end of the new movie. In fact, the greatest extra acting challenge for Nicholson was the fact that Nodu’s dead body serves as set dressing for a scene that took the “living” actors over ten hours to shoot.
“I could move my head inside my mask a bit,” Nicholson recalls, “and I eventually found a way to watch the other actors while remaining dead. I only had a 1 mm diameter drill hole to look out of, so I really couldn’t see much — especially considering my four eyes had been layered in KY jelly to make them shinier. And I really needed to pee.” He downplays any physical challenges, as Nicholson is an enthusiastic Star Wars fan who moved to Sydney three years ago “just to be in Star Wars”, he claims. “It paid off. I would have paid to be in that movie.”
By day, Nicholson works as a valet at a hot Sydney restaurant where he had spotted Star Wars celebrities including Natalie Portman and Ewan McGregor, but getting to see them in action on-set was naturally a thrilling experience.
“Hayden swings that metal baton around really, really well,” Nicholson is pleased to report. “Ewan McGregor is a hardcore saberman as well. They exhausted themselves to make their scenes look great.” Along with the chance to witness some Episode III history-in-the-making, and gather some autographs from cast and crew in his copy of the Attack of the Clones Visual Dictionary, Nicholson will carry away one other treasured memory. “Ewan sang ‘I am the Walrus’ with me at one stage, because I kind of looked like one.”
While the Star Wars extra experience was particularly unique, Nicholson endorses the entire craft of being a movie extra. “Join an extras agency,” he advises. “Look one up in your local directory. There are always television commercials and shows being made everywhere. You can do it at any age. It’s a fun way to meet people and the food is always good.”
Thursday, October 16, 2003 Issue #96
Exploring the Ruins of Dantooine
Since its debut, Star Wars Galaxies has become an engaging window into that far-away galaxy for thousands of avid online gamers. Through the massively multiplayer role-playing game, a player creates a unique character in the Star Wars galaxy, and interacts with other player-characters in real-time in a vivid computer-generated 3-D environment. These characters work, play, fight, adventure and live the Star Wars life in a way never before possible.
Such a mix of characters and scenery makes for a rich source of storytelling potential. This December, Del Rey Books will publish an original novel inspired by Star Wars Galaxies.
Voronica Whitney-Robinson is the author of the book, and helping keep her tale true to the spirit and details of the online universe was Haden Blackman, Producer for Star Wars Galaxies. A fellow Star Wars-scribe, Blackman has penned a number of Star Wars comics tales and, most recently, The New Essential Guide to Vehicles and Vessels.
“Voronica certainly drove the plot, but I was involved to ensure that we were going to the planets that were most interesting in the game, and that we were interacting with in-game characters,” he says. “I helped guide her in that specific content, so that the characters in the books are doing things similar to what players would be doing.”
Obviously, the planet Dantooine figures prominently in the book, and it’s a key world in the game. Beyond settings, though, there are a number of non-player characters from the game that the heroes of the book will meet. “Nym, who is an alien pirate we developed for Star Wars: Starfighter, is in the game. Also, the characters in the book interact with Princess Leia in a similar way that players would: finding her in a Rebel base on Corellia, and getting new information and a mission from her.”
It’s even possible that some players may spot their own game contributions in the novel. “The book highlights not only the content we provided, but also things the player community has developed as well,” says Blackman. For instance, one enterprising player took advantage of the game’screature dynamics, which allow players to control creatures and command them to attack other creatures. “One player actually did that in conjunction with the opening of his own casino in the game, so when he opened, he had this big tournament that he invited everyone to,” recounts Blackman. “Voronica took that idea and ran with it, and I think it’s one of the first scenes in the book.”
Such interaction between novelist and game producer results in creative cross-pollination. Gamers who have read the novel will be familiar with certain elements that will eventually work their way back into the game. The main characters of the novel, Dusque Mistflier and Finn Darktrin, will appear in the game as non-player characters. “If you read the novel, you’ll know their back-story and their history, and that will make the missions they give you and the interactions you have with them a little more significant,” says Blackman.
He also hints at another element from the novels making an appearance. “In the novel, I suggested that she put in a mutant version of a creature we have in the game, and we’re actually going to take that idea and run with it. We’ll introduce that creature — the mutant version of it — in the game.”
Star Wars Galaxies: The Ruins of Dantooine comes out in December from Del Rey Books.
Thursday, November 03, 2003 Issue #97
Fine-Tooned Heroes
The Clone Wars begin on November 7, as the epic micro-series debuts both on the Cartoon Network and online at starwars.com. The animated shorts are heavy on action, and the familiar characters and hardware of the Star Wars galaxy had to undergo streamlining and design modifications for the demands of hand-drawn animation. This meant simplifying the designs to their very essence, yet still retaining their recognizable qualities.
This challenging task fell to Art Director Paul Rudish who, under the direction of Genndy Tartakovsky, came up with the truly distinct look of Star Wars: Clone Wars.
“Early on, in preproduction, I kind of got bogged down with a little too much reference and trying too hard to get things looking like the films,” says Rudish. “Genndy came in and slapped my wrist and said, ‘Okay, put your books away. You’re getting bogged down. Now draw your impressions of the characters. Let’s try to draw how you think the characters feel, as opposed to trying to draw them exactly like the actors.”
The three main characters of the prequel trilogy — Obi-Wan Kenobi, Anakin Skywalker and Padmé Amidala — each provided their own challenges, but Rudish says Kenobi proved to be the easiest.
“Obi-Wan is the chivalrous knight,” he explains. “The King Arthur-thing kind of comes across real easy on that guy.” Though Kenobi starts the micro-series sporting the same robes and hair as seen in Episode II, as he journeys to Muunilinst to take on the bounty hunter Durge, he dons a suit of plastoid armor to do battle atop a speeder bike. “We gave him some extra brown robes on top to keep his Jedi-ness, but he’s got to have his safety gear when he gets on his speeder bike,” says Rudish. He adds with a smile, “We have to promote proper bike safety.”
Anakin Skywalker, the Chosen One, proved to be one of the most difficult. “He’s got a weird mix in that he needs to be somehow brooding and dark, and still be a cute Tiger Beat boy. How do you try to keep him youthful and yet make sure he has a good scowl all the time?”
In exploring the character, Rudish says the more he based his art on Hayden Christensen’s features, the more difficult he found bringing out the dark side. “They always came out looking kind of pretty, so we eventuallysteered away from specific caricatures and just tried to tweak him a little more. In retrospect, I think some of the elements in the line work in his face is more like Vader’s mask. It’s in the shape of his nose, and the square jaw and triangular mouth kind of shapes. I didn’t really think I did this on purpose, necessarily, but looking back at there, I think maybe I subconsciously tried to Vader-ify a little bit.”
The Clone Wars micro-series is divided into two sets of ten episodes each. In the first ten, Padmé has what amounts to a small cameo — she’s more heavily featured in the second set. “As far as Padmé, [Model Designer] Lynne Naylor-Reccardi helped out a lot. The two of us went back and forth with drawings of her, and kind of distilled it down to various elements. Basically, she’s pretty much… cute. She doesn’t have a funny nose or anything you can really latch onto to caricaturize. So, we went with cute girl. ‘Let’s make her eyes bigger!'”
Of the redesigned heroes, Rudish can easily recall who his favorites are. “Once I got to doing layouts of Artoo and Threepio, that really turned into lots of flashbacks of being seven, and drawing my favorite droids as a kid,” he says. Though the droid designs are new, Rudish recalled watching the earliest incarnations of Star Wars animation when he was young.
“I was certainly into it when those shows were on TV — I used to watch ‘Droids’ and ‘Ewoks.’ I didn’t specifically refer to these things, but they’re definitely engrained in my mind,” he says. “I was blown away by ‘The Holiday Special.’ It was when I was seven, and had been jonesing for any kind of Star Wars you could get at that point. When that came out, I thought, ‘oh, that is so cool!’ Then I tried to run upstairs after the show was over, and tried to draw the comic book of the entire [animated] cartoon that I had just seen. I tried to remember it, and I got about eight panels into it, and crapped out. Luke crashlanding his Y-wing into the ocean… that’s about as far as I got.”
Thursday, November 12, 2003 Issue #98
Clone Wars: Hearing Voices
The Star Wars: Clone Wars micro-series has started, and is currently running on The Cartoon Network and starwars.com Hyperspace. To provide the voices of the classic characters are a group of talented voice actors who, in most cases, have played these characters before.
If Anakin sounds familiar, particularly to video gamers, it’s by design. Mat Lucas is the voice of the Chosen One in the micro-series. He previously played Anakin in the Star Wars: The Clone Wars video game from LucasArts, available for the GameCube, Xbox and PlayStation 2.
Obi-Wan Kenobi is played by James Arnold Taylor, whose vocal talents can be heard in many video games and animated works. He provided numerous voices for The Animatrix short films, was the voice of Pippin in the video game release of The Fellowship of the Ring, and has provided guest voices in such Cartoon Network programs as “Powerpuff Girls” and “Johnny Bravo”
Providing the elegant vocal tones of the evil Count Dooku is Corey Burton. Burton previously played Dooku in several LucasArts video games, including Star Wars: Bounty Hunter, Star Wars: The Clone Wars, and Star Wars: Galactic Battlegrounds. He can be heard in many Disney projects, and fans of ’80s animation will remember Burton as the voice of Xamot, one of the evil Crimson Guard Commanders on “G.I. Joe,” and as the Decepticon Shockwave and the human tag-along Spike in “The Transformers.”
Tom Kane does the voiceof Yoda. He had previously played the ancient Jedi Master in Star Wars: Jedi Starfighter, Star Wars: Super Bombad Racing, and Star Wars: Jedi Power Battles. He has also performed for many other LucasArts titles, dating back to providing the voice of Leebo the droid in Shadows of the Empire. Cartoon Network viewers can hear him regularly as Professor Utonium, the creator and guardian of the Powerpuff Girls.
Nick Jameson is another LucasArts veteran. For the micro-series, he plays Palpatine, a role he previously voiced in Star Wars: Galactic Battlegrounds, Star Wars: X-Wing Alliance, Star Wars: Rebel Assault II — The Hidden Empire and Star Wars: TIE Fighter. Fans of Kyle Katarn should note that Jameson first provided the voice for that character in the original Dark Forces game.
Though Padmé Amidala and the deadly Asajj Ventress don’t have much in common, they are both voiced by singer Grey DeLisle. DeLisle also played Padmé in such video games as Star Wars: The Clone Wars, Star Wars: Galactic Battlegrounds, Star Wars: Super Bombad Racing, and Star Wars: Jedi Power Battles. She provided the voice of Padmé’s daughter, Princess Leia, in Star Wars: Force Commander. She plays a variety of characters for various Cartoon Network projects, and is the new voice of Daphne on various “Scooby Doo” specials.
For the role of C-3PO, Cartoon Network went straight to the original source. Anthony Daniels provided the voice of the classic protocol droid character, just as he did for the original Droids animated series in the mid-1980s.
Thursday, November 26, 2003 Issue #99
The Cut of Episode III
At the Main House of Skywalker Ranch, Episode III is currently taking shape in its earliest iterations. Though the principal photography shot this past summer in Australia has already been pieced together into a chronological “assembly” of the movie, this does not represent the first cut. An assembly is more of a blueprint for future edits, and a starting point for George Lucas to further refine the film.
“We’re breaking down the first 25 minutes, which we need to have from George locked by January 5th, so that we just keep moving,” describes Producer Rick McCallum.
Each day Ben Burtt and Roger Barton, the editors of Episode III, continue cutting away, finding the best takes, and piecing together continuous action and scenes to tell the story.
“What happens is that George comes in about 8 a.m, answers his mail, and works with Ben from 9 to 12:30,” McCallum says, describing the typical working day. “Ben’s doing all the action sequences and cutting together the animatics for those, like the opening space battle, and two other sequences that are the primary things he has to work on. Roger is doing the drama, and George works with him from 2:30 until 6.”
Barton and Burtt are also identifying the missing pieces of the puzzle. With so much of the movie yet to be developed as visual effects, there is much that is missing. The editors have the tools needed to temporarily fill in the gaps. Next to Burtt’s AVID workstation is a microphone. Into this, he records placeholder dialogue for digital characters or principal actor dialogue that has been changed.
The two editors also have their disposal a tool called iViz. This computer graphics package allows the creation of quick-and-dirty low-resolution digital stand-ins to previsualize the characters that ILM will eventually create to populate the scene. “You load in your models, and you have a virtual camera you can actually move around. It helps George plan out a shot in real time,” says McCallum.
In between his sessions with both editors, Lucas heads upstairs to the Animatics Department. In the film industry, animatics are generally regarded as a pre-production function, but the malleable nature of digital filmmaking has blurred the lines between pre and postproduction. Previsualization Supervisor Dan Gregoire’s group of artists are designing the motion of entirely synthetic shots, plugging in low-resolution versions of digital elements into plate photography, and pre-planning live action sequences to be shot in later rounds of additional photography
There are entire sequences that were not shot during principal photography in Australia, but are instead reserved for shooting planned for next year. These rounds of production are also for “re-shoots,” additions, inserts or modifications of sequences that add and/or replace what was shot this past summer.
“In March, we’ll most probably go to London, since it’ll be easier for scheduling. I’d like to able to isolate the Wookiee shoot, and do that in Australia at a later date, so that I don’t have to bring everybody from Australia over to London,” says McCallum.
“It’s going really well,” adds McCallum. “I’m really pleased. Hopefully, by Christmas we’ll really see the film for the first time.”
Thursday, December 11, 2003 Issue #100
Ep III Novel: First Steps
October 1st was already was a significant date on author Matthew Stover’s calendar, but this year had an added surprise. “Shelly Shapiro [from Del Rey Books] actually called me on my anniversary, October 1st, to find out if I was interested in writing the Episode III book. Which I responded, of course, I’m interested!”
Stover joins the ranks of such bestselling authors as R.A. Salvatore and Terry Brooks in adapting a Star Wars screenplay into a novel. What makes the prequel adaptations notably different from the novelizations of the original trilogy is the opportunity to expand on the stories. The novels for Episode IV, V, and VI do not tread far what’s seen on screen. The prequel tales, conversely,include several original scenes created specifically to expand and enrich the film’s story.
As he gears up to write the adaptation, Stover has already read the Episode III script and has positive words to share. “I’ve never done an adaptation before, so I don’t know what kind of pitfalls may be awaiting me, but on this end, so far, it looks like it’s going to be a great experience. From having read the script, it looks to me like the story is so strong, I don’t really anticipate a lot of difficulty.”
Though this is his first adaptation, Stover has already penned two Star Wars novels. His first was Traitor, a standalone paperback in the epic New Jedi Order series notable for its unconventional storytelling techniques and controversial examinations of the Force. The second book, Shatterpoint, was a hardcover novel focusing on Mace Windu’s return to his homeworld during the Clone Wars. It too was unique for a Star Wars novel in its gritty depiction of the horrors of war.
“Shatterpoint gave me an opportunity to do a lot of research,” says Stover. “Doing that novel in particular made me feel very comfortable in the Star Wars universe. Traitor was a very specialized piece of work. It was a very, very specific incident in The New Jedi Order. Pretty much all of the heavy lifting had been done for me already in the previous books. Traitor was an extraordinary opportunity to write a book where I didn’t have to do any backstory at all, because that was all done for me.”
Both books touch on the dark side of the Force and offer the inner thoughts and perspectives of prominent Jedi characters. These qualities are expected in the Episode III adaptation. “I think that Lucasfilm and Del Rey feel I have a certain insight into the dark side. That is, after all, what I was writing about in both of my previous Star Wars books,” says Stover. “Also, this is going to be action packed, and I think they like the way I do my action scenes.”
Early in 2004, Stover will travel to Skywalker Ranch to meet with George Lucas, who is currently busy overseeing the editing of the first cut of the film. “The next step for me now is meeting with Mr. Lucas and finding out the things that he wants to emphasize about the story, and the tone that he wants it to take,” he says. “I have some ideas of what I would like to do, but of course, all final decisions are entirely up to him.”
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Thursday, March 20, 2003 Issue #81
Backbone of Reality
Since the beginning of the Star Wars saga, the Industrial Light & Magic model shop has been crafting vehicles and locales from a distant galaxy, continuing a decades-long tradition of miniature work standing in for things that would be impossible or impractical to create in real size.
Nowadays, the computer has taken over many visual effects disciplines, but there is still a need for the model shop, which has become increasingly high-tech alongside the digital innovations. Its task is similar, but with a new twist: the model shop is crafting practical miniature work for things that would be impossible or impractical to create in CG.
“Many times practical miniature effects have proven to be a very efficient solution to some challenging shots that film directors envision,” says Model Supervisor Steve Gawley. “We often use computer aided machines to fabricate true 3-dimensional parts that are derived from computer files we generate. We also use digital files from the CG group as well as providing 3-D maquettes from which digital animation elements are built.”
As a facility, ILM is involved in a dozen different projects at the same time, and Episode II had over 2,000 shots done over a two-year period, which is really aggressive,” explains Vice President of Creative Operations Jeff Mann. “As a company, you can only do so much in the digital pipeline. We have to make decisions about how to do all of that work at the same time, and you just can’t do it all in the digital world. The decision comes down to what would look the best and be the most cost effective. Miniatures and models play a key part in things like pyro effects, where you’re having to blow things up and controlthat kind of shot, or when you need realism in a 3-D landscape.”
“Sometimes, the model shop picks up shots near the end of that pipeline, if CG gets totally booked up,” explains Lorne Peterson, Model Supervisor. “Many times, we’ll be relatively free right near the end of production, so we can do a Geonosian ground plain for the last battle. Sometimes it’s money and time. Sometimes it’ll be more expensive to do things in CG than it does to do the model, so the model shop will get those shots.”
Once the decision has been made to create a miniature, the next step is to figure out how much of that miniature to build, and at what scale. Usually, digital animation and practical miniature effects are combined, as the models give a backbone of reality to shots, like the inner dome of the Kaminoan training facility, or the far wall of the Geonosian droid factory.
“After you get the design drawings, you have to go back to the storyboards or animatics, and decide what kind of model you need,” says Gawley. “Many times, you don’t build the whole thing. It’s through the vision of the director and what he wants to happen in a scene that we then give an estimate of what to build. If everybody agrees on what’s needed in the miniature world, we go from there.”
“There are times when we go outside to the parking lot and lay out with tape how big the different models will be,” says Peterson. “We ask, ‘do we want to pay for one that size or do we want to pay for one this size? Will that do for your shot or will this do for your shot?”
Large miniature sets are still photographed outside, in ILM’s parking lot, to take advantage of the California sun for lighting. This practice dates back to the original Star Wars, when Death Star surface segments were shout outside in a relatively low-tech fashion: a VistaVision camera mounted on the back of Steve Gawley’s pick-up truck drove past the miniature in the lot. “I think Steve told me that he was paid an extra \$50 to have his truck next to the explosions,” laughs Peterson
Thursday, April 03, 2003 Issue #82
Episode III: Early Editing
Not a single frame of Episode III’s opening sequence has been shot, and yet some of it is being edited. How is this possible? Thanks to animatics, the lines between pre-production, production and post-production are blurred. The video-resolution computer-animated action serves as a moving storyboard, establishing a template for live action and final animation to follow when assembling the finished movie.
Previsualization Supervisor Dan Gregoire leads the team of 11 computer artists envisioning and exploring Episode III in animatic form. A veteran of Episode II, Gregoire is applying the lessons learned from previsualizing such dynamic sequences as the Clone War and the droid factory in his approach to Episode III.
“We’re taking what we learned in terms of developing assets first and getting those loaded up and as well defined as we can early into the process. Then we go about animating the shots,” says Gregoire. “It lends a lot more continuity to the sequence, visually and creatively, and kind of streamlines the entire process.”
An asset in this case is any computer model or element that will be animated in the shot. This includes preliminary versions of characters, vehicles and props. This early stage is marked by broad experimentation, as nothing is yet locked. This means that not only can the sequence and length of shots be edited, but so too can the models used in a given shot.
“When you start to see the assets come together in proximity and scale, decisions get made, and occasionally things change,” says Gregoire. “We’ve sometimes had to redevelop some assets, or at least edit the way they are being displayed and animated, and of course define more specifically how these shots are put together,” says Gregoire.
Some of the shots being developed are also first explored by Ben Burtt, who at this early stage is acting as an editor without any footage. Burtt is assembling the Art Department’s storyboards into a rough sequence. “He’s cutting those together with pans and motion and turns, and whatever else he can do in the Avid in terms of translating them and timing them out,” says Gregoire.
“He’s even putting in his own dialogue, reading it himself in the sequence, and cutting in temporary music and some basic sound effects to get a base underlying soundtrack,” explains Gregoire. “As the shots progress, the animatics artists have a tremendous amount of control over what they put into it, as long as they stick with the essential essence of what is supposed to be happening.”
An interview with Dan Gregoire, entitled “Beyond the Storyboard,” will be available in Star Wars Insider #68, shipping to subscribers on May 16, and hitting newsstands on June 3.
Thursday, April 17, 2003 Issue #83
Episode III: Countdown to Summer
“We get our preliminary first draft of the script next week, which we’re very excited about,” says Producer Rick McCallum, who is currently overseeing the preparation of Fox Studios in Sydney, Australia. In just over two months, the stages of the motion picture facility will be the used for shooting Episode III.
“We’re currently on schedule to begin on or around June 30, finishing some time in September,” says McCallum. Already, the crew down under has enough information from George Lucas to begin construction of environments, props and costumes.
“After that George will be rewriting to a more formal first draft and will keep revising right up until the start of shooting,” adds McCallum. “The story he wants to tell is firmly in his head. All the details are stored away in there, without a lot of influence from anyone else. He’s been talking a lot about how this movie fits with Episode IV in some very cool and unexpected ways.”
It won’t be until the summer (or technically, the southern hemisphere’s winter) that the actors arrive in Australia, but already Stunt Coordinator Nick Gillard has met briefly with both Hayden Christensen and Ewan McGregor in the US. “Hayden is coming shortly to begin massive rehearsals, stunt rehearsals. We expect Ewan in the next 4-5 weeks. He’s starting to work on all the fight sequences in the movie which I think will be extraordinary,” he said.
Thursday, April 29, 2003 Issue #84
Gee, Your CG Hair Looks Terrific
It wasn’t entirely by accident that most of the computer-generated characters from Episode I had smooth amphibious skin or hard metal finishes. When it comes to unmanageable hair, the digital variety has the most kinks to work out. The workload of Episode I favored hairless subjects, as did Episode II, though the digital creations in Attack of the Clones did feature a few exceptions: Yoda had a hazy crown of wispy white hair, and the digital doubles of the main characters had to be as stylishly coiffed as the actors who played them.
“With the digital doubles, you have less hair than you would a furry creature, but it has to be specific hair,” says Steve Sullivan, Research and Development Director from ILM. “You’re actually trying to match a given actor, so the artist needs to be very precise in the parameters.”
Some of the Industrial Light & Magic’s early experimentations with digital hair were with creatures in Jumanji and The Flintstones. Just getting a computer to recreate the thousands of individual strands was a milestone, but teaching it how to move was a different challenge altogether.
“For the lion in Jumanji, it was very complicated to have something as dense as a mane. There is no way an individual artist could control all the hairs directly, so they went with an approach with ‘hero hairs’ or ‘guide hairs.’ An artist would animate those and place them carefully, and then the computer would generate all the stuff in between. So, the hair colors, densities, lengths and so on were generated by the computer, but very much controlled by the person. These hairs didn’t react at all to the environment or the motion of the lion, so somebody had to animate them by hand,” says Sullivan.
The proper interaction of the hair with the underlying digital model is now handled by dynamic physics simulation, the same complex computations used to properly recreate the folds and drape of digital clothing and the hundreds of fragments of crashing Podracers. Now, the digital hair reacts as it would to real wind, gravity, and motion, without having to be continually managed by an animator. Still, the task is not that easy.
“The current approach is like this: say you wantedto comb your hair,” explains Sullivan. “You’d look in the mirror, turn off the light, try and comb it, wait a few hours, turn on the light again, and see how it looks. It’s very indirect and very painful, and that’s what the artists who do this kind of work have to deal with. We have a long way to go still, and our mission is to try and make it as simple as possible. You can imagine what a hair system should be like. It should be easy. Your mom should be able to use one of these systems, but it’s going to be years till we get to that stage.”
Thursday, July 03, 2003 Issue #85
In His Own Words
One of the most enigmatic characters to arise in Episode II was Count Dooku, a fallen Jedi and the latest Sith Lord revealed in the saga. Through Dooku, important concepts are introduced to the growing story: that a Jedi could indeed fall from the light, and that a Jedi Knight could take up arms against his former master. For all his impact, the character is still shrouded in mystery. The actor who played Dooku, the legendary Christopher Lee, offers his insights.
“He’s very aloof, very self-contained, obviously completely fearless,” describes Lee. “He is extremely intelligent, perhaps more so than almost anyone else. He’s obviously a man of immense power. I don’t suppose that the question of moral values enter into his head. He’s not immoral — he’s amoral. Morality is a word that doesn’t figure in his vocabulary at all. It’s power. Which is something that exists very much in our world today.”
But was Dooku always like this? New fiction from the Expanded Universe will soon shed light on Dooku’s younger days. The forthcoming Star Wars: Legacy of the Jedi, by Jude Watson and Scholastic Inc., tells a tale when Dooku was a noble Jedi Knight. Like his pupil, Qui-Gon Jinn, he will be headstrong and unorthodox for a Jedi Knight.
“Maybe at one time when he was younger, when he became a Jedi, I’m sure he did behave in a totally moral and correct way,” speculates Lee. “Probably like the old Knights Templar when they started in the 12th century, they started as very good people to protect all the pilgrims on the Crusades. But gradually over the years they disintegrated morally, spiritually and in every way. I know that because I played the Grand Master of the Templars in a film. Eventually, their whole order disintegrated. Who’s to say that this isn’t going to happen in the third Episode?”
Thursday, May 29, 2003 Issue #86
They Grow Up So Fast
As an artist and director, Iain McCaig keeps a busy schedule with his own creative projects. When Episode II entered pre-production, there was some question as to whether or not he’d return to the Art Department team that helped envision George Lucas’ growing Star Wars universe. McCaig did indeed come back, but the same question arose when Episode III started down the conceptual development path. Once again, McCaig found that he couldn’t resist the call to return to the galaxy far, far away.
“It’s an artist thing,” laughs McCaig. “Whatever you make — it’s corny to say — but they actually are your children in some ways. Helping create Anakin and Padmé in Episode I, I couldn’t abandon them after that. I needed to know what happened and see them through to their final moments. You want to accompany your kids as far as you can go.”
Episode III is the final chapter detailing what fans already know is a bleak resolution for Anakin Skywalker and Padmé Amidala. The Chosen One succumbs to the call of the dark side, with disastrous consequences for those he loves. McCaig notes satisfaction with the way this transformation currently exists, as words on the script pages and accompanying artwork.
“In Episode I, when we saw Jake Lloyd, we wondered where’s the dark side? Why isn’t this kid creepy?” recounts McCaig. “And then, in Episode II, Hayden Christensen came across as a justifiably angry teenager more than a kid who crosses over to the true dark side. Killing the Sand People… they killed his mom! I could go mad and do something like that. So, I kept waiting for the dark side to take hold. In this film, you realize, it’s more about Anakin making the wrong choices. He’s given a glorious moment by George — I’m so happy with the part of the script — where he truly has to make a choice. In the end, I think that’s a smarter way to go than a slow transformation. It’s more tragic this way.”
Tragedy follows the beautiful Amidala as well. Since Episode I, McCaig has helped develop Padmé’s intricate costumes, which often serve as reflections of her political position, and where she is in her life. “What are we wearing this year in Star Wars?” smiles McCaig. “In Episode I, she was the Queen, and she was wearing disguises. I once said she should be able to slip out of the back of the costume, and you’d never know she was gone. Ironically, in this one, she’s back to wearing disguises. As well as now hiding this marriage to a Jedi, which is not allowed, she has to hide the fact that she’s going to have babies. All of the costumes had to disguise these facts.”
Thursday, June 12, 2003 Issue #87
Carson on More Mundi
Like Mace Windu, Jedi KnightKi-Adi-Mundi appeared in Episode I primarily as a chair-dweller in the Jedi Council. While Mace broke out in Episode II to show why he’s the second-best (outdone only by Yoda) swordsman in the Jedi Order, Ki-Adi-Mundi’s heroics remained generally unseen at Geonosis.
As many Star Wars fans know, physical action for the Cerean was scripted and filmed in a sequence where Ki-Adi-Mundi led a group of Jedi on a parallel mission inside a FederationDroid Control Ship. That storyline was abandoned so early, there wasn’t even enough material to craft it to finished form for the Episode II DVD… and so the mystique grew.
For starwars.com Hyperspace members, that long-anticipated lost footage made its debut this week. (If you haven’t already, Hyperspace members click here to see it. Or become a member to see what the excitement is about.)
For Silas Carson, the actor who played Ki-Adi-Mundi, the release of the sequence is welcome validation amidst doubting associates. “So many people have asked if I gotto do any fighting, and I’d tell them, ‘Yeah, I did quite a few days of filming and breaking a sweat.’ But when we went to see the movie, I saw that they cut that part out. The arena rescue was a packed sequence anyways.”
In the video, fans may want to make note of Ki-Adi-Mundi’s unique fighting style. “Because my background is mostly theater,” explains Carson, “I’ve done some sword fighting. Everybody always used their lightsaber double-handed, and I told [Stunt Coordinator] Nick Gillard that I’d really prefer to use mine single-handed. I’m the only Jedi who fights that way.”
Still, Carson takes the edit in stride. “You have to ask yourself, ‘Does it tell the story?’ Films can get very, very long if you put everything in there. I would imagine there’s a huge amount of footage that George hasn’t used.”
Like the fans themselves, Carson was counting the days when starwars.com spoke with him last week. “I can’t wait to see it!”
Thursday, June 26, 2003 Issue #88
Back for Moore
By Pablo Hidalgo
Sly Moore doesn’t say much, nor does she have to. She stands at Supreme Chancellor Palpatine’s side, her ghostly pallor and piercing eyes alone leaving an unforgettable impression. In contrast to her cold, expressionless alter ego, actress Sandi Finlay is warm and energetic, particularly when talking about her return for Episode III.
“I’m very thrilled,” she grins. “I was panicking a bit thinking that she may not be back this film.” About 90 minutes of makeup transforms Finlay into Moore, with a set of uncomfortable and vision-reducing contact lenses completing the look. “They’re like glass in your eyes,” she groans, “but I love dressing up. I think all actors are big kids that just like to dress up. It’s a lot of fun.”
The makeup and eyes may be Moore, but the shaved head is all Finlay. “I’ve been bald for about nine years now. I love it. You can be beautiful with hair, but you have to be damn gorgeous without it!” she laughs.
Her return to Star Wars will reunite her with her on-screen boss, the man who runs the galaxy, Chancellor Palpatine. “I’m very much looking forward to working with Ian McDiarmid again,” she says. “He’s great. He said to me, ‘if you’re ever in London come to my theater and stay at my house.’ I found the Star Wars family really, really bonding. Even if you’re involved with them just a little bit; they’re just so cool.”
A founding member of this family joining Episode III is Peter Mayhew, the mighty Chewbacca. Finlay has met Mayhew during her convention appearances. “Oh, I love him,” she laughs. “When I first met him a couple of years ago, I walked to him in the green room and I just said, ‘Can I cuddle with you? I love Chewie! I love Chewbacca!’ And we had this great big cuddle, and Angie, Peter’s wife, joined in and welcomed me to the Star Wars family. There were just tears everywhere. We went out to dinner, and I hung out with him quite a bit actually. He’s a beautiful, beautiful man.”
Now having appeared at several conventions, Finlay continues to be amazed by the passion of Star Wars fans, particularly when it comes to her character. “I’ve had a big response from the fans about Sly Moore, which has been really cool,” she says. “I have fans telling me all about Sly Moore and where she’s from, and my powers, and they go right into my history. It’s pretty wild, actually. I’ve been in so many different movies, and I’ve never had this response. This is just outrageous.”
Thursday, July 10, 2003 Issue #89
Bruce Spence: Capping Trilogies
Though Bruce Spence knows only the basic details of his character in Episode III, he does consider himself fortunate to be invited into the Star Wars saga.
“It was just fortuitous that the offer came up,” says Spence. “Being that it’s a small role, I often don’t do them. But having finished my work on Peter Pan, I was available, and I could fit it in. I’m only too happy to be involved.”
Described as a “helpful alien,” Spence has already undergone a lifecast for the Episode III Creature Shop to begin working on the prosthetic makeup that will transform him into an otherworldly being. Creature Shop Creative Supervisor Dave Elsey was eager to work with Spence’s distinctive countenance, as he almost had a chance to during his time on “Farscape.”
“Bruce Spence was once a possibility to play the character of Scorpius, but that didn’t happen,” says Elsey. “Some time later, he did come on the show, only he ended up playing a character that didn’t need makeup.”
With his upcoming appearance in Episode III, Bruce Spence has managed to appear in the final chapters of the three biggest trilogies in production right now. He plays the role of the Trainman in The Matrix: Revolutions and will be the Mouth of Sauron in The Lord of the Rings: The Return of the King.
“It’s a bit wild,” he says. “It’s interesting, because they’re all similar stories. As Joseph Campbell explained, it all goes back to mythological epics. I’m making different contributions to each film. Though I think the least substantial constribution will be Episode III, I just regard myself as being lucky. After all, being in show business, I think a lot of it is luck.”
Thursday, July 24, 2003 Issue #90
Hearing Voices: Duncan Young
When the supporting roles for Episode III were still being cast, Duncan Young tried out for one of the smaller parts, but didn’t get it. Casting Director Christine King had worked with Young before, and did find a place for the actor. Rather than playing just one role, he’ll now play several, though it’s quite possible he won’t be seen or heard in the finished film.
Young is now part of the crew, working as the off-screen reader for many of the digital characters in the film. “I’ve done mostly Yoda so far, and some off-screen dialogue for characters that are speaking over intercoms and radios and things like that,” he explains.
For his part, it’s not important that Young sounds like the characters. It won’t be his voice used in the finished film. It’s the on-set performance that matters. “I’m not much of a Frank Oz impersonator, so I don’t even attempt that,” he says. “It’s more getting the rhythms right. [Animation Supervisor] Rob Coleman has spoken to me in great detail. For him, it’s getting the timing right, so that when Frank comes in to do it, it slots in seamlessly. I think the brief is to err on the side of slower, so he has plenty of room to color and massage it.”
Even though he won’t appear on screen, Young did have to undergo makeup and wardrobe for one of his first days of shooting. The tall performer matches Jimmy Smits in height, and was a suitable substitute for one scene for which the real Bail Organa wasn’t available. “Jimmy Smits wasn’t in Australia, and they needed to shoot that scene because the set was built and it was going to be taken down,” Young says. “So, I stood in and got the wig and the beard on. Of course, in the final product, they’ll erase me out and put the real deal in.”
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Thursday, October 17, 2002 Issue #71
Windu Speaks
Next month, Mace Windu comes to home video as Episode II arrives on DVD and VHS on November 12. No longer just sitting around the Council chambers, Windu gets to face off against enemies of the Republic and dispense Jedi justice with his violet-bladed lightsaber.
“I was thrilled about that,” Samuel L. Jackson says. “It’s wish fulfillment. All my life I wanted to be in a swashbuckling adventure movie but no one really makes them anymore.”
Jackson has often equated the Star Wars films to the adventure epics of yesterday, ranking the Jedi warriors alongside such legends as Errol Flynn. It was that derring-do spirit that made Jackson a Star Wars fan way back when he first saw A New Hope during its original release.
“If George Lucas hadn’t offered me the part of Mace Windu,I’d have gladly dressed up as an extra in stormtrooper gear. As long as I was in a Star Wars movie somewhere, even hidden in some kind of costume, I’d have been happy,” he admits.
Episode II has become the key to unlocking the saga, as audiences can clearly see the connections that bind the Star Wars films together. Jackson was impressed at how well prepared director George Lucas was in piecing together the universe. “When there’s something I don’t know, then I’m not afraid to ask. I’ve watched all the movies and read a lot of the background stuff. You could spend hours on the ‘net checking out details, but a lot of the time people embellish Star Wars lore or just plain make stuff up. You have to filter a lot of things. As I say, the only person who really knows how everything fits together is George.”
The unparalleled digital clarity of the DVD is the perfect showcase for Industrial Light & Magic’s work, and even having been part of the filmmaking process doesn’t blunt the impact of the visuals for an actor. Jackson had no problem with the amount of bluescreen shooting, since it appealed to a type of role-playing he had done as a youngster. “It kind of feels like I’ve been doing it all my life. Being an only child and having an active imagination, I did the same sort of thing in my room as a kid. I fought things that weren’t really there and had conversations with people that were just in my head.”
Despite such digital breakthroughs, Jackson isn’t worried about being replaced by a computer-generated simulacrum someday. “You’ll always need real people,” he says. “Audiences like to imagine themselves in these situations, and the only way they can do that is through flesh-and-blood actors. You need a real person to relate to. Plus the public will always need movie stars to admire or gossip about.”
Thursday, October 31, 2002 Issue #72
BIG IMAX PARTY!
This weekend marks the debut of the first Star Wars movie presented in IMAX® format. Episode II has undergone the revolutionary IMAX-DMRTM process, which not only results in a clear image up to eight stories tall, but also a colossal 12,000 watts of sound for a truly immersive experience.
To celebrate the debut of the film, many unofficial fan groups across North America are gathering to once again turn the opening night of a Star Wars movie into a party to remember. On October 31 or November 1, fans are planning to show up in their finest fan-made costumes, to hand out the special limited edition Bantha Tracks #0, and much more. Many groups are turning the power of fandom to benefit local charities and not-for-profit organizations.
Here’s some of what we hear is in the works for openingnight:
In Tempe, AZ, on Halloween night, local fan groups will be handing out candy to all trick or treating children at the Arizona Mills Mall IMAX theater. The local NBC affiliate will be sponsoring a Costume Contest as well.
At the Virginia Marine Science Museum IMAX screening in Hampton, Shannon Baksa, the model known for playing the real-life incarnation of Mara Jade, is said to be in attendance on November 1 to meet with fans.
In Atlanta, GA, fan groups will show up in full stormtrooper armor and Rebel gear, to challenge fans with trivia contests.
In Raleigh, NC, Peter Mayhew (Chewbacca) is scheduled to attend Halloween night festivities. There will also be costume contests and a stormtrooper parade at the theater.
In Boston, MA, fan groups will include costumed Jedi training young candidates in the Jedi arts and lightsaber skills. Fans will also be raising donations for the New England Aquarium’s Education Program through photo opportunities on
November 1.
In Natick, MA, fan groups will raise donations to benefit the Jimmy Fund, and its support of the fight against cancer in children and adults.
In Tampa, FL at the Museum of Science and Industry, there will be photo opportunities with Star Wars characters for donations to benefit the Museum’s programs for at-risk and disadvantaged children. At the Channelside IMAX theater, fans will be collecting new, unwrapped toys for Toys for Tots.
In Huntsville, AL, fans will be running a toy drive for Toys for Tots, and will be raising donations for the Children’s Miracle Network.
In New York, NY, fan groups are collecting donations for the Oasis Foundation and the Big Apple Circus Clown Care Unit.
In Charleston, SC, fans will be having a toy drive for Toys for Tots and raising money for the Medical University of South Carolina Children’s Hospital.
All this and much more; some fan groups have events planned all weekend and beyond. Events are subject to change; see individual fan group websites for further details.
Thursday, November 14, 2002 Issue #73
This week marks the arrival of the Episode II DVD. While the two-disc set has hours of expanded material exploring the creation of Attack of the Clones, a DVD-ROM weblink provides a gateway to even more content.
The DVD format has huge amounts of storage space, but producers must carefully balance the quantity of content placed on a disc, since it comes at the cost of image and sound quality. Basically, the more stuff jammed on a disc, the worse it all looks. As a result, some things couldn’t fit on the DVD.
Some of this content is finding its way to dvd.starwars.com. Over the coming months, new material will be added to the site, but to start off, there’s over 20 minutes of video there right now. Users will need a PC DVD-ROM, an Internet connection, and the Episode II DVD to take full advantage of these features.
DVD Trailer. Originally crafted to inform retailers of the Episode II DVD, this four-minute trailer provides an exciting summary of the disc’s multitude of features.
Music featurette. Episode II marks the fifth Star Wars collaboration between George Lucas and composer John Williams. They liken the creation of the distinctive musical themes to the writing of a book, and Episode II adds some important chapters to the musical language of the saga. Find out more in this six-minute video.
ILM featurette. With over 2,000 visual effect shots, Episode II stands as one of Industrial Light & Magic’s most phenomenal achievements. Learn more about the process and the innovators behind the magic in this 11-minute video.
Star Wars Bounty Hunter Cut Scene.Jango Fett has become one of the most popular characters from Episode II, and fans want more. See an exclusive sequence created by Industrial Light & Magic, featuring Jango, from the new Star Wars Bounty Hunter video game.
Depth Commentary. Thanks to software from InterActual, the power of DVD and the Internet are combined to deliver a text-based commentary as viewers watch Episode II on their computers. Color-coded “pop-up” blurbs deliver three types of information: learn behind-the-scenes factoids (“Hey, is that a fake beard?”), bits of lore trivia (“How did Typho lose that eye?”), or hard-to-spot visual treats (“Where exactly is ‘THX-1138’ in this movie?”)
Not all the DVD-ROM extras require an Internet connection. Two of Lucas Online’s most extraordinary website efforts have now been archived on the Episode II DVD.
First up is HoloNet News, a website of dozens of news stories as reported from within the Star Wars galaxy. First launched in the spring of 2002, this site kept track of the major happenings in the Republic in “real time” as the events of Episode II began to encroach. Archived on Disc One, this off-line version of the site allows readers to immerse themselves in the Star Wars galaxy as a citizen of a Republic threatened by Count Dooku’s Separatist movement.
Another Episode II online experience that has been archived on the DVD is the Episode II College Campaign, which can be found by snooping around the walls of Dex’s Diner on Disc Two. Although visible through just a standard DVD player, a DVD-ROM translates the full multimedia experience of these funky little websites — including downloadable wallpapers and messenger icons. These sites launched last April to promote Attack of the Clones to select college audiences across North America.
Thursday, November 27, 2002 Issue #74
Happy Life Day
A central theme to the Star Wars films is family, and this holiday weekend offers several opportunities for fans to celebrate the saga with their families. In select theaters across North America, Episode II continues to be a strong presence in the incomparable IMAX format, with Attack of the Clones – The IMAX Experience. If the scale of a 50-foot tall Yoda is too much (or not enough), the recently released DVD allows you to enjoy Episode II in the comfort of your own home. And finally, on Thanksgiving day, the FOX network will again be airing Star Wars: Episode I The Phantom Menace.
And, of course, you can always spend time with your fellow Star Wars friends in our forums.
As Obi-Wan tours the Kaminoancloning facility, he sees an immense hatchery of fetal clones suspended in glassy jars affixed to disc-like pods. This sequence incorporated live action and miniature elements, but the centerpieces of the environment — the hatchery pods — were entirely digital creations.
“Because the hatchery pieces were really comprised of five basic components that are repeated numerous times throughout the shots, computer graphics were a really good solution for creating this scene,” says David Meny, Computer Graphics Supervisor at ILM.
The “real” elements of the shot included bluescreen photography of actor Ewan McGregor, a miniature corridor environment, and a miniature of the far dome interior. The glassy forest of hatchery pods outside the corridor was all digital.
“The main challenge in this sequence was realizing an environment that has so many glass elements with so many reflections and refractions. Also, there’s a large number of models that you have to render, because in each of these jars there’s a fetus with significant detail and motion,” says Meny.
Each hatchery “tree” consisted of five repeated pieces: a fetus, a jar, a pod, a base, and a tube. “Because of the depth of the shot, we needed some pods that would stand-up very close to the camera and some that could be seen way in the background. We created multiple resolutions of the models to put the detail where we needed it, but not incur the expense of rendering that detail when we didn’t expect to see it.”
Within each jar was a fetal clone. ILM crafted two models to suggest different stages of clone development. The animators created one long sequence of motion for the fetus model, which was than offset throughout the jars for the illusion of individual performances.
Once the visual characteristics of the models were finalized, the shot began to be assembled layer by layer. For this shot, this was necessary since the visual and lighting complexity of the environment would be impossible to render in one pass. Some of the most complex layers alone required 12 hours per frame to render.
“We break it down to as many rendering layers as we can manage reasonably,” says Meny. “In this shot, there’s about 120 rendered layers that are then combined in the composite. The main reason indoingthat is it gives you a lot more control to change things. If a certain part of the shot isn’t working, you only have to re-render a subsection of that,” says Meny.
With the outside hatchery assembled complete with lighting and atmospheric haze, one final addition gave the shot an added hint of realism. Since there was no reflective glass on the bluescreen stage during Ewan McGregor’s shoot, ILM had to trick a reflection of Obi-Wan on the inside of the glass corridor. “The compositor had to cheat it using elements from other shots, and slip-sync them to give you a sense there’s a reflection in the glass. The final composite is pretty subtle, and we hide it behind the principal element of Obi-Wan.”
Thursday, January 09, 2003 Issue #76
Inside the Factory
A late addition to the postproduction of Episode II was the elaborate Geonosiandroid factory set piece, which was conceived, scripted, previsualized and shot months after principal photography had wrapped. Visual Effects Supervisor Ben Snow and his unit tackled the eleventh hour action sequence.
“We used a combination of computer graphics and miniature work for the environment,” says Snow. “Since everything in the factory is moving and interacting, we made a lot of it in computer graphics so we can deal with the complexity and the interaction.”
The rust-hued smoke-belching clamor of the factory was a perfect showcase for the signature “used universe” feel of Star Wars. “To get a realistic grime and gritty feel, we enhanced our shots with CG and real smoke, sparks and pyrotechnical elements,” says Snow. “To make the sequence tense and scary, we wanted to push for a realistic feel.”
To that end, Snow took a crew of computer graphic artists and model-makers to a real automobile factory in the San Francisco Bay Area. “We looked at all these machines in action and try to get a good feel for it,” he says. “One of the daunting things is just how much complexity there is in this real factory, and trying to reproduce that in computer graphics and visual effects is a bit overwhelming. But you’re trying to convey an impression of it rather than having to get every bit of grime in there.”
Even the car factory was judged too austere. “We decided we neededtotake the team somewhere a bit nastier,” says Snow. “We visited a foundry in the East Bay, and this was paydirt as far as I was concerned. Dark, and dirty, and old, I think it really defined the look we were going for. It had the texture and the sulfuric industrial smell that we wanted to try to evoke in our work. We took a bunch of photographs that we used as texture reference when painting our CG models and miniatures. It’s really important to have good reference. It keeps us honest, particularly if we’re doing a largely computer graphic scene.”
The final factory environment was created using a combination of computer-generated elements and miniatures, with bluescreen plate photography of the actors properly aligned into the virtual surroundings. Helping add to the realism of the finished shots was a sense of purpose to the enveloping chaos.
“In a lot of the shots the machines could just be whirling around threateningly, but I thought it would make the sequence more exciting to see that the machines were actually building things,” says Snow. “One of the things I did was to sit down and try to work out what each conveyer belt was doing, and made little maps showing the manufacturing process for the animators and artists on the sequence.”
Thursday, January 23, 2003 Issue #77
Geonosis Genesis
Where in the world is the rocky terrain of Geonosis? Some of it can be found in the American southwest. Some of it, in the model shops of Industrial Light & Magic, and much of it as computer-generated imagery and digital information that stitches all these pieces together to make a unique and foreboding alien world.
“We put a lot of thought into the landscape of Geonosis, as to how it might look, with different buttes and rocks,” says Ben Snow, one of ILM’s Visual Effects Supervisors on Episode II. “George Lucas had a very specific look in mind: Monument Valley but much redder and more alien. Because Monument Valley is so distinctive to filmgoers, we tried to take that spirit and look at some real world locations that would be different, yet with the same qualities.”
Snow’s initial plan was to shoot background plates in the American southwest, but Lucas and Producer Rick McCallum challenged the digital artists to provide a solution that wouldn’t require a costly location shoot. Instead, only a trio of effects artists with still cameras — Snow, Effects Director of Photography Martin Rosenberg and Digital Matte Lead Jonathan Harb — voyaged to the Hite Marina in Utah to gather the raw data that would become Geonosis.”We tiled our stills together, and used it as a background, digitally altering it as needed, and removing the vegetation. The other thing we had to do was to create the sky of Geonosis. George wanted a really yellow, different sky, so we painted a large sky panorama,” says Snow.
For much of the Clone War ground battle, the landscape consisted of three distinct parts. The distant horizon was a digitally altered photographic plate. The mid-ground was computer-generated terrain. The immediate foreground consisted of detailed miniatures.
For the swooping approach shots of Padmé’s starship soaring through the canyons, Snow’s crew favored an all-digital method that was nonetheless rooted in real world topography.
“We actually pulled United States Geological Survey data from the USGS website, and we converted that data into our format. We took the data from the area where Ben and his crew shot stills,” says Computer Graphics Supervisor Curt Miyashiro. “It gave Ben and George the flexibility to choose the shots any way they wanted, since they weren’t locked into any particular flight path or plate work”
The online data was fairly low-resolution, but formed the topographical foundation for more detailed work. Procedural shaders added erosion and texture to the canyons and mesas, significantly altering the landscape to make it an alien world. Since the landscape was entirely digital, it was easy to extract the necessary vantage points to create the reflectivity of Padmé’s silvery ship.
When audiences were first given a glimpse of Geonosis in the “Breathing” teaser trailer in November 2001, what they saw was a work in progress. “We were still doing R & D work for a terrain system at that time, so we had to cheat it,” says Miyashiro. “We used what we had developed at the time, as well as some elements leftover from the Podrace in Episode I to create the canyon walls.” The shot was of course finished in time for theatrical release.
Thursday, February 06, 2003 Issue #78
ILM’s Clone War Secrets
The overwhelming final act of Episode II was reason enough for repeat viewings. The chaos of the Clone War battlefield was vividly brought to life by the digital artists at Industrial Light & Magic under the leadership of Ben Snow, Visual Effects Supervisor. With the freeze-frame clarity of DVD, fans can revel in the intricate detail and craftsmanship of these amazing shots. Here are a handful of behind-the-scenes factoids from the epic battle.
The CG models of the Republic attack gunships had to be extremely detailed to withstand viewer scrutiny during closeups. ILM even crafted a version with a fully decked out interior, which was used as the background for new bluescreen elements of the actors aboard the gunships shot during additional photography in London. The real life gunship interior sets were left in Sydney, so these new shots required digital gunship interiors.
To efficiently deliver a realistic explosion for the gunship that gets shot out of the sky, ILM built a mandrill of the vessel. A mandrill is an all-blue practical miniature. It was rigged with pyrotechnics and blown up. The properly shaped explosion was digitally extracted, interacting with the properly shaped wreckage, and digital artists replaced the blue gunship with the computer-generated one.
Many of the explosions of the final ground battle were real ones rather than digital fireballs. They were shot in the backlot at ILM. Explosions were such in demand that the compositors dipped into the library of explosions built for the Naboo plains battle from Episode I to fill out the shots.
Yoda’s command center was a 1/6th scale miniature.
Though the Republic AT-TE walkers were computer-generated, at least one 1/10th scale miniature was constructed for pyrotechnic purposes. The walker that gets blown apart by an armor-busting Hailfire missile was first shot as a miniature against greenscreen. This provided valuable reference for the animators, though the scale of the resulting miniature explosion proved unusable as a final element. Also, the miniature was shot with a static camera while the finished shot had a swooping camera move that followed the rocket: a CG walker was needed to properly move with the perspective of the shot.
A number of subtle visual clues were incorporated into the design of the shots to help audiences keep track of who’s who. The good guys — the Republic clones — always move from screen right to screen left, while the Separatist forces moved from screen left to screen right. The sun is behind the clones, resulting in a gloomier sky behind the Separatists. Finally, the missile contrails were color-coded to denote allegiance: the Republic rockets leave clean white trails, while the villains launch missiles that leave noxious black exhaust.
To efficiently communicate the damage sustained by the Trade Federation core ship blasted out of the sky, two versions of the computer-generated vessel were made. One bore its standard paint job. The other was the “distressed” version, with carbon scoring damage painted across the surface. Both were animated performing the same movement, and the compositors used animated mattes to gradually reveal the damaged ship from “behind” the intact one, covering the transitions with composited fire and explosion effects.
Thursday, March 06, 2003 Issue #80
From Jack to Jedi
Genndy Tartakovsky gets up at seven in the morning, spends some time having breakfast and playing with his boy, and then heads off to work, to tell tales of samurai and Jedi. The acclaimed creator of “Dexter’s Laboratory” and “Samurai Jack” for the Cartoon Network, Tartakovsky is now helming Star Wars: Clone Wars, the series of animated shorts that will air on the network this fall.
“Clone Wars fits in my day here and there, as with everything else,” he says. “Luckily ‘Samurai Jack’ is just ending up. I finished the last storyboard in December. So, slowly, Star Wars just took over. I’ll still be doing post-production on ‘Samurai Jack’ until the very end of Star Wars, and we’ll be done Star Wars by late summer.”
Many of the talents that helped mold “Samurai Jack” into the success that it is will be working on Clone Wars. “We’re a pretty slim crew, because I wanted it to have more of a personal touch, so it doesn’t get too huge,” he says. “We have the Art Director Paul Rudish, who is doing all the main designs. The way he draws is the look of the show. We have Dave Dunnet, who is doing the background designs. Scott Wills, who is the background painter from ‘Samurai Jack.’ He’s doing all the paintings. It’s basically all the same people that did ‘Jack,’ except for a couple of new ones here and there. We have this guy from Oregon, Michel Gagne, and he’s doing all the effects designs. I wanted all the effects to be really stylized and specific, so it feels more nurtured. He’s going to design them all and animate a lot of them himself.”
Genndy Tartakovsky was born in Moscow, and emigrated with his family to the United States in 1977, the same year the first Star Wars film burst onto the silver screen. “I just missed when the first one came out, but I saw it a year after that,” he recalls. “As soon as I saw it, I fell in love. I loved comic books and cartoons when I was a kid, and samurai stuff with lots of action. So, Star Wars filled that niche with everything. It’s got great fights, great characters, a classic hero myth — that was what I was drawn to,thewhole mythology of it.”
It wasn’t long before Star Wars did sneak its way into young Tartakovsky’s sketchbook. “Just a little bit,” he notes. “I couldn’t draw that well when I was younger, so I was drawing more Scooby Doo and stuff like that. But Paul Rudish’s sketchbooks — he’s been drawing droids and stuff since he was 12. It’s been a part of our life ever since they came out”
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Thursday, May 10, 2002 Issue #61
Episode II Easter Eggs
The Star Wars films are brimming with so much detail, that they require multiple viewings to soak it all in. First time screenings are to watch the main characters and the core story, but with subsequent viewings it’s hard not to let your eye wander and take in some of the extras.
Sometimes, the details are intentional elements meant to remind you how the galaxy fits together. Other times, it’s an unintentional flub that illustrates the complexities of filmmaking (keep track of thecolor of the clothes that Padmé packs on Coruscant in Episode II, for example). And, on occasion, the filmmakers purposely put in a little visual joke to reward sharp-eyed (or in some cases, sharp-eared) movie-goers.
Here’s some of the things to watch for the next time you go to see Attack of the Clones.
Trundling along the streets of Mos Espa as Anakin and Padmé go to meet Watto is none other than R5-D4, the grumpy astromech from Episode IV that blows its stack in front of Luke.
What has become a tradition of sorts is the “Wilhelm,” the affectionate moniker given to a very distinct scream sound effect used in all of the Star Wars films (and quite a few non-Star Wars films too). In A New Hope, it’s the stormtrooper that plummets down the Death Star chasm. In Episode II, it’s a Naboo soldier thrown in the opening explosion of the film.
The very first shot of Episode II has an homage to another sci-fi classic as the camera tilts up to the crowded orbital traffic of Coruscant. “That shot had been executed in 2001: A Space Odyssey,” explains John Knoll, one of Episode II’s Visual Effects Supervisors. “I put an Orion space plane flying in there.”
Star Wars continuity purists will have a hard time explaining just how an X-wing fighter and TIE fighter got into the speeder chase over Coruscant.
By now, many have spotted the familiar Millennium Falcon-style Corellian freighters docked on Naboo. “It was George Lucas’ idea,” says VFX Supervisor Pablo Helman. “He said something like, ‘should we dare go there?’ And we did.” In addition to those saucer-shaped freighters, expanded universe fans might be able to spot a Corellian bulk freighter, the same model as Talon Karrde’s Wild Karrde.
It appears that Fett genes and low headroom don’t mix. In an homage to the classic Star Wars misstep, wherein a stormtrooper bangs his head on a low-hanging door, Jango Fett also takes a wallop on the noggin — complete with sound effect — as he enters the Slave I after tangling with Obi-Wan.
“There’s these big cow-like creatures called shaaks that Anakin rides on Naboo,” explains Knoll. “The shaaks got to be a bit of a joke with the crew. I put one in the asteroid sequence, in a reference to Ken Ralston [visual effects artist in the classic trilogy] having put potatoes and tennis shoes in space battle scenes previously. So there’s a shaak there, but it’s got the asteroid shader on it with craters. You really can’t see it unless you start to look at it and see the legs and snout.”
“There may be a shaak on fire during the Clone War,” hints Ben Snow, another of Episode II’s Visual Effects Supervisors. “It was almost a competition. Can anyone get a shaak in their scene?”
Of course, for every confirmed Easter Egg, there are dozens of imagined ones (Luke’s landspeeder? Sebulba? Darth Maul? Joey Fatone?). Keep a close eye on the screen during your next viewing, but remember: your eyes can deceive you; don’t trust them.
Thursday, June 13, 2002 Issue #62
Making it Count
Joining the pantheon of such dark side villains as Darth Sidious, Darth Maul, Darth Vader and the Emperor is Christopher Lee’s Count Dooku, or Darth Tyranus.The conceptual exploration of a new Sith villain for Episode II meandered through many iterations — including gothic vampiric female warriors and half-cyborg samurai. The end result, though, of a rogue Jedi of stately menace could only have been accomplished by an actor of Lee’s presence and history.
“He’s fascinating,” says Writer/Director George Lucas. “Christopher plays it so you don’t quite know if Dooku’s disenchantment with the corruption in the Republic is valid — because it is valid. It’s all valid. He plays it like: is he really a villain or is he really just somebody who’s gotten disenchanted and trying to make things right? He was Qui-Gon’s master, and his feeling of loss at Qui-Gon and thinking about him is real. He’s not just a monster that, say, Darth Maul was.”
In addition to the screen presence Lee brings to the charismatic separatist character, he also brings with him decades of martial skills. “He’s a really brilliant swordsman,” says Lucas. “He’s done more sword-fights than anyotheractor. He was doing sword-fights back when the films that we’re trying to mimic were the real films!”
“This is a different kind of sword-fighting, so he had to learn a new kind, and he’s very good at that. And we had a really good stunt double that is a world-class swordsman. Through digital technology, we were able to take Christopher’s likeness and put it on the stuntman, so the stuntman looks exactly like him. We combined the close-ups of Christopher and the stuntman, which is what you normally do in a movie, but now we were able to do it more precisely, so it’s more seamless.”
Thursday, June 27, 2002 Issue #63
On The Dark Side
“He has a great capacity to have a brooding dark side,” says Writer | Director George Lucas, describing Hayden Christensen. “He’s very good with anger, and those kind of qualities, which are not only important for this film, but are even more important for the next film. I was casting for the arc of this character, not just how he was able to play it in this one. The boyish qualities start to drift away in the next film.”
When landing the role of Anakin, Christensen’s research materials were the four previous films of the Star Wars series. “There’s only so much you can draw from a man behind a mask,” said Christensen. “But I wanted to bring some of the monotone aspect of the way he delivered his lines to my character, to a lesser degree, just so you can see where he was going. Also, there were certain times when I’d move my hands the way he would to indicate certain physical sensibilities that were to come.”
To further school himself in the way of the galaxy, Christensen watched Episode I every weekend during shooting. “It was more to get used to the way people talk in the Star Wars universe,” he explains. “It’s not the way normal people speak, so the delivery and the speech patterns are something that I was trying to have constantly imposed on my own psyche so I could be comfortable with it.”
Christensen also carefully eyed Jake Lloyd’s performance as the boy Anakin, looking for ways to bridge a character pure in heart to one destined for darkness. The scene in which Anakin confesses his first irrevocable step tothe dark side merged both characteristics. “In the telling of it, for me, it was a chance for me to justify Anakin’s younger more immature sensibilities,” says Christensen. “The fact that he can do this horrific act, but in the retelling of it, he would break down the same way a child would … that was something we were consciously aware of when we were filming it.”
As far as Anakin’s ultimate fate, Hayden doesn’t have any insights other than what is commonly known about the rise of Vader. “I can really only extrapolate on what’s been said in the latter part of the saga,” he says. “I murder all the Jedi and there has to be some falling out between Obi-Wan and I that leads to a fight scene. Aside from that, the only thing that I ever nag at George is whether or not I’m going to get to wear Darth Vader’s outfit. And he gives me a ‘wink wink, nudge nudge.’
Thursday, July 11, 2002 Issue #64
Gillian Libbert: Costuming Clones
By Pablo Hidalgo
The last time starwars.com talked to Gillian Libbert, way back in 1999, she worked as Lucasfilm’s Character Appearances Manager, preparing costumed characters for commercials and publicity events. After wrapping up that job, she placed a call into Trisha Biggar, Costume Designer for Episode I who was just starting on Episode II’s early pre-production.
“My background was in production, and I really wanted to get back into it,” says Libbert, who asked Biggar to contact her should she need any help. Given the costume requirements of Episode II, Biggar did just that. “Since Trish lived in Scotland, she needed someone in the U.S., particularly at Skywalker Ranch, to help coordinate things on this end. It was meant to be a two-week job, and ended up turning into two years,” she says.
Over those two years, Libbert was involved throughout all stages of production and beyond, first sourcing fabric and working with the concept artists, and then traveling down to Fox Studios Australia, assisting Biggar during principal photography.
“I can definitely say I’ve mastered the Jedi costume,” she says confidently. “We probably did about 50 Jedi at a time for the end battle, but we made enough costumes for 200 to 250 people.”
Libbert’s previous experience at Lucasfilm afforded her familiarity with a number of different departments. “I think it helped Trish a lot, since I knew the Lucasfilm structure” she says. For instance, for the Licensing division that produces the toys, she oversaw the costumes during reference photography shoots and 3-D laser scanning. For the Publicity Department, she ensured costume continuity during magazine photo shoots. “I have done cover shoots with Hayden Christensen and Natalie Portman, and I also did one with George Lucas and Jango Fett in the middle of a dry lake bed.”
During postproduction effects shooting, Libbert dressed theextras that would populate many of the digitally enhanced crowd scenes — particularly the Geonosis arena Jedi and the underworld Coruscant citizenry. She would also offer her expertise to the digital cloth simulation artists creating digital wardrobe for computer-generated characters (like Jar Jar) and stunt duplicates (like Obi-Wan).
Libbert had a chance to step in front of the camera for a cameo appearance as a Coruscant extra. “There’s a reason I’m behind the scenes,” she laughs modestly. Visual Effects Supervisor John Knoll was gathering bluescreen elements of background extras to populate the Coruscant nightclub and alleys. “I think we probably dressed about 800 to 1,000 extras,” estimates Libbert. At Knoll’s prompting, Libbert donned an outfit cobbled together from various pieces and played a surprised bystander during the foot chase.
“It was a good time; Julie D’Antoni (ILM Production Manager) and I laughed so hard because I had a tendency to overact,” she admits. “John’s reaction was, ‘Um… you need to tone that down.'” After a handful of takes, her screen debut was secured, but she hadn’t realized just how prominent in frame she was to be until ILM screened their dailies for George Lucas.
“I could have just died,” she says. “I was mortified, because there I was on the big screen — at least Julie was there too. John took his laser pointer, circled our faces and said, ‘there’s Gillian and there’s Julie.’ But George finaled the shot so I guess my acting debut was a success!”
Thursday, July 25, 2002 Issue #65
Watto Returns
Ten years have passed between the events of Episodes I and II, but only three years mark the span between the film releases. While audiences get to see how a decade has shaped returning characters, the artists and animators at Industrial Light & Magic apply three years worth of advancements to their computer-generated stars.
One alien that benefited from such growth was Watto. Though a professed favorite of Animation Director Rob Coleman, Watto’s return saw a way of improving the already-convincing performance seen in The Phantom Menace.
“I was definitely happy with what ended up being in Episode I, but so much of that process was just sheer panic over being able to pull it all off,” he says. “With Episode I under our belt, we were able to concentrate more on performance, and actually getting the animators to think of themselves as actors, and get inside the characters’ heads.”
Watto may be a shrewd businessman, but he’s not that bright, and he hasn’t learned many lessons in ten years. “His character is pretty well exactly the same,” says Coleman. “What’s lovely in the Watto sequence is you have that moment of realization when he’s staring at Anakin, and it’s a sustained close-up, and he’s thinking. You can see him thinking and his eyes are darting around, and it’s like he can’t believe that his mind is telling him it’s Anakin.”
Aided with a rich voice performance from Andrew Secombe — whom Coleman has, oddly enough, never met despite working so closely with his voice — the animators were able to convey Watto’s one-track mind with subtlety. “When he comes to the realization that it’s Anakin, he has this joyful moment. Then he goes, right in the next shot, into the ‘hey, you can help me with some deadbeats who owe me a lot of money.’ It’s like he’s right back into his old ways, and Anakin has to pull him back. It’s a lovely scene, I loved it how it was scripted and I think it plays really well,” says Coleman.
Superficially, Watto shows the scars of an ailing business, as his gruff appearance is even more gruffer with the addition of a scraggly, unkempt beard. “He originally had a hat for The Phantom Menace, but George [Lucas] didn’t want it and then [Visual Effects Supervisor] John Knoll convinced him to have it in this one. There’s a nice little moment, an interaction with it, so the hat turns out to be a really nice prop for us to work with as animators.”
Another suggestion from Knoll that ended up in the final was a small cloud of pesky digital flies. “When they showed me the first take of that, because it wasn’t my suggestion and didn’t expect it, I thought it was hilarious,” recalls Coleman.
Another interesting challenge came from something as simple as camera angles. Though ugly from any angle, Watto actually has a more photogenic side, which was focused on heavily in Episode I. “I actually wanted him to lose another tooth, because whether people are aware of it or not, the majority of time in Episode I, Watto is right-to-left, so he’s looking to screen left. Most of the time — if not every shot — in Episode II, he’s left-to-right. In the last movie, we chipped off two of his teeth so we could see more of his mouth. This time around, we were on the side with the two big tusks, so I was worried when we first started that we weren’t going to be able to read his facial expressions, but it actually worked out okay.”
Thursday, August 8, 2002 Issue #66
Penciling the Clones
At last year’s Comic-Con International, Jan Duursema couldn’t say anything about her work penciling the Episode II adaptation forDark Horse Comics. This past weekend, though, she was finally able to speak freely about the assignment in front of an audience of comics fans.
“I was little hesitant to take the part,” she admitted. “I thought, ‘I’m going to know everything about the movie and I don’t want to!'” Her hesitation subsided quickly (“in two seconds,” she noted), and she eagerly entered the world of Attack of the Clones. “It’s more difficult than working on a regular comic book, because that’s in your head. In an adaptation, you’re trying to see into what someone else is going to do with a movie, and trying to recognize how they’re perceiving it.”
Working off of reference photography and concept illustrations, Duursema had to reconstruct the movie panel by panel, transforming the moving widescreen image into compelling sequential art of varying proportions. “You’re trying to figure out what’s the most important thing on a page,” she relates. “Which part of the conversation do you want to give the most weight to? I try to balance out the size of the shots and the intensity of the faces depending on what we needed for the story, or what I felt the emphasis needed to be.”
While the reference imagery and constant contact with LucasBooks editor Chris Cerasi helped fill in a lot of gaps, many times Duursema was left to interpret or create imagery on her own. Much of the reference photography was against featureless bluescreen, and George Lucas and ILM were refining scenes such as the droid factory and the final Clone War sequence right down to the wire.
This left opportunities for Duursema to still be surprised by the finished film. “Even though I knew a lot about it, and seen a lot of images, when I saw the movie I was just so blown away,” she says. “It was amazing.”
Thursday, August 22, 2002 Issue #67
Coleman Talks Coleman
Animation Director Rob Coleman’s crew was in charge of bringing the eponymous Jedi Coleman Trebor to life. To help fill out the Jedi ranks in both the arena and the Jedi Temple with more exotic shapes and forms, it was decided that several alien Knights and Masters would be entirely digital.
In the case of Trebor, the horn-crested Jedi came about as a replacement to an Episode I Jedi Master removed from the Jedi Council. “If you think back to the original Jedi Council there was a long-necked Jedi on the far side — Yarael Poof — he was a puppet. George was afraid that if we kept that guy in, people might confuse him with the Kaminoans.”
No new footage of the Jedi Council chambers was shot. Archival Episode I footage was reused, digitally modified to fit the appropriate time of day, and the offending Jedi Master was painted out and replaced with Coleman Trebor. To further suggest the progress of time, another Jedi Master got the digital axe. Green little Yaddle was replaced by Shaak Ti, an actress wearing elaborate makeup who was composited into the scene.
Coleman readily notes that the naming of the Jedi wasn’t his idea. It came about during an Art Department meeting at Skywalker Ranch, when concept sculptors Michael Patrick Murnane and Robert E. Barnes displayed the outcome of a rather intense sculpting jam session. From the array of aliens, George Lucas picked his favorites and assigned their roles. “[Visual Effects Supervisor] John Knoll said, ‘Uh, George, you know you haven’t named anything after Rob…'” recalls Coleman.
From that suggestion, Coleman Trebor was named, the maquette was realized as a computer-generated character, the character was painstakingly animated and composited into the temple and arena scenes…
… and then Coleman Trebor was quickly iced by Jango Fett.
“Yeah, but we don’t actually see him hit the ground,” Coleman is quick to point out with a laugh. “I keep telling George it’s only a flesh wound. He was the most heroic, he was the one who went after Dooku!”
Coleman has no qualms about his Jedi counterpart’s screen time. He says he actually shoved all thought of the character’s name out of his mind since he was never certain that the name wouldn’t get changed by the time the film was released. “If there is a toy I’d certainly be sending that up to my dad,” he notes. “Dad look: a Jedi!”
Thursday, September 05, 2002 Issue #68
Everybody in Helmets
The description of the shot is deceptively simple. Queues of clone troopers receive their helmets from an armory dispenser, while Obi-Wan Kenobi and his Kaminoan guides walk by in an overhead corridor. “There are several hundred rendering layers in this shot, not including the bluescreen and miniature elements as well,” reveals David Meny, a Computer Graphics Supervisor at Industrial Light & Magic.
Working from concept art devised by Alexander Laurant of ILM’s Art Department, this shot is rooted in reality with a number of live action elements. Firstly, footage of Ewan McGregor as Kenobi was shot on a bluescreen stage. “This element was flopped left-to-right, so that Obi-Wan’s walking direction would be continuous throughout the sequence,” explains Meny. “It was also shrunk significantly in the frame so that the focus would remain in the foreground.”
With the live action element positioned, an animatic was created to determine correct camera lens and framing. That virtual camera data was taken to the motion control stage and miniatures of the glassy skywalk and the background dome interior were photographed in multiple passes. “These were shot with miniatures because they were static elements that could be reused for several shots in the sequence, each filmed from a slightly different angle. They also served as great bookends for the whole sequence and gave us something to match our computer graphics to,” says Meny.
In the foreground are the clones, entirely computer-generated. “Since we are seeing thousands of these characters on the screen at a time, a lot of time was spent making variations in their armor.” Scuffmarks and rank coloring diversify the crowd. Their movement was supplied via motion capture sessions, supplemented with some key-frame animation. The animation was divided into three portions: standing in line, picking up and donning the helmet, and walking back. “We’re using the Maya software application and a particle system in Maya, to drive the performances of the characters. The particle system allows us to script when each of the characters transitions from one cycle into the next. By choreographing the performances with Maya’s particle system, we can render hundreds to thousands of characters in a single shot very efficiently.”
The armory, jokingly called the “bowling ball dispenser” by the artists, was a computer model. “Computer graphics were used because it was a single model that needed to be used only for this shot, and would require a lot of interaction with the digital characters,” says Meny.
Pools of light, reflections, cast-shadows and layers of atmospheric haze help to blend the disparate elements together. These are rendered separately and composited together to allow for efficient tweaks of just one element.
Filling out the backgrounds are dozens of non-armored clones undergoing combat and calisthenics routines. These were less detailed computer models since in the finished film, they would appear only in the background. “Because we were seeing thousands of these models in subsequent shots, we created two different uniform colors to add some variation to the squads,” explains Meny. “Twenty-nine different performances were recorded and motion-captured.”
Since this was the only shot of unhelmeted yet armored clones in the movie, a CG model of a clone bearing the likeness of a young Jango (modeled from actor Bodie Taylor) was specifically designed. However, when it came time to don the helm, it became apparent that the computer artists had to fudge some of the real-world measurements. “The model of the helmet didn’t actually fit on the digital Jango’s head,” says Meny. “His head was too large, so parts of his cheek and nose were actually poking through the helmet. The animators had to enlarge the helmet and shrink down the face slightly to so that they would actually work together and the audience wouldn’t see any artifacts.”
Thursday, September 19, 2002 Issue #69
An Elegant Weapon
Count Dooku clearly does things his own way, but his ideology is not the only thing that sets him apart. His lightsaber handle design is unique among the Jedi weapons fans have seen to date in the saga.
The distinctive curved lightsaber first appeared in early sketches of the new Sith enemy, and this direction was later expanded with the help of Art Department Assistant Roel Robles, who brought in some of his own cultural roots to the design table.
“I started bringing in my arsenal of various Filipino swords, spears, and knives to give the Art Department a different feel than what we had before. At one point, we had a room full of artists playing with these deadly balisong (butterfly) knives before ameeting,” he recalls. Robles’ collection included a wide variety of blade types, but his favored weapon was the barong, which featured a curved handle to prevent weapon slippage during combat. “It looks cool, sharp and deadly,” he says.
At one Art Department meeting, Design Director Doug Chiang had Robles lay out his weapons for George Lucas to inspect. “George picked out the barong, which I was really happy about not only because it was my favorite blade, but also since it was a Filipino blade, it had cultural and historical bonds. I am proud to say I was able to put a small part of my Filipino heritage into the film,” says Robles.
As further inspiration to his fellow Art Department members, Robles arranged a demonstration of escrima, a Filipino martial arts employing multiple bladed weapons. He and a friend, Jonathan Soriben (“one of the best Filipino martial arts masters that I know,” he says) reserved the basketball court at the Skywalker Ranch fitness center and went at it with sticks rather than knives. “So as not to scare anyone,” Robles clarifies.
“When Dermot Power came up from London to work with the team, Iain McCaig encouraged me to set up a demonstration. Iain and Dermot were designing the Sith at the time, and were very impressed. They began to do more work on the Sith with escrima in mind,” says Robles.
Thursday, October 03, 2002 Issue #70
Padmé Amidala Speaks
By Pablo Hidalgo
Senator, activist, warrior, secret newlywed — Padmé Amidala keeps a schedule as busy as Natalie Portman does, not that the young actress minds.
“I’m in school during term time, I make movies in the summer, then I do publicity on the weekends,” she explains. “It’s not that difficult. I love going to school and all my school friends are great. They’re not at all jealous or intimidated. A couple of them came to visit me [on set]. I need to be surrounded by friends as well as work people. We had a lot of fun in Sydney.”
“Fun” is Portman’s one-word summary of Episode II, soon to be available on DVD. Freed from the cumbersome makeup and stately wardrobe of Episode I, Portman delights at Padmé’s more aggressive actions in Attack of the Clones. Sure, she got to storm her own palace in Menace, but that’s nothing compared to fighting alongside Jedi warriors and going toe-to-claw against a nasty cat creature. “I got a few small bruises and pulled muscles, but nothing serious,” she says.
Yet through it all, Padmé Amidala remained well coiffed and fully accessorized. “That makes me laugh,” she admits. “A lot of the time, Padmé is running around without her assistants, but she always has amazingly flamboyant hair. She must be very skilled at styling it herself.”
Another perk of Episode II is that for once, Portman gets to play the older woman in a romantic scenario. “It’s about time, isn’t it? After Leon and Beautiful Girls, I kept being made out as this ‘Lolita’ character, and now I get to be the cradle-robber,” she laughs.
She also chuckles at the rumors alleging an off-screen relationship with co-star Hayden Christensen. “I’m now the envy of little girls everywhere, which is better than being perceived as a bad person who robs stores or something,” she says. “There are much worse rumors people could make up about you.”
What is true is that she swiped an Anakin-related memento from the set; she now owns one of the Padawan’s braids used in the film. “There were like 12 of them so I knew one wouldn’t be missed.”
Knowing that young girls around the world are watching Padmé Amidala with a twinkle of heroism in their eyes, Portman switches to a more serious gear when discussing her alter ego as a role model. “I hope she has elements that young girls would aspire to,” she says. “She’s a leader, she’s idealistic and a good human being who has compassion for others. Plus she’s not corrupted by politics; she takes care of herself and she’s vulnerable to love — which everyone is.”
Portman’s commitment to her educational pursuits would make good role model material as well. “It is important for me to be the most rounded human being I can possibly be and to learn as much as I can learn,” she says. “For me, school and college have helped me understand myself better and given me the tools to live a full life and grow as a person”
Welcome to the Ask the Lucasfilm Jedi Council Archives. A feature of Star Wars. Com, no longer active. This is not a complete archive but have salvaged what I can.
January 2003
Q : Who will be joining the cast for Episode III?
Rick McCallum: Look for most of the actors from Episode II to return with the story focusing on the characters played by Hayden Christensen (Anakin), Ewan McGregor (Obi-Wan), Natalie Portman (Padmé) and Ian McDiarmid (Palpatine).
Basically everything’s been cast except for incidental characters. That obviously won’t begin until we’re further along on the script.
Q : Who is the cloaked character sitting in the back of the Naboo Senate box in Episode I that seems to look like Darth Sidious?
Jocasta Nu: Look closer, young Padawan. It is actually Queen Amidala’s handmaidens, Eirtaé and Rabé, who accompany her to the Senate hall wearing those dark cloaks.
February 2003
Q : In Episode VI, while on Dagobah, Ben told Luke that when he first met Anakin, he was already a star-pilot. I thought Anakin was 9 when they first met in Episode I.
Jocasta Nu: Actually, Obi-Wan said Anakin was “already a great pilot” when they met, which he was as witnessed in the Boonta Eve Podrace. It was on Tatooine that Obi-Wan told Luke that Anakin was “the best star-pilot in the galaxy,” a trait that Anakin would develop sometime after his meeting with Kenobi.
Q : At the beginning of A New Hope, Threepio knows about the Princess. Then when he is on Tatooine and Luke asks who she is, Threepio doesn’t know. Did he do this on purpose?
Jocasta Nu: C-3PO was prevaricating as he was programmed to do so. This is elaborated upon in the radio dramatization, in a scene prior to the attack on the Tantive IV. Threepio’s master, Captain Antilles, enacts a voice override command protocol, allowing Threepio to disregard some of his ethical programming to carry out important tasks. Here’s what Antilles says to both C-3PO and R2-D2:
“This is a command/control instruction. Both of you will restrict and protect all references to Leia Organa’s identity and presence inboard this vessel. She is designated a command/control voice.”
Princess Leia also commanded R2-D2 under this protocol to deliver the Death Star plans to Obi-Wan Kenobi at all costs.
March 2003
Q : Coleman Trebor or Sar Labooda? Which of these “dinosaur-headed” Jedi is the character we’ve seen in Episode II? I’ve seen both names used to describe this Jedi.
Jocasta Nu: Coleman Trebor is a Vurk. Sar Labooda is a humanoid female with dark hair. She does not have a “dinosaur head” and never did. It would seem your data is in error.
Q : In the book Rogue Planet, the description of the Far Outsiders sounds like a description of Yuuzhan Vong. Are they the same?
Jocasta Nu: Yes, the Far Outsiders were indeed an advance party of Yuuzhan Vong invaders.
Q : Why haven’t we seen the stars stretch into lines when a ship jumps to hyperspace in the prequel trilogy?
Steve Sansweet: For the definitive answer, we turn to none other than George Lucas himself. Here’s what he had to say:
“I think of the series as one movie. In order to keep the impact of the hyperspace jump in Episode IV, I have decided not to use it in the first three films. If you’re watching them from one to six, you’ll get the same thrill.”
Q : How are the locations for the Star Wars Celebrations chosen? How can I get my city on the “list?”
Steve Sansweet: We take a giant wall map of the U.S. and its territories, put on a blindfold, get spun around by the Force, and then pin the ronto’s tail on the winning city. But seriously folks, we spent a lot of time and looked at a lot of cities before we picked Indianapolis for last year’s Celebration II. (Celebration I was held in Denver, because it was the home town at the time of the fan club, which put on the event.)
We look for a city with a large and convenient convention center or similar facility, reasonably-priced hotels nearby, as centrally located or as easily reachable by air and car as possible, used to entertaining big crowds (we topped out at around 27,000 people last year), and friendly. We’ve been approached with a lot of suggestions for Star Wars Celebration III, and we hope to be able to settle on a location no later than this summer. You’ll read the first official word here at starwars.com.
Q : When does ILM start its work on Episode III, or has it already?
Rob Coleman’s Answer: I have already begun working part-time on the film. Right now, we are in the pre-production planning phase. Myself and visual effects supervisors John Knoll, Pablo Helman and Ben Snow have been shown the amazing artwork and designs coming out of the Art Department. We have started to discuss how we are going to approach the visual effects and animation work. Just this week, I was looking at which character models we could start building.
Q : Since Episode III is the last episode, what happens to all the sets once you’re finished?
Gavin Bocquet: Most of the large set pieces will be destroyed, as they have been on Episode I and on Episode II, and as they are on all other films. Most film sets are not built to last more than a couple of months, as this would add a great deal to the budget, so there would be no point in keeping them.
However, Star Wars is a little different than other films and certain pieces from the shoot are kept and stored at the archive at Lucasfilm. Usually this will include any smaller and interesting set pieces, usually things like speeders or starfighters, if they are not too big. If they can fit into a shipping container then Rick McCallum and George Lucas will discuss whether a certain piece is worth keeping. But in general most ‘sets’ are not kept.
The largest pieces we have kept so far are a full-size Naboo starfighter from Episode I, and a full-size Jedi starfighter from Episode II.
A lot more of the props and set dressing will be kept, as well as the costumes, since they are smaller in volume and therefore much more easy to store and transport.
Q : Did Vader make a cameo appearance in Episode II? As Count Dooku is leaving the hangar, we see in the lower left corner a silhouette of what appears to Darth Vader! Helmet and all!
Jocasta Nu: Your eyes are deceiving you, young Padawan. The figure in question is clearly part of the Neimoidian ground crew, and in no way connected to the future Dark Lord.
Q : The Return of the Jedi credits list a character named Nicki. Who is Nicki?
Steve Sansweet: Nicki was an Ewok played by young Nicholas — or Nicky — Read (yes, it was misspelled in the credits). Nicky tells Eric Moro in Issue #67 of Star Wars Insider (celebrating the 20th Anniversary of Jedi) that he wore a gray Ewok costume and can be spotted as the Ewok who does a cartwheel at the end ceremony scene. For more on what Nicky did and is up to today, along with a number of other members of that wild and woolly tribe, read the article “Beyond the Valley of the Ewoks.”
April 2003
Q : Since you started way back in Episode I, have there been any new building materials or processes developed that makes your job easier?
Gavin Bocquet: Over the past 10 years there haven’t been any great leaps in the technology of building materials and processes, although each year there are small improvements and advances in all areas. This can range from materials themselves, like improved casting materials, or larger sheets of MDF (medium density fiberboard), to basic improvements in tools and machine technology.
The film business is, by its nature, a low-volume production business, and therefore we are not able to make use of techniques normally used in industry. If we were making 1,000 of the same object, then we could use these pieces of equipment, but we are more craft-orientated than mass production-orientated, with the need to make only small numbers of any given object.
The world of CAD drawing in the Art Department had seen a big advancement over the last 10 years, and this has a direct input into the Construction Department, as we can often feed the CAD information directly into various machine tools, like the router, or 5-axis cutter, which will cut shapes and elements straight from the digital information out of a variety of materials.
Q : Are there any plans for adapting Episodes I and/or II into radio plays? I quite enjoyed the adaptations of the original trilogy.
Steve Sansweet: So did all of us. The Star Wars movies are particularly well-suited to the theater of the mind’s eye. The radio dramatizations allow for more story points and action to be included, while sticking to the main points of the movies. The radio dramas for the classic trilogy were superbly written by the late Brian Daley and first aired on National Public Radio stations. Some members of the original cast were used, with such unusual additional casting as veteran actor Ed Asner as Jabba the Hutt. All three series were later released on tape and CD.
As for adapting, airing, and making available dramatizations of the Star Wars prequels, that is something that Lucasfilm has looked into over the past few years. But it is a very complicated business, creative and personnel process to get all of the planets to line up just right. So while it is accurate to say we remain interested in such a project, there is nothing currently on the schedule or close to happening. If that changes, you’ll get the news here first.
Q : Who’s voice was used for Darth Vader in the Special Edition of The Empire Strikes Back? I’m talking about the part when he says “Alert my Star Destroyer to prepare for my arrival.”
Ben Burtt: That was James Earl Jones. The line was recorded for A New Hope but never used.
Q : Is there any chance that you or Mr. Lucas will make a cameo appearance in Episode III?
Rick McCallum: No… George won’t let me.
Besides, it might ruin the continuity of my masterful Episode I performance.
George isn’t interested in being in front of the camera, but you never know.
Q : What do I do with the Jedi Master Points on toy packaging?
Steve Sansweet: Add flour and water and turn them into a papier-mâché dewback? String them end to end and use them to trim your next Christmas tree? When it gets really cold, use them as kindling for the fireplace? Send thousands of them to Hasbro corporate headquarters and let them figure out what to do with them?
Actually, the question of what to do with these little rectangles on the back of Hasbro’s figures and other Star Wars toy packaging is probably the single most-asked question sent to Star Wars Insider‘s “Scouting the Galaxy” column — and also to Hasbro. And the answer is that Hasbro, after working through many business and legal issues, has made much progress in coming up with a cool answer of what to do with Jedi Master Points.
“It has taken longer than we would have liked,” notes Jeff Popper, Hasbro’s director of marketing for Star Wars. Hasbro is hoping to be able to announce its plans in the not too-distant future, once every element is worked out. My advice: round up as many of those ubiquitous Points as you can, and stay tuned!
Q : How did you decide to give Zam Wesell’s speeder that howl? Is it based on its look? Where did that sound come from?
Ben Burtt: The howl of Zam’s speeder was produced with an old electric guitar. I play drums in a church band and I asked guitarist Dave Weaver to make the sounds for me one day after practice. I chopped the sound up with a synthesizer program and ran it through an old time spring reverb system. The idea was to produce a sound as if Zam’s speeder were not rocket-powered, but ran on some sort of magnetism, perhaps in a field produced by the automatic Coruscant traffic control.
Q : How big (file size and pixel dimensions) was the biggest matte painting done for Episode I or II?
Jonathan Harb’s answer: The largest matte painting (this one happened to be a 3-D matte painting) for Episodes I or II was the background of the elevator shot of Obi-Wan and Anakin at the beginning of Episode II. Since this show was an HD show, the final resolution of the 2:35 comp was 1920 x 817; and that comp ran for around 850 frames, or 35 seconds of screen time. Each frame takes up around 2.3 megs of space, so the comp of the background took up 2 gigs or so.
The real space-consuming part of the shot came from the source files used to model and render the comp. Including scene files, models, textures, render passes, and final comp, this shot probably consumed 80-90 gigabytes of space until the shot was a final.
Q : Will virtual sets ever put Production Designers out of work?
Gavin Bocquet: In theory no, as whether a set is ‘virtual’ or ‘real’, it will still need to be designed. Most films do not have Concept Designers, and all the design work is done by the Production Designer, so all the sets that might now be virtual, would still need to be designed in the same way as they have been for the last 60 years. Maybe there will be fewer carpenters and construction crew on the film, and more digital modelers, but thankfully the Production Designer’s job will still be the same.
Welcome to the Ask the Lucasfilm Jedi Council Archives. A feature of Star Wars. Com, no longer active. This is not a complete archive but have salvaged what I can.
January 2002
Q : Why were prints of the “Forbidden Love” trailer labelled “Black Eyes”?
Rick McCallum: You’re very lucky. You must have gone up to the projection room.
It’s very simple. It’s a code-name based on a television program I did in 1990 that was so obscure that no one ever saw it. I figured it would be a way to ship film under the radar. While we try to avoid it, there’s a lot of theft and a lot of crime going on these days no matter what we do.
Q : Now that everything is digital, why do you still talk about editing and completing specific reels of the movie?
Ben Burtt: It is hard to let go of some traditions.
However, for organization reasons, we still break the movie into segments, or reels, because most storage systems, even digital ones, would be sorely taxed by having to hold all the picture and sound data for a two hour movie at one time and still run quickly and smoothly.
In addition, the film will still be printed in the lab in reels and shipped to the theater in reels. Film rolls, or reels, cannot be made spliceless in sizes much greater than 20 minutes in running time. The theater recieves the individual reels and the projectionist still splices them together into one big platter.
Q : Will there be any appearances in Episode III by classic trilogy characters like Chewbacca or Tarkin or Mon Mothma?
Rick McCallum: No, I don’t think we’ll see any beyond the characters in Episode II, like Artoo and Threepio.
Q : What kinds of things are the art department still working on for Episode II?
Doug Chiang: The emphases of the work is now mostly on creating new or modifying existing designs that arise from changes in the edit. On occasion this includes new set designs for newly written scenes. Primarily though, the art department is currently focused on providing ILM with all the necessary art support needed to complete the film. This work ranges from providing detailed painted storyboards to model color reference to matte painting designs.
Q : If it is forbidden for the Jedi to marry, then how does one explain Nomi Sunrider?
Jocasta Nu: Nomi Sunrider is a Jedi of old, predating the current Jedi Code. Back then, thousands of years ago, one can find examples of Jedi behavior that would be forbidden in modern times. The great Master Arca Jeth trained no less than three Padawans – Ulic Qel-Droma, Cay Qel-Droma and Tott Doneeta. The current Code did away with multiple apprentices to better guide a young Padawan’s path in the Force.
The Code has again changed to adapt to necessity. The new Jedi order started up by Luke Skywalker has done away with certain restrictions of previous generations.
Q : Will we hear Australian accents in Episode II?
Ben Burtt: Yes, unless George [Lucas] changes his mind about dialog during the final mix.
Nothing is really certain until we hear all the dialog, music, and effects together during the final mix. Several supporting characters have what I would describe as mild accents. The intention right now is to keep them… but I know from experience that we might replace some voices once we hear the soundtrack in its final phases.
Q : Is Obi-Wan Kenobi the brother of Owen Lars?
Jocasta Nu: No. The two are from separate families with no connection through blood. Although a number of spin-off materials were published in 1983 and in subsequent years stating that the two characters were related, those materials were based on outdated and eventually discarded information.
Owen Lars is the son of Cliegg Lars. Obi-Wan’s parents are unknown, and he has little to no connection to them having grown up in the Jedi Temple. He is aware of having a brother, but very little information about that sibling has ever been published.
February 2002
Q : Does Mr. Lucas prefer his concepts be done by hand or on computer?
Doug Chiang: There is no preference. Our main objective is the idea and concept and the technique we use to draw them is secondary. While most of the artists in the art department use traditional techniques, about 30% use strictly digital. All the artists are equally deft in using both digital and traditional techniques and it’s really a matter of personal preference.
Furthermore, different stages of the production sometimes dictates the techniques we use. For example, digital work is most effective during post production since we can digitally alter photographed plates into highly accurate paintings.
Q : Will there be Podracing in Episode II?
Jocasta Nu: Yes.
Q : My wife is due with our first baby on the Episode II release date. What should I do?
Rick McCallum: I used dill pickles with my wife – she hated them, but they stopped her from going into labor. For the birth of my second daughter, I was going to be on location when she was due and there was only one flight out a week and I had to be there to film. Finally she ate a gallon of chocolate ice cream and boom – she gave birth.
So, you’ve got to time it… dill pickles to delay and chocolate ice cream to speed it up.
Make sure she sees the movie at midnight, then at 2:30 she can break water and you’ll both have a doubly good day.
Q : How is working on Star Wars production design different than any other movie? How different is Episode II than the other Star Wars movies?
Gavin Bocquet: The move from Episode I to Episode II was a very smooth move from one environment to another. If you took out the year and a half gap in between them, for me, it would have just melted together very easily. From that point of view, it’s been a sort of a straightforward move.
The difference between Star Wars and other films is immense, if only for the sheer volume of visualizations that need to come out and be produced for the backgrounds. I don’t think any other film probably would demand that much creativity coming from different people in different departments — set design, Art Department, costumes etc. The more creative people you can get in the process, the better.
It would be very arrogant for one person to think that you could create five worlds of architecture, of furnishings, of spacecraft, of whatever, by yourself. It needs to come from as many different people, channeled through the department heads and through George Lucas.
Q : Han claims that the Falcon made the Kessel Run in less than 12 parsecs — but a parsec is a unit of distance, not time. What’s the deal?
Jocasta Nu: While Captain Solo is known to make boastful claims that seem to defy the basic laws of space-time physics, in this particular case, an understanding of the mechanics of the Kessel Run illuminates this statistic.
The Kessel Run is a contest of speed and endurance for smugglers. Those who undertake it must deliver specified cargos (usually illicit in nature) to a series of divergently moving transport vessels. The smuggler must deliver the cargo before the transports wander out of the free trade lanes into restricted Imperial space.
Solo’s record is impressive, since the transport vessels covered less than 12 parsecs of distance during his hurried run between them, a testament to his piloting and the speed of the Millennium Falcon.
There is more than one way to smuggle spice out of Kessel. According to one tale, Solo left out the middleman and ferried the stolen goods himself, skirting dangerously close to the Maw Cluster, a baffling congregation of black holes. In doing so, he shortened the distance for the run, achieving an impressive record of under 12 parsecs.
Using either methodology allows Solo’s claim to stand, but there are many, including the Jedi Obi-Wan Kenobi, who felt that the Corellian captain was just blowing hot air.
Q : Is anything happening right now on concept work for Episode III?
Doug Chiang: No work is currently being done in the art department for Episode III. Although during the concept phase of Episode II we designed some environments that may be used for Episode III.
Q : What is that thing around Yoda’s neck?
Jocasta Nu: Yoda wears a blissl around his neck, which is similar to a pan flute.
March 2002
Q : I loved your Star Wars language book. Do you think that you’d like to pursue writing in the future?
Ben Burtt: I love to write. If I was able to earn a steady income as a writer (I have two children in college) I would do it. I have several script and novel ideas I would love to pursue. I would really like to write a book on the history of sound effects in motion pictures, with the emphasis on the aesthetics and language of film sound, and a detailed account of my adventures in sound design over the past 25 years.
Q : What is the symbol on the Jedi Starfighter, you know, the one that looks strikingly similar to the Galactic Empire’s symbol?
Doug Chiang: I’m glad you noticed! The symbol on the Jedi fighter is derived from the Galactic Empire symbol. The reason why will be revealed later.
Q : Have the tasks of Sound and Editing enabled you to overlap skills and concepts?
Ben Burtt: Filmmaking is the blend of many skills and processes. I started out with an interest in writing, directing, music, special effects, sound, and editing. All of these tasks overlap and interrelate. I learned over many years of sound how to enhance drama with layers of sound. Now as a picture editor, I am asked to enhance drama with layers of images. The process of building up a complete dramatic sensation with sound is the same one I apply to picture editing. The key element in filmmaking is the juxtaposition of sound and picture elements to produce a desired emotional response in the audience.
I am really fortunate that Star Wars offers me the chance to straddle both disciplines. It is not the norm.
Q : Is there any difficulty in translating something the Art Department has drawn into what your department actually builds? Where does their work end and your work begin?
Gavin Bocquet: Obviously on something like Star Wars it’s a huge collaboration with Doug Chiang and the concept team back at the Ranch. Over the two films, we’ve made that work very smoothly.
It’s been fairly straightforward right from the start, and there’s a slight separation in what they provide there and what we take and use here on set.
I think looking back on the first film, we sort of felt that 30% of the environments were maybe created purely by our side: the Art Department in the UK. Another 30% was mainly things that we’d interpret directly from the concept group’s work. Then the other 40% was sort of a complete mixture between the two of us passing things back and forth.
April 2002
Q : Darth Sidious’ holograms have different distortion sounds from the rest. Do holograms have personality, just like different Podracers? How was this created?
Ben Burtt: I tried to make the hologram sounds relate to the character they depicted.
The Sith hologram tonality is partly made on an electronic synthesizer. Two low frequency sine waves of nearly the same frequency are played at the same time. The slight difference in frequency produces a phenomena called beats (you learn about this in Physics class). The result is a wavering up and down in pitch of the sound. I also mixed in some short wave radio sounds that you can hear between broadcasting stations. This is one of my favorite sources of sound. Finally I added a very very slowed down sound of a jet plane firing a Vulcan Cannon, an electronically driven machine gun that fires 100 bullets per second.
May 2002
Q : You said Episode II would have Podracing. Definitely no complaint about the movie, but it did not have Podracing. How were you mistaken?
Jocasta Nu: Our archives are complete and our information correct, young Padawan. Take a closer look the next time you see it. To the left of a nunaball game and odupiendo-racing, you’ll find your missing sport.
Q : According to the databank Adi Gallia does not appear in Episode II, but I swear I saw her, when Mace Windu said he would take the remaining Jedi. Was she in it?
Jocasta Nu: That was not Adi Gallia, but rather Stass Allie. However, Adi Gallia is present during the Jedi Council scenes, and the databanks have recently and quietly been updated to reflect that.
Q : In Episode II there appears to be troopers with a color-coding on their armor. Does this indicate rank and if so what color equates to what rank?
Jocasta Nu: It is indeed an indication of rank. Yellow markings indicate a commander. Red clone troopers are captains, blue are lieutenants and green are sergeants.
Q : What are parsecs?
Jocasta Nu: A parsec is a unit of measurement, approximately 3.26 light years in length
June 2002
Q : If Owen Lars in Episode II is Anakin’s half-brother, surely he should be about 10 years old, right?
Jocasta Nu: Owen is Anakin’s stepbrother. He is not Shmi’s child. He is Cliegg’s child from a previous union.
Q : Why was Obi-Wan always referred to as ‘Master Kenobi’ in Episode II? Doesn’t he have only Jedi Knight status?
Jocasta Nu: The term “Master” is occasionally used as an honorific to a teaching Knight — especially by non-Jedi — even if he has not yet achieved the status of Jedi Master. As of the start of the Clone Wars, Obi-Wan Kenobi had not yet achieved the formal rank of Jedi Master.
Q : In the databank, the Character and Starship sections, the insignia is often wrong. I see Admiral Ackbar with the Galactic Empire icon, and Admiral Daala with Rebel icon, and the B-wing is seen with an Imperial one. Is something wrong?
Jocasta Nu: The symbols found in the databank entries denote the era of influence of the particular subject matter, and not allegiance. The circular sigil of the ancient Sith, found on entries for Yavin 4 and the Massassi temples, for example, indicate an era thousands of years before the birth of Luke Skywalker.
The Republic crest, found on the Supreme Chancellor’s podium, denotes elements from the final days of the Republic (see the Galactic Senate entry, for example). The Galactic Empire sigil denotes the timeframe dominated by the Galactic Civil War (see Luke Skywalker). The symbol on Admiral Daala’s denotes her prominence in the New Republic era, while elements from The New Jedi Order-era are denoted with their own particular symbol (see the Yuuzhan Vong entry).
Q : Does George Lucas make a cameo in the Senate scene in Episode II? I’m sure I saw him.
Rick McCallum: No. Absolutely not.
However, one of my body parts is in the film somewhere.
Q : The sound produced by the seismic charges were simply awesome. How did you get that “twang” sound?
Ben Burtt: I prefer not to discuss in detail this sound at this time. After all, can’t I keep a few secrets?
I will say that this is something I’ve wanted to do since A New Hope, we just never had a sequence which allowed the explosion to be featured in a way that I could exploit the idea of delayed sound in space… what I call an “audio black hole”, an explosion so cosmic that the energy of the sound is unable to escape at the time of ignition, but is released a moment later.
I originally made a variety of similar noises for what I called “Space Ether Explosions” for A New Hope. I used them as experiments, especially for exploding TIE fighters in the scene when Han and Luke are in the gun turrets. They were mixed into a scratch mix for the sequence, but George Lucas did not like them so I halted research.
Now, many years later I revived the idea using some new material and it seems to have found its place.
Q : I am not certain if this was intentional, but I noticed in the digital version Anakin’s metal hand reaches and holds Padmé’s hand. In the 35mm version, Anakin’s metal hand is just shown hanging at his side which then cuts to them kissing. If this was an error, I would just like to know. I feel like I’m the only one around here who caught the difference.
Rick McCallum: Yes, you’ve noticed a difference between the film print version of Episode II and the version that is being shown digitally. (We call it D-cinema.)
Naturally, the process of making the thousands of physical film prints of the movie takes time, so we had to lock down that version in April. However, we had some extra time for the D-cinema distribution, so George [Lucas] had a few more days to make some final tweaks to the finished product.
At the last minute, George felt the wedding scene needed the affection of Padmé taking Anakin’s mechanical hand, so just a few days before Celebration II in Indianapolis we shot it and inserted it in time for the D-cinema version.
That addition is by far the most noticeable change, but we actually made over 70 enhancements for D-cinema. Most involved sharpening, tweaking wipes and color adjustments. However, there are a handful that are definite visual effects changes. I’d be curious to hear if any fans have found any of the other changes.
Q : The clone air transport reminded me of the Warhammer 40K Thunderhawk Gunships. What were the influences on this design?
Doug Chiang: The Republic gunships were influenced by helicopter gunships. The script called for highly maneuverable vehicles that could hover and carry troops. The obvious analogy was helicopters so we used that as the foundation to base the design. The twin cockpit is in tribute to the Hind 24 Soviet attack helicopter.
Q : Any chance the two Ewok movies or the Ewoks and Droids cartoon series will be released on DVD?
Rick McCallum: I hope so. Definitely.
At some point after we’re finished with Episode III, we’d really like to make all of that material available to our fans on DVD.
Unfortunately, we won’t be even thinking of making any firm plans until we’re finished with this trilogy.
July 2002
Q : Do I hear the voice of Qui-Gon Jinn shouting, “Anakin, Anakin… No!”, in Yoda’s apartment after Anakin attacks the Tusken Raiders?
Ben Burtt: Yes indeed, the voice that Yoda hears is that of Qui-Gon Jinn.
Q : I was disappointed that Clones didn’t answer the question why some Jedi disappear when they die and some don’t. Will this ever be answered?
Rick McCallum: That’s a good question. A really good question.
Only George [Lucas] knows that answer for real. Hopefully it will be illuminated in Episode III. I’ve asked him a dozen times and he always looks at me like, “What? Are you a fan?”
Q : Any chance we’ll see a grand, epic, three-hour-plus Episode III?
Rick McCallum: Right now George is thinking it will be the traditional Star Wars length of two hours.
Q : There was 10 years between Episodes I and II. How much time will pass between Episodes II and III?
Rick McCallum: Right now, it looks like around 2 to 3 years.
Q : What is the significance of Count Dooku’s curved lightsaber handle?
Doug Chiang: We wanted to create something unique for Dooku and thought that a curved lightsaber would reflect an earlier time, as if Count Dooku was from the “old school” of training and thought. The curved handle reflected that sensibility and also set him apart from the other Jedi.
Q : I’m just graduating high school. What should I do if I want to become a movie producer?
Rick McCallum: Make movies.
Go out and buy an Apple iMac. Get Final Cut Pro and a video camera. Get every friend who’s ever written… or learn how to write. Try to make your own movies to learn how bad you really are. The more you learn about how bad you are, the more you’ll be able to help a director. And just get your friends and start your own little company and start making movies.
Don’t fall in to the trap of working on a film, because that’s not going to help you become a better producer. Making films makes you a better producer.
Q : Why was Plo Koon and Ki-Adi-Mundi’s commando raid on the Droid Control Ship cut from the final edit of Attack of the Clones?
Ben Burtt: The attack on the Droid Control Ship was filmed and edited together, but never completed with final special effects. A Jedi attack force battled its way up the ship’s ramp, through doorways, down halls, and into the bridge of the ship. The scene was filled with much swordplay and stunts.
The sequence was dropped from the cut because it added another story to be intercut with what already was becoming too complicated and time consuming for the climax of the movie. Including the sequence also meant time needed to set it up and resolve it while the arena battle and the Clone War land battle proceeded simultaneously.
There was lots and lots of material in each one of these sequences that needed to be trimmed. There was lots of Jedi action in the arena fight dropped, more Jango and Mace, and even at one point a battle in space with the Droid Control Ships.
All of these would have been great to see, but choices have to be made for the priorities of the storyline.
Q : Any chance we will see some familiar planets in Episode III like Alderaan or Corellia or Kessel?
Rick McCallum: One of those, we may see.
August 2002
Q : Will Hugh Jackman be in Episode III?
Rick McCallum: No, we haven’t spoken to him.
I’ve heard the recordings on the net of a fan asking me that question at Celebration II in Indianapolis. What happened was that I couldn’t hear the question, even when he repeated it, and the moderator said to me, “I think he’s asking about Sio Bibble (Oliver Ford Davies),” so I replied, “Yes, as of now” or something like that.
I didn’t realize he was asking about Hugh Jackman. That’s a question I misunderstood.
Q : One of Yoda’s younglings is clearly a Noghri. What is his name?
Jocasta Nu: Your definition of “clearly” needs reexamination, young one. The non-human members of the mighty Bear Clan include a young Togruta girl named Ashla, a Nikto boy named Chian, and a Whiphid boy named Jempa.
Q : What is the purpose of the large sails on Count Dooku’s ship? There’s no wind in space.
Doug Chiang: They are solar sails. NASA has been experimenting with this idea for decades. It’s a concept based on real science. The idea is that the solar wind energy from a star could be caught by large sails to push spacecraft through interstellar space
.Q : When you’re editing and things are cut and moved around, is it difficult to get the pre-recorded music to sync up?
Ben Burtt: The picture cut of the movie is always changing sync until the very last moment before release. Most often, the music is written and recorded for an earlier version of a scene than what appears in the final cut. Ken Wannberg, John Williams’ music editor, has the difficult task of recutting the music to refit the new sync. This can be an extremely difficult job. He is the one solely responsible for making it fit after the fact.
Q : Why didn’t Jango Fett’s head fall out of the helmet when young Boba picked it up?
Jocasta Nu: If you look closer, you’ll see that the head falls out of the helmet before the helmet even hits the ground. An examination of the shadows shows two separate objects fly from Jango’s corpse.
Q : Has Steven Spielberg ever helped on the Star Wars movies?
Rick McCallum: No, he’s a friend of George Lucas and he always sees the film. He’s the first one we show the films to. We bring him up to give us some notes, but on Episode I and II he didn’t give us any!
Q : The Kamino remind me of some other famous movie aliens. Was this an homage?
Doug Chiang: The Kamino were the synthesis of all the “classical” UFO aliens from the 1950’s. We wanted to create the ultimate “UFO” alien.
Q : Would George Lucas ever consider doing a Star Wars TV series, kind of like he did with Young Indiana Jones?
Rick McCallum: Well, George won’t share all of his future plans with me. I’ve learned never to say never.
September 2002
Q : Which Jedi are seen surrounded by the battle droids at the end of the arena battle in Episode II?
Jocasta Nu: The following Jedi are in the ring of survivors by battle’s end:
Obi-Wan Kenobi (human)
Mace Windu (human)
Padmé Amidala (human — not a Jedi, but present nonetheless)
Anakin Skywalker (human)
Shaak Ti (Togruta)
Agen Kolar (Zabrak)
Luminara Unduli (Mirialan)
Stass Allie (human)
Bultar Swan (human)
Roth-Del Masona (human)
Sora Bulq (Weequay)
Saesee Tiin (Iktotchi)
Tarados Gon (Klatooinian)
Kit Fisto (Nautolan)
Ki-Adi-Mundi (Cerean), Plo Koon (Kel Dor) and Aayla Secura (Twi’lek) are marched into the arena afterwards. Joclad Danva (human) is also seen alive, standing near Padmé and Anakin.
These do not represent all the survivors of Geonosis arena battle, as some of the Jedi that fell in the arena did not die from their wounds.
Q : I’ve heard rumors that Natalie Portman has shot scenes that will be inserted in to some future release of Return of the Jedi. Is this true?
Rick McCallum: What planet are you from? No. There would be no reason to do that unless maybe we could find that metal bikini! 😉
Q : Does Barriss Offee survive the arena battle?
Jocasta Nu: Yes, Barriss Offee did indeed survive, though she is not part of the circle of survivors seen at the end.
Q : Will Yoda be computer generated again in Episode III, or will you go back to the puppet? Will we see him fight again?
Rick McCallum: I can’t tell you about the fight scene, yet. He’ll definitely be CG. We’re not sure if he’ll fight, but we’ll do anything to challenge Rob Coleman (Animation Supervisor, ILM) and his team to go to the next level.
Q : I’ve heard that THX-1138 is in every Star Wars movie, but I can’t find it in Return of the Jedi. Is it there?
Steve Sansweet: Well, we assumed so. But frankly, we can’t find it. And we’ve asked some of the crew on Jedi, who should know. It might be written small on some model, but as far as an obvious reference, we’re stumped. That goes for Episode II too… unless someone is holding back on us for the ultimate Easter egg!
Q : Will there be any Episode III teasers on the Clones DVD?
Rick McCallum: I would give anything to have something on there, but we just didn’t have anything for you yet. I believe George [Lucas] drops a few hints about the rest of the story during the audio commentary.
Q : Are there any clone trooper helmets I can buy?
Steve Sansweet: Absolutely. Rubie’s, Lucasfilm’s costume licensee worldwide, has a spiffy new clone trooper helmet that should fit the bill. Kellogg’s Canada also came out with an inexpensive two-piece helmet joined by Velcro strips as part of a send-away and in-pack promotion when Episode II first launched. There are lots of them still available from sellers on eBay at very reasonable prices.
It was one of the Kellogg’s helmets that an eBay seller claimed was an “authentic prop” used in the making of Attack of the Clones. Only one problem: every single clone trooper was digital!
Q : When Zam Wesell falls prey to Jango’s dart, she utters words in her native language which sound suspiciously like Sebulba’s word for “slimeball”. Do my ears deceive me?Ben Burtt: Zam speaks Huttese at this point and the word “Slimeball” is indeed correct. For a full translation of the line see my book Star Wars Galactic Phrase Book and Travel Guide.
October 2002
Q : Is the pilot of the air taxi in The Phantom Menace a Bothan?
Jocasta Nu: No. Bothans do not have horns.
Q : I noticed that Mr. Lucas is credited as “Executive Producer” of the Star Wars movies. What’s the difference between an executive producer and a regular producer?
Rick McCallum: Unfortunately right now, there isn’t a uniform standard of how producers are credited in the film industry.
For Star Wars, George Lucas is the Executive Producer because he finances the movie and is also the overall architect of the picture. He’s the one we work for. Whereas I’m in the traditional producer role of coordinating the thousands of tiny details that need to come together to get a picture made.
That’s the way it should be. On other movies, however, those titles may mean other things.
One reason why a lot of movies are bad is that they have 8-12 producers. Sometimes it will be as arbitrary as an agent of one of the actors, who then wants some level of control because he doesn’t want to be known just as the agent anymore. The Producers’ Guild is being run by Kathleen Kennedy now and she’s doing a great job to try to stop that kind of crediting because it devalues the contributions of the actual producers.
Q : Where did Star Wars open on May 25, 1977?
Steve Sansweet: Although it was quick to become a worldwide phenomenon, Star Wars only opened in 32 theaters on Wednesday, May 25, 1977. It wasn’t until a month later that it crossed the 100-theater mark. And unlike today’s theater business where multiplexes might play a hit movie on four or five screens at once, in 1977 one theater almost always meant one screen. No wonder Star Wars was still playing at some theaters on May 25, 1978.
Here’s a list of those original theaters. We wonder how many have survived.
East
New York, NY: Astor Plaza
New York, NY: Orpheum
Hicksville, NY: Twin
Paramus, NJ: RKO
Pennsauken, NJ: Eric I
Lawrenceville, NJ: Eric II
Boston, MA: Charles
Philadelphia, PA: Eric’s Place
Fairless Hills, PA: Eric II
Pittsburgh, PA: Showcase
Claymont, DE: Eric I
Washington DC: Uptown
West
Menlo Park, CA: Cinema
Hollywood, CA: Chinese
Los Angeles, CA: Avco I
Greater Orange County, CA: City Center I
San Diego, CA: Valley Circle
San Francisco, CA: Coronet
Sacramento, CA: Century 25
San Jose, CA: Century 22A
Seattle, WA: UA 150
Portland, OR: Westgate I
Midwest
St. Paul, MN: Roseville 4
Minneapolis, MN: St. Louis Park
Detroit, MI: Americana
Rock Island-Milan, IL: Cinema 3
Indianapolis, IN: Eastwood
Cincinnati, OH: Showcase Cin I
Louisville, KY: Cinema I
Southwest
Denver, CO: Cooper
Phoenix, AZ: Cine Capri
Salt Lake City, UT: Centre
Q : The new Endor Rebel Soldier action figure looks a lot like John Knoll. Did Hasbro base this figure on his likeness?
Steve Sansweet: No, but there’s a long-time Kenner and now Hasbro toy designer who bears an amazingly resemblance to the bearded Endor soldier. However, the likeable and highly talented Mark Boudreaux says, “Who me?”
Q : When can we expect to see the first trailer for Episode III?
Rick McCallum: Trailer? I don’t have a script yet!
Timing from the last two films would suggest maybe around Thanksgiving of 2004, with the movie coming in the summer of 2005.
Q : A friend and I have had a long-standing argument over when the opening crawl of the first Star Wars movie was changed to add “Episode IV: A New Hope.” He says it was 1978, but I think it was a couple of years later.
Steve Sansweet: You win. But the mind does play tricks, and this wasn’t as easy to answer as you might think. Soon after the unexpected huge success of Star Wars, George Lucas announced that it was only one part in a multi-chapter saga, and almost immediately started production on the next part, The Empire Strikes Back. But there was also a pre-story that might get made someday, he said. The first movie really started “in the middle” of the story.
Star Wars was still playing in numerous theaters a year after its opening on May 25, 1977. It was re-released in 1979, 1981 and 1982. But when was the change made? For the indisputable answer, we went to Lucasfilm’s film archivist, Sterling Hedgpeth. Here’s what he says:
“I found a box with all the positive elements for the ‘revised’ opening crawl, and the assorted trim boxes are dated from October through December 1980. This, then, is consistent with the view that Episode IV: A New Hope was added for the first time to the opening crawl for the April 10, 1981 re-release.”
November 2002
Q : You fail to mention the frog-like creature outside of Jabba’s palace in Episode VI. He isn’t in your creature database! What is he? I hope not an ordinary frog!
Jocasta Nu: That creature is a worrt. It has just been added into the databank in response to this query.
Q : I noticed that the Slave I sounds different in Clones and in Empire. There was an overlapping low whine that wasn’t present in Clones. Is there a reason for this?
Ben Burtt: I expanded the library of sound for Slave I in Clones because the ship did a lot of new things. I used the sounds from Empire as a foundation, and made new sounds that would connect with the old.
I think the whine you refer to was a sound I made on a trumpet for Slave I taking off in Empire. That sound, also combined with a Doppler pass-by of the horn from my old ’71 Dodge Duster was not used prominently in Clones and you probably missed it.
I certainly tried to tie both old and new all together.
Q : Can you send me a checklist for all the action figures?
Steve Sansweet: No. Not to be mean, but actually I’d like one myself.
I’m only half-kidding. The problem is that there are so many different ways that collectors collect, that it’s impossible to come up with one list format that satisfies everyone. Do you want just every different figure that’s ever been released? Do you want to know every card that each figure has been on? Do you want to know about major or minor variations on figures or their cards? Do you want the list in alphabetical order, or would you rather have it in order of release, or “waves”? What we all need is a fantastic database with every figure on every card with every variation that would let us enter the variables and the order in which we’d like to see the final list. It would comprise thousands and thousands of entries–many more if you include all of the foreign-carded variations.
Until then, there are some very good Internet assets such as our own Cargo Bay, the list at hasbro.com, and many others. For regular pricing updates you can try Toyfare or Lee’s Toy Review, two magazines I wouldn’t be without.
Q : Could you please tell me what an E-wing looks like? I have heard them mentioned in novels but have never seen a picture!
Jocasta Nu: The E-wing fighter has been added to the databank in response to this query.
December 2002
Q : Did George Lucas intend for Boba Fett to die in the sarlacc, despite what others may say or print?
Steve Sansweet: Yes, in George’s view — as far as the films go — the baddest bounty hunter in the Galaxy met his match in the Great Pit of Carkoon where –unfortunately for Mr. Fett — the ghastly sarlacc made its home.
However, Lucas also approved Fett’s comeback in the expanded universe. And of course, by going back in time with the prequels, the Star Wars creator has brought Boba Fett back to life himself, albeit at a much younger age.
Q : During the meeting with the separatists, Wat Tambor fiddles with one of his dials and makes a noise that sounds like it’s from the Q*Bert arcade game. Is this an inside joke, or mere coincidence?
Ben Burtt: This sound must be a mere coincidence. I made it using a vowel generator in a synthesizer device called the Kyma.
Q : Can the clones procreate without scientific intervention?
Jocasta Nu: Yes, clones are fully capable of biological reproduction
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Thursday, January 10, 2002 Issue #51
Episode II International Mixes
“It’s going to be a madhouse for the next six months,” says Producer Rick McCallum. In addition to completing Episode II for North American release, international versions must be completed in time for next spring. As announced last November, Episode II will open in most countries within the same month, a move that considerably squeezes the time required to produce international mixes.
“It means we have to have the finished film done a month ahead of what we did for Episode I,” says McCallum. “It means we have to audition and cast 60 to 80 actors to do the parts in each country, and we’re in 30 different countries. All the parts have to be translated. It’s a very intense, complicated and time-consuming period, but awfully fun if we can pull it off.”
International agents in each territory gather a shortlist of local voice talent which are then sent to the production. “We listen to them and approve them, but that can take a long time because there are maybe four to five actors for each part in each country. It takes a good day to really analyze everybody for one country — if you have 30 countries, that’s a month, and the only way you can do it.”
Some of the vocal talents of returning Episode I characters will again return for Episode II. “We were very happy with Ewan McGregor and Natalie Portman’s characters in almost every country. We also listened to feedback from every country. Some of it was very intense from dedicated fans who care a lot about the subtleties that no one else sees. It takes a long time.”
Thursday, January 24, 2002 Issue #52
Cloak & Biggar
It takes more than the robes to make a Jedi, but the dark hooded cloaks are an important visual cue to audiences as to a character’s connection to the Force. Originally, when sketching out concepts for Episode I, the Art Department tried different directions for the Jedi, but George Lucas insisted on a design that would be instantly recognizable.
Now, Episode II promises a showdown involving a huge number of Jedi — more noble Knights than have ever before been assembled on the big screen. That means an awful lot of cloaks, most of them made from scratch as opposed to Phantom Menace hand-me-downs.
“The wool fabric from Episode I, we bought bales of it,” says Trisha Biggar. “We discovered after we bought the fabric that it had been Second World War utility fabric, so it was made very heavy.” Too heavy, it would seem, for Obi-Wan Kenobi’s water-logged fisticuffs with Jango Fett. “On this Episode, we had that fabric recreated at a quarter of the weight. I know [Stunt Coordinator] Nick Gillard had his doubts about how it’s going to be when it’s wet, but I don’t think it was as bad as he thought.”
Light enough for rain-soaked pugilism, but still too heavy for speeder bike use. “There are always little problems,” says Biggar. “One day we had Anakin on his speeder going through the desert, and there’s a wind machine. Because we had bluescreens up, the wind machine couldn’t get close enough to him. We ended up having to wire the end of the cloak so that it would be pulled with the wind’s help.”
Thursday, February 07, 2002 Issue #53
Hairdo
Padmé Amidala finally gets to let her hair down. No longer Queen of Naboo, she’s freed from the stately robes and traditional make-up that all but obscured her. Now a 24-year old Senator, she’s able to define her own style and even able to relax from time to time. Managing her chestnut curls, and all the hair requirements of Episode II, is hair stylist Sue Love.
“He’s very clear about his ideas,” says Love, describing her working relationship with director George Lucas. “He explained it very well — it’s more of that old Hollywood glamour. People get confused and think ‘space age and futuristic,’ but it’s not. It’s actually completely the other way around. All the costumes and the hair, there’s a period feel to them. So, I reference old films when I work.”
Concept illustrations and notes start the process, and Love experiments with all manner of coifs and dos. She works mainly with acrylic hair, stretched or wrapped around lightweight templates covered with canvas. “We try to keep it very lightweight,” she explains. The wigs and hairpieces are often built atop casts of the actors face, so that everything can be seen in context. It is these pieces that are approved, and then actually are fitted to the actors.
As a result, very rarely are we looking at the actor’s actual hair — especially if it’s a rather elaborate set-up. Often, the actor’s hair is either completely obscured by a wig, or built upon and incorporated into the piece. “Hayden Christensen had short hair when he first arrived, so we had to just trim it a little bit. We added the braid, which is tied to a little bit of his own hair. We sew the ponytail on the back.”
A particular challenge is maintaining the pieces in the changing climates of location shooting. “It’s a battle,” says Love. “It’s all the different temperatures. When we were at Lake Como, it poured rain, and Natalie Portman had her long curls which don’t go very well in the rain. It was a constant battle to keep curling it up all the time, and to keep it looking the same. Then, the mornings in Tunisia are very, very humid. If I took her hairpiece out, all those lovely curls would just go straight.”
Portman has about 15-20 hairstyles in Episode II, and Love has a favorite. “Nothing’s difficult on Natalie. She’s so beautiful. You can put anything on her,” she says. “I think P-11 [the white jumpsuit look] is my favorite. The original design had huge loop, and I said to [Costume Designer] Trisha Biggar, what if I made that smaller, more compact? We sat in my kitchen at home — it was before I had actually started working on the film properly — wrapping hair around thin foam tubes, making these loops. We made a rough of it and sent it to George at Skywalker Ranch. It came back here with a note saying he loved it. We’ve got four copies of that now, but the original one was the one that works the most — the one made in my kitchen. She just looks so cute in it.”
Thursday, February 21, 2002 Issue #54
Knowing the Score
Attack of the Clones now has a musical score. John Williams composed and conducted the stirring symphonic music recorded in Abbey Studios by the London Symphony Orchestra.
Overseeing the scoring alongside Director George Lucas was Producer Rick McCallum. “It went very, very well — effortlessly, as it always does with John. Hearing a musical score for the first time is one of the most wonderful events that can happen to you. Obviously, John hears the music when he’s writing it, but no one gets the opportunity to fully experience it until then. Even though you may have heard little melodies on the piano, it never has the same impact unless you can really read music well to understand it.”
The London Symphony Orchestra included 110 players per day, plus a one-day appearance by a full choir. About a dozen people behind the scenes — music editor, music mixers and engineers — were there to capture the music for its addition to the film.
“There’s a massive amount of music, over 125 minutes worth,” says McCallum. “That’s a lot for a film; the average film has probably about 40. George made maybe five or six changes with certain cues that he wanted a little bit more intensity put in, or less. That was very easily done, especially with someone as talented as John is and as well as with music editor Ken Wannberg.”
The Williams Star Wars leitmotif style is present, with key melodies denoting characters and relationships. Certain themes from Episode I will reappear, while others from the original trilogy will begin to be foreshadowed.
“It really is an arc, now, and the music brings in all the films together,” says McCallum. “The major themes that will come in the series start in Episode I, build in Episode II, become more refined in Episode III, and then are there for IV, V and VI. One of the first new things that came up was the love theme, and thematically, it’s beautifully structured, it’s really interesting, and has really wonderful moments that preview what is about to come in terms of character development.”
Thursday, March 07, 2002 Issue #55
The New Trailer
This Sunday, March 10, the public will get their first look at the full trailer for Star Wars: Episode II Attack of the Clones as it airs on FOX television in America and also is posted to the Official Star Wars website, starwars.com. The trailer will begin playing theatrically on March 15, exclusively with the animated feature Ice Age, and other films thereafter.
“With this trailer, we start to look at the story and the state of the galaxy in Episode II,” says Lucasfilm’s VP of Marketing, Jim Ward. “It sets the stage for what’s about to happen and how the characters are involved. We find out that the Republic is on the brink of war, and the Jedi are overburdened in trying to hold everything together.”
The two-and-a-half minute trailer culminates with glimpses of some of the largest action sequences ever found in a Star Wars movie. Entitled “Clone War,” this trailer begins to lift the veils of secrecy surrounding the mysterious Clone Wars first mentioned — but never elaborated upon — in the original A New Hope in 1977.
“In Episode II, we’re going to see the Jedi in action like we’ve never seen them before,” says Ward. “We’re going to see hundreds of Jedi, hundreds of lightsabers, thousands of clones, in a huge battle. The trailer gives just a hint of what’s to come.”
The trailer airs on FOX this Sunday between original episodes of “Malcolm in the Middle” (8:30-9:00 PM ET/PT) and “The X-Files” (9:00-10:00 PM ET/PT).
The Episode II Previews — By the Numbers:
#1 – “Breathing” Teaser Trailer
Length: 1:07
Release: Nov. 2, theatrically with Monsters Inc.; Nov 5. on starwars.com
No. of Shots: Over 20
Musical Cues: “The Death of Qui-Gon” (Episode I); “End Title” (Episode IV)
#2 – “Mystery” Internet Preview
Length: 1:17
Release: Nov. 9, exclusive to dvd.starwars.com
No. of Shots: Over 50
Musical Cues: “Rescue from Cloud City/ Hyperspace” (Episode V); “Duel of the Fates” (Episode I)
#3 – “Forbidden Love” Teaser Trailer
Length: 2:15
Release: Nov. 15 on starwars.com; Nov. 16, theatrically with Harry Potter and the Sorceror’s Stone
No. of Shots: Over 80
Musical Cues: “Princess Leia’s Theme” (Episode IV); “Duel of the Fates” (Episode I)
#4 – “Clone War” Trailer
Length: 2:30
Release: Mar. 10 on FOX and starwars.com; Mar. 15, theatrically with Ice Age
No. of Shots: Over 100
Musical Cues: “The Pit of Carkoon/Sail Barge Assault” (Episode VI); “The Clash of Lightsabers” (Episode V); “The Forest Battle” (Episode VI)
Thursday, April 04, 2002 Issue #57
En Garde
The Phantom Menace had some of the most intense, hyper-kinetic saber duels ever captured on film. What will Stunt Coordinator and Swordmaster Nick Gillard bring to Attack of the Clones?
“The lightsaber fights in this film I started writing when I was still doing the last film,” explains Gillard. “You have to. You start out with more than you need, and then hone it down. Myself and Hayden Christensen rehearsed it for nearly six weeks, I think. It’s a long process and not just getting the moves, but keeping the character through it.”
Gillard defines a good stunt coordinator as someone who understands the script, the story, the characters and the mood of the film. This translates into the lightsaber fights that he writes, ensuring that each of the dueling characters has a signature style.
“We’re trying to go much more classical for some characters,” says Gillard, “Some of the characters are real master swordsmen, better than anything we’ve seen so far. So we’re using an old, classical European style for a couple of the characters.”
Of course the weapon of choice says a lot of the characters. “I’ve always said before, the Jedi have chosen a sword in a time of laser guns, so they’d better be damned good with it, and they would know every style,” says Gillard.
Aside from skilled masters, Episode II also shows young Jedi hopefuls starting down the path of lightsaber mastery — for which Gillard weathered a few blows. In the film, we see Jedi MasterYoda instruct a clan of “younglings”– helmeted children with practice lightsabers exercising with droid remotes.
“A four year old kid who can’t see and is carrying a lightsaber is a pretty scary thing,” admits the Stunt Coordinator. “Of the 100 kids we saw, we picked about 20. That was a great day, but there was one little girl that took a shine to me. She bit me in the back and hit me on the head with her lightsaber. You know, just being friendly.
Thursday, April 18, 2002 Issue #58
THX and TAP
It took hundreds of talented people and several years to make Star Wars: Episode II Attack of the Clones, but as the film’s opening day nears, a small band of specialists takes over, charged with ensuring that the film’s audience sees and hears the movie exactly the way as George Lucas intended. That group consists of 25 people within the THX Theatre Alignment Program (TAP), which has provided its quality assurance services on over 1,000 films. But this history-making project is far from routine — for the first time every theatre showing the 35mm film version of the movie will get a first generation print — a print with a level of quality that is typically delivered on just a handful of “show” prints.
The mass production of such high quality prints, which TAP is charged with checking, is one benefit that comes with the decision to shoot the movie digitally, because transferring digital footage to film involves fewer duplication steps than the traditional process. “Image quality suffers slightly with each generation in the film duplication process,” explained Ted Costas, Sales and Operations Manager for TAP and the Digital Mastering Program (DMP). “Traditionally, there is one original negative, and from the original negative an interpositive is made, and from that, multiple internegatives are created. These are used to produce the prints that are distributed to theatres. But starting with a digital file — and it’s a pristine digital source master, certified by THX — we can produce multiple original negatives, and then go straight to the final prints. This way, we’re releasing first generation prints to all screens. That’s never been done before.”
To check prints, TAP has personnel at labs in Southern California, Toronto, London, Rome, Mexico City and Sydney, Australia. For the two weeks leading up to the film’s debut, technicians will be checking prints around the clock. What’s more, TAP personnel will accompany every print on its trip from the lab to the various screening facilities to ensure its safe arrival.
While that effort is underway, other TAP personnel will be aligning theatres — setting light levels and making sound system adjustments. TAP will also send each theatre an Episode II information package containing a director’s letter and service instructions to ensure that each theatre has the information needed for optimal playback. There will also be the 1-800-PHONE-THX End Credit Service that gives moviegoers the opportunity to contact THX about any presentation problems.
Keep checking starwars.com in the coming weeks for more release information.
Thursday, May 02, 2002 Issue #59
Must-See C2
Celebration II is this Friday, Saturday and Sunday at the Indiana Convention Center in Indianapolis, Indiana. Maybe you’re on the road right now. Maybe you’re in a hotel or at an Internet café, checking your email. Or maybe you’re at home, waiting until the last minute to decide to come to the biggest Star Wars party ever.
If you still can’t make it, then be sure to keep checking starwars.com this weekend for extensive coverage of Celebration II. Boiling down an entire weekend of amazing events, guests and panels into a handful of must-see highlights is nearly impossible, but here are some recommendations and a look at some of the things that will be covered at starwars.com:
Rick McCallum. Producer Rick McCallum is as inside a source on the prequel trilogy as you can get, and McCallum has generously donated his time throughout the Celebration weekend. Not only will he be fielding questions, he’ll also present the digital projection presentation that he originally showed to industry professionals at ShoWest earlier this year. Here’s your chance to see Episode II scenes the way they were meant to be seen — projected digitally. Fri. 10:00 am, Tatooine; Fri, 2:00 pm,Tatooine; Sat, 9:00 am, Tatooine; Sat, 2:30 pm, Tatooine.
Hayden Christensen. The chosen one himself will be making his first convention appearance ever. See him in person and on-stage at Celebration II as he recounts his experiences on making Episode II. Hear what it’s like to grow up as a fan of the original trilogy and end up in the most important role of the saga. Fri, 12:30 pm, Coruscant; Fri, 5:45pm, Coruscant; Sat, 11:45 am, Coruscant; Sat, 3:15 pm, Coruscant.
Ben Burtt. He’s been there since the very beginning. Over 25 years ago, Ben Burtt was tasked with gathering sounds and developing alien languages for a visionary film that few thought would ever succeed. Now, he’s still part of Star Wars and the Lucasfilm family. On Episode II, he served as picture editor and sound designer. Burtt will share over a quarter-century of insights and stories about the development of the saga and the nature of filmmaking. Sat, 3:15 pm, Coruscant; Sun, 10:00 am, Coruscant; Sun, 11 am, Dagobah.
Jonathan Hales. This is a rare chance to hear a Star Wars story-crafter talk about his work. Jonathan Hales, co-screenwriter of Attack of the Clones, will be at Celebration II. He worked closely with Star Wars creator George Lucas in honing the final drafts of Episode II into what will appear on screen. Sat, 2:30pm, Naboo; Sun, 1:00pm, Naboo.
Star Wars Fan Film Awards. Celebrate the spirit of fan creativity with Atomfilms and Lucasfilm’s presentation of the Official Star Wars Fan Film Awards. The finalists have been pared down to 44 contenders, who are vying for recognition in a number of categories, including the coveted George Lucas Selects award, which is hand-picked by George Lucas himself. Fri, 8:30pm, Coruscant.
25th Anniversary Concert. Occasionally, local orchestras will throw a Star Wars piece into a public concert because they know it’s a sure-fire crowd-pleaser — but this is an opportunity to see a live concert entirely made up of Star Wars music. The Indianapolis Philharmonic Orchestra and the Circle City Chorus join for an incredible night of John Williams music that you won’t forget. Sat, 8:30pm, Coruscant.
Celebration II Costume Contest It wouldn’t be a fan convention without intricately and expertly crafted fan-made Star Wars costumes. See who’s the best of the best, as determined by celebrity judges including Episode II’s Costume Supervisor, Trisha Biggar. Sun, 1:30 pm, Coruscant.
Times and locations are subject to change; be sure to check out posted schedules the day of the event to confirm.
Tuesday, May 14, 2002 Issue #60
Mastering the Master
This week audiences around the world will see why exactly Yoda is referred to as the Master, but getting the tiny green alien to deliver the saber-swinging goods was a long, risky road to travel. It’s easy to write on paper that Yoda is an incredible swordsman, but realizing it on screen called for a yeoman’s effort from Industrial Light & Magic and Animation Director Rob Coleman.
In a movie filled with breakthroughs, Director George Lucas points to the computer-generated Yoda as one of the key ones. When he began work on Episode I, Lucas knew full well that the prequel trilogy would show a different side of Yoda than that seen in previous films.
“That was one of the constraints early on: I can’t do it with a puppet,” he says. “He’s got a big action sequence, and I can’t even get him to walk more than three feet. So, on The Phantom Menace, we started trying to develop digital characters. We had dinosaurs that could run through a real environment, but we’d never really done anything that could actually act as real actors and be believable.”
While Episode I featured a number of brand new digital characters — such as Sebulba, Watto and Jar Jar Binks — mastering the CG Yoda was still elusive. “Making a replica of an existing character we all knew was very hard, and quite frankly, we couldn’t pull it off in that movie. I had to go back to the puppet. I got one shot of him walking along, but basically we couldn’t do it,” says Lucas.
With the advancements in technology and artistry since Episode I, ILM tried again for Episode II. “Obviously, if I couldn’t pull it off, I was dead. I could have done it without Yoda, but the whole point was Yoda. He is in the whole climax of the movie. And fortunately, we got to the point where it looked really good,” says Lucas.
Once cameras began rolling during Episode II’s principal photography, CG Yoda was still in the R&D stage, but Lucas had faith in Coleman’s team. “We were close enough when we shot the movie that I made that commitment. When we shot the movie, we didn’t actually have Yoda accomplished at that point. It wasn’t until after that we saw a Yoda that worked,” he says.
“It was five years of artistry and development. The breakthrough was after we finished shooting. It was about a little over a year ago. Frank Oz was very excited about not having to hold his hand up a heavy puppet and be in a hole in the floor.”
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Thursday, August 09, 2001 Issue #41
Creating a Performance
With over 2,000 visual effects shots to complete for Attack of the Clones, it’s no wonder the post-production process will cover nearly two years. George Lucas’ visits to Industrial Light & Magic have become more frequent, as he meets with the effects supervisors and makes decisions about nearly every element of each shot as it moves from concept to final.
Moving throughout the facility from tables covered with concepts on paper, to computer terminal screens, to the seats of ILM’s screening theater, Animation Director Rob Coleman and Visual Effects Supervisors John Knoll and Pablo Helman consult with the director, gathering feedback for their teams comprised of dozens of artists working on hundreds of shots at a time at various stages of completion.
With digital tools created for The Phantom Menace and perfected in subsequent ground-breaking ILM projects, Lucas and the ILM team’s focus is not on technology, but on getting the best possible performance from their creations, be they locations, ships, creatures or characters. Attention to detail beyond the focal point of the action can be key to making the audience believe in the fantasy being presented. The slight skid of a ship turning a corner, the shadows cast by digitally created furniture, the short attention span of a walnut-sized-brained monster and the growing discomfort of a guard as tension builds in the room are all observed through preliminary positioning, refinement of articulation and eventually final rendering critiqued on a theatrical-sized screen.
Coleman, who jokingly claims that he has the longest list of items to review because he “has the most interesting stuff”, delights in finalizing an animated performance and passing it off to the group responsible for the automated simulation of real-world physics including movement of armor, material, wings and floppy ears.
“Excellent. I’ll send that off to the clothing team,” smiles Coleman in what has become a familiar refrain.
Thursday, August 23, 2001 Issue #42
Artoo’s Handiwork
Artoo-Detoo is a beeping, rolling, life-saving mobile toolbox, and his little frame is crammed with all sorts of useful appendages perfect for saving the lives of heroes in a jam. Artoo wouldn’t be nearly as resourceful without the helping hand of Don Bies, an ILM modelmaker who, among other things, works as a droid wrangler for the production crew.
“We do get to see Artoo do a few new things in this movie,” said Bies, describing the astromech’s role in Attack of the Clones. Artoo will also be seen reprising some old favorites from his performance repertoire, including projecting holograms and interfacing with computer ports. “I don’t think he did that in Episode I,” says Bies of the latter. “The props people made up a new computer armlet with a socket that he plugs into on Amidala’s ship. That was fun to do, because we had never done it before. I mean, I had never personally been involved with something like that.”
Someone on set did have experience with the potentially difficult task. “Tony Daniels (C-3PO) was on the set the day we were shooting that, and he mentioned that when they did it way back in 1976 they had such a problem with the arm coming down and constantly missing the socket. Since we knew of that history, we could not let it repeat itself. The machinist from the Prop Department made a system where the arm came right down and registered exactly spot-on. I just puppeteered it from behind, dropping it down, pushing it in and doing the turning. That was fun.”
Though Artoo did do some drink dispensing in Jabba’s sail barge in Return of the Jedi, we haven’t seen him dish out food until now. “We took one of his pincers from The Empire Strikes Back, and modified it so that he can grab some bread in this one. We also needed a holder for the soup bowls that he delivers to Anakin and Padmé. That was a brand new device that we never had before.”
The ever-resourceful droid is also slated to receive a number of computer-generated appendages that allow him to perform complicated tasks that would be too difficult and time-consuming to try to simulate practically.
Thursday, September 06, 2001 Issue #43
Episode II Book Report: Comics
Artist Jan Duursema is now penciling issue #2 of the Attack of the Clones comics adaptation, which features Obi-Wan Kenobi embarking on an important mission to unravel a crucial mystery.
“I’ve really always wanted to work with Obi-Wan, and this project’s giving me the chance to do that,” says Duursema. “I’ve always wanted to draw him in action. He has a lot more depth than I originally thought he did.”
Duursema has drawn several Star Wars titles for Dark Horse Comics, including the “Twilight” and “Darkness” story-arcs in the ongoing Star Wars series, and the Darth Maul four-part limited series.
“When I draw a character like Quinlan Vos, it’s very easy to understand him, since he’s coming out of my head, and [writer] John Ostrander’s head. With someone like Anakin Skywalker, he has to look and act like Hayden Christensen. He’s a character that’s evolving throughout the whole story. You saw him as a little boy in Episode I, and he had a sweetness to him along with a determination. He still has that determination, and he’s pretty stubborn; he knows what he wants, and he goes after it.”
To properly capture the likenesses and elements from Episode II, Lucasfilm provides Duursema with as much reference as possible — these include stills directly from the movie and reference studio photographs of the subject from all angles. “There’s not as much reference as I would like to have, but I know it’s difficult to get certain things. The CGI stuff is not available, so a lot of the stuff I have to make up, as far as the backgrounds on Coruscant or Theed go. Those are things I have to figure out.”
Duursema points to many things in Episode II that she’s excited to work on. “I think going back to Tatooine is really exciting, because I’ve always wanted to go there. That, and the new bounty hunters — you just can’t see enough of them. I love Zam Wesell and I love Jango Fett. He is extremely cool. They picked someone who has a great look – a battle-scarred angry brooding kind of guy. You really believe he’s a bounty hunter. He’s nasty.”
Dark Horse Comics’ adaptation of Episode II will be available around the time of the film’s release next year.
Thursday, September 20, 2001 Issue #44
Zam Wesell Speaks
By Pablo Hidalgo
In many respects, Leeanna Walsman was a typical 21-year old when she visited California earlier this month — catching the sights, the sounds, and a Madonna concert for good measure. Unlike most 21-year olds, though, Walsman was Stateside on bounty hunting business — she plays bounty hunter Zam Wesell in Episode II.
Though Walsman finished principal photography over a year ago down in Fox Studios Australia, she again donned the armor, guns and lycra and stepped into character for pick-up shots supervised by ILM. “It’s been surreal,” she confides. “I was like, ‘Dude… I don’t even know if I look completely different. What’s happening? What do you mean you’ve got to shoot still. It’s been a year!’ But it wasn’t hard, because everyone here is so friendly and so nice. You never feel like you’ve disappeared, even if you haven’t heard from them for ages. You get here, and it’s like you’re back with family.”
Walsman shot a couple of scenes on blue-filled environments. While in Australia, she shared screen time with Hayden Christensen and Ewan McGregor. This time, she performed solo. “For the pick ups, it was me and Jango’s head-on-a-stick,” she laughs. “That’s the first time I did it without a person. When I was in Sydney, it was always with Hayden, or Ewan and Hayden. I’m a huge fan of Ewan McGregor, so that was a bit nerve-wracking. Hayden’s new on the scene. He’s a great guy; I really like him.”
In Star Wars, bounty hunters are tight-lipped, and Zam is no exception. But despite her laconic nature, Walsman had to stop into Skywalker Sound in Northern California for looping duty. “Maybe some lines may not have been picked up properly in the filming process, so you redo your lines without being shot on camera. It’s purely vocal. You might put in grunts and groans, or your mouth might have moved [on camera] at a certain point and you didn’t hear anything, so you might put in a breath. There’s a lot running and a lot of grunting and a lot of groaning. Which is always a bit funny — me standing in a room with a microphone, and George Lucas saying ‘okay, now sound like you’re in pain.’ Urgghhhh!”
As for what the future holds, the actress said she’s really not prepared for any fallout from her role. After given a peek at artist Jan Duursema’s artwork of Zam Wesell in the upcoming Attack of the Clones comics adaptation, it seemed a bit more real for Walsman. Or at least, a bit more surreal. “That’s so cool. That’s like, you know, the old school cool,” she says.
Thursday, October 04, 2001 Issue #45
Following Father’s Footsteps
It’s summer vacation — you’re getting a break from another grueling year of high school. You’re ready to enjoy some time off, but your dad comes up to you and decides that you’re going to work with him all summer, going to his job each day, and helping him out. Sounds like the summer’s ruined, right? Not necessarily…
It came as a surprise to several crewmembers in Australia when a bright teenager carrying sound equipment would introduce himself as Ben Burtt. This is Benjamin A. Burtt, son of Episode II’s editor and sound designer, Benjamin P. Burtt. (“We refer to my son as ‘Benny’ to distinguish him from me and my father. In fact we are in a line of nine Ben Burtts, all the way from 1602,” says the elder Burtt). When Benjamin returned to high school last fall, he was able to boast about being involved in Episode II during his summer vacation.
“At first, people didn’t know,” recalls the younger Burtt. “When I started to record, people would come up to me and ask what I was doing. I’d say, ‘oh, I’m recording things for my dad.’ They’ll say, ‘oh, who is your dad?’ And I’ll say, ‘He’s editing right now, but he does sound design.’ I met a lot of people this way.”
In between his 10th and 11th year of high school, Benjamin accompanied the production crew to Fox Studios Australia, gathering sounds with his father’s DAT recorder which will later be blended, mixed and tweaked in post-production. “I came across a lot of good things. I recorded all the motors in the R2-D2s and C-3POs. You know when you open doors, and the air pressure is different so it makes this weird little howling? My dad was working on a scene where there’s this city that’s always in a stormy area. That can be used there.”
The rich diversity of the far-away galaxy gave Burtt the freedom to record almost anything. “There’s also an air drill that makes a bzzzt sound, so we can use that. My dad said that we can probably use it for Zam Wesell’s speeder. It’s a lot of fun. When you think about Star Wars, almost any sound can be used because there’s so many different things: droids, aliens, rocketships, engines of all sorts.”
Benjamin also sat in with his father in the editing suite as the senior Ben Burtt began cutting takes and assembling the movie. While gathering sounds was definitely a fun venture, Benjamin isn’t quite as sold on editing. “You have to watch the scenes over and over again — I probably wouldn’t be able to do that because I’ve seen the same thing over and over,” he says. He credits his father for not only having a sound designer’s ear, but an editor’s eye. “I’d probably say, ‘oh, that looks good,’ but he notices things that you wouldn’t notice. There’s one scene where there’s an explosion and these guys go flying. What’s really funny is that one guy is anticipating it — he’s ready for the explosion. He’s halfway through his flip before the actual explosion went off. He notices these things.”
Did the unique job-shadowing opportunity give him insights into his future career path? The young Burtt still has a lot of time to decide. “I might want to do sound design when I grow up; I don’t know… I want to be a professional baseball player.”
Thursday, October 18, 2001 Issue #46
Mighty Artist: Brandon McKinney
Though the frames containing Brandon McKinney’s art may be compact, the dozens of images the Northern California-based illustrator fills them with describe vast scenes of epic proportions. McKinney is the artist of The Mighty Chronicle series: thick yet tiny storybooks published by Chronicle Books adapting the Star Wars films. He is currently wrapping up work on the Attack of the Clones adaptation, to be published upon the movie’s release next year.
“There are anywhere from 120 to 150 illustrations in each book,” says McKinney. “For Episode II, I’ve roughed out 150 or so, and we’re going to use about 130 of them. We had to pull some because of how small the book is going to be. I’m just inking those up right now, so I’m just a couple of weeks from finishing.”
Being based in the Bay Area is a boon for McKinney, who visits Skywalker Ranch on a weekly basis, putting him in the heart of Episode II’s production. “It’s a privilege,” he says. “If I lived out on the east coast, I wouldn’t get to be here and see the new stuff come rolling in, and see it all get put together, and that’s really exciting. And I can brag to my friends that I got to go to the Ranch today.”
McKinney joins the ranks of such notable artist as Dark Horse’s Jan Duursema in adapting the entire story of Episode II into artwork. For a movie still in the making, this calls upon an artist’s flexibility and imagination to manage the often-incomplete information on the evolving subject matter.
“For this book, I started working at the end of July. I first watched a slideshow presentation of a synopsis of the story. I got to read one of the versions of the script, and Lucasfilm gave me access to images for reference,” says McKinney. “It’s tricky, because if a shot is completely computer-generated — like the Gungan battle in Episode I — I just have to make up the final shot in my head. While I’m working on this book, ILM is putting the shots together. It’s basically me reading the script and getting reference for the characters and reference for the background, and putting them in the action that the story calls for. It’s kind of fun, because I feel like I get to do my own version of certain shots in the movie. It will be interesting to actually see the movie and see how close I got them.”
Being able to touch elements from the entire movie, McKinney quickly latched onto favorite characters and scenes. “Jango Fett is awesome,” he says, a sentiment shared by many artists working on adaptations. “I like doing characters with expressions, but Fett’s costume looks so cool, it’s one big expression in and of itself.”
An appreciation for the saga’s momentous events depicted in Episode II made some of the more difficult drawing tasks easier. McKinney points to one particular frame that stood out as a chore. “There’s thousands and thousands of tiny figures in this one picture. That’s a little nerve-wracking. The concept of the sequence is awesome; it’s just the rendering of it that gets a little tough.”
McKinney notes that the size of his illustrations — about two-by-three inches when printed — often presents a challenge when depicting scenes of immense scope. But for one of the largest sequences in Episode II, all the pieces fell into place. “I found it almost the easiest once I got all the reference. The trick was getting a hold of all that stuff. Once I got everything together, it was really fun. It’s an image I’ve always dreamed about seeing.”
Conversely, the printed size works in favor of the film’s more intimate scenes. “I really liked the personal stuff between Anakin Skywalker and Padmé; the beautifully lit scenes with beautiful backgroundsand beautiful settings. I liked going from the cool action stuff to the quieter, more emotional stuff.”
Thursday, November 01, 2001 Issue #47
Captain Typho Speaks
The grim-faced one-eyed Captain Typho couldn’t be more different than Jay Laga’aia, the actor who plays him. starwars.com caught up with Laga’aia on a visit to Skywalker Ranch last week. The actor demonstrated a considerably lighter attitude than Padmé’s stern protector.
“It was just fabulous,” says Laga’aia of his performance. “There are rumors that George is actually writing a sequel just about my character, but I don’t want to get into that because of my confidentiality clause.”
Kidding aside, Laga’aia will be stepping back into a character he hasn’t played in months, and to get up to speed requires a quick crash-course in Typhoisms. “I had to request some dialogue of myself previously, because I have an American accent for Xena, and an American accent specifically for Captain Typho.”
Typho follows the tradition of his uncle, Captain Panaka, in guarding Padmé Amidala’s safety. “I quite like the character, because he’s this guardian that has Padmé’s ear, and her counsel, and he can say things and decree things that not too many people can get away with as far as her security is involved. Once you get the costume on, it’s a regal feeling, because the costume is so restrictive, you’re forced to pull yourself up and forced to hold yourself with the shoulders back.”
Despite the help the costume provides in performing the character, Laga’aia was looking forward to acting in regular street clothes when re-recording dialogue, especially since it meant he’d have his full vision back. “Because of the eyepatch, depth perception and hitting marks was just a nightmare on set. And you couldn’t actually explain to people asking you to run here and hit a mark that you’re looking out of one eye! So you try to hit a mark, and you realize ‘I have no idea how far that is from me.’ I hope that if my character comes back in Episode III, that just like Geordi in Star Trek, he can get a prosthetic or something.”
Star Wars has long been a family experience for Laga’aia. “I’ve been a fan of the movies since it first came out. I remember as a 13-year-old with my brother growing up in South Aukland, collecting drink bottles and taking them into the store to get refunds, and saving up enough money to catch the bus to see the movie. I sat down with my brother, watching the opening crawl, and I remember turning to him and saying, ‘Can you read quieter?’
“When Episode I came out in Sydney, I took my seven-year-old with his friends to the movies, gave him his popcorn and gave him his drink, sat them down, the opening titles came up, and I turned to my son and said, ‘Would you mind reading quieter?'”
What does Laga’aia think now that children and collectors around the world may someday re-enact scenes from Attack of the Clones with toys of his character? “I asked the licensing guys if it would be possible to get a microchip put into Captain Typho action figures that detects if there are feminine clothes being placed on it, so it explodes in the kid’s hands. Theysaid it could be dangerous.”
Thursday, November 15, 2001 Issue #48
Full Teaser Trailer
Tonight, fans will be afforded their third glimpseof Episode II footage, as the full teaser trailer for Attack of the Clones becomes available on starwars.com. The teaser trailer is also playing theatrically in front of screenings of Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone.
This trailer deals with choosing between emotion and duty, obligation and desire. Anakin Skywalker and Padmé Amidala are at a crucial juncture in their lives, each devoted to an institution of greater purpose — for him, the Jedi order; for her, the Republic.
“In this one, we’re really focusing on one of the major themes of the film — the love story between Anakin and Padmé,” says Lucasfilm’s VP of Marketing, Jim Ward. “I think people will be able to see that it is a true love story set against a galaxy that’s in turmoil. It’s also set against the expectations that galaxy has of the roles and responsibilities of a Jedi and a Senator. Now these two are having to confront those realities while falling in love.”
The full teaser trailer follows quickly on the heels of “Mystery” and “Breathing,” two other previews of Episode II. Clocking in at over two minutes with new footage and new dialogue, the trailer represents the first real look at the Attack of the Clones story.
Thursday, November 29, 2001 Issue #49
The Halfway Milestone
“We hit the milestone,” said Writer/Director George Lucas; Industrial Light & Magic has recently completed their 1,000th shot on Attack the Clones, marking the halfway point in the post-production road.
“The tendency with other movies is to do the big push at the very end,” says Lucas. “It’s like a term paper — you study, you work, you do your research, and you keep putting off the actual writing until it’s almost too late. What we’ve done is gotten half the term paper already written way early, so we have plenty of time to do rewrites and finish the project and have the opportunity to make changes and improve it. It’s a great thing to be on schedule.”
Even with so much already behind them, Episode II is still months away from completion. “Everybody’s done just a really great job of staying on schedule and keeping their heads down and really working hard to meet these milestones,” says Lucas. Of the effects work specifically, he adds, “Because the most difficult part and the most complicated shots are yet to come.”
Thursday, Decembr, 13, 2001 Issue #50
It’s All in theTiming
Shooting a movie out of sequence and at scattered locations results in images of varying color values. The sky may not have been as bright from one day to the next, or the interior of a locale may have too different a look than its imagined exterior, shot in a different country. The process of color timing balances the hues, provides continuity, and evokes specific moods through enhancement or manipulation of colors.
In the pre-digital age, films were color timed using filters and photochemical methods. Now, digital color timing happens in real time and is computer-controlled. As Episode II is shot entirely on HD, and so much of the finished image undergoes the addition of visual effects, it seems fitting that Industrial Light & Magic is now taking on the role of a digital lab.
“The process of color timing is using a very extensive color manipulation and level luminance and gamma manipulation device that a colorist operates and manipulates the images in a way that generates a list that is memorized, and corresponds to a custom look for basically each shot or even regions within a shot,” says ILM’s HD Supervisor Fred Meyers. This list of variables, stored in computer memory, can then be applied to frames and assigned to shots, creating a specific palette for specific scenes.
“With this system any one of the millions of hues and levels in an image, including selective areas within an image, can be manipulated on a frame by frame basis. You can go at a very slow or fast speed through the picture and match things together or adjust levels in an iterative process. The changes are committed to memory in the system, and you can apply them to the entire reel or the entire movie, executing those changes in real time. It’s the same type of editing and flexibility that you have with the other post-production tools in editorial and in computer graphics. You see the changes right then and there.”
As testament to the flexibility of the system, outputted images from Episode II can be optimized for the medium it will appear on — whether output to film, digital projection, television broadcast or QuickTime.
“The same system was used to make a version of the trailer for the web that would exploit the qualities of the web delivery,” says Meyers. “The system creates a list of what gets optimized for each screen that it will ultimately appear on, and then it plays it out to that format. So we can work from a master file and create any number of versions.”
Welcome to the Homing Beacon Archives. The Official Newsletter of Star Wars.Com, no longer available. I have salvaged as much as I can but have only concentrated on the main part of the newsletter and not the peripheral stuff. I have used images where possible. Enjoy this blast from the past!
Thursday, March 22, 2001 Issue #31
Episode II Book Report: Incredible Cross Sections
After two weeks of studying the intricacies of Star Wars technology at Skywalker Ranch, artists Hans Jenssen and Richard Chasemore returned to England to begin cutting apart the amazing vehicles and vessels of Episode II. Their astoundingly detailed work showing exploded views of the mechanisms and innards of vehicles and locations has previously been seen in the Incredible Cross-Section series of books published by Dorling Kindersley.
To ensure accuracy, Jenssen and Chasemore went to the source of these designs. In the Episode II Art Department, the artists examined the concept art, concept models and animatics of the new vessels.
We watch the animatics of scenes that directly affect where a missile might be fired from on a ship or where something might blow up from, for example, explains Chasemore. In one scene, some shots tear through the floor of a vessel and bring it down. We need to look at it and see if theres some crucial piece of equipment that was taken out.
Weve had meetings with [Design Director] Doug Chiang, and the Animatics team has been very accessible to us. Theyve shown us a lot, says Jenssen.
Having illustrated designs from the classic trilogy and The Phantom Menace both artists have an appreciation for the evolution of Star Wars technology. The designs have definitely moved on, explains Chasemore. Theyre advanced compared to Episode I and theyre sort of backwardly-compatible with the first films.
Some of the ships are looking very much like those in A New Hope, says Jenssen. There are also some totally alien technologies to look forward to.
Of the new designs, both artists cite one in particular as their favorite. A bold piece of military engineering, this vehicle is well equipped at air and ground support. However, only one of the artists will get to work on it.
“I was the lucky one that got it,” says Jenssen. “Its the coolest looking ship. Its just covered in guns. Everywhere you look, theres a gun. Its just awesomely beweaponed.
Thursday, April 05, 2001 Issue #32
Episode II: Daniels & Ealing Studios
Anthony Daniels is a veteran of all four Star Wars movies, and is now returning to don the metallic (if not quite polished) form of C-3PO once again. He is part of the additional shooting currently underway in Ealing Studios in his native England. Daniels took time out from the busy two-week shoot to share his insights into the process.
“It’s been, all-in-all, deeply confusing,” says Daniels, echoing a sentiment often expressed by his on-screen persona. “I’ve walked so many miles down so many corridors and strange environments. Also, I’m confused as to where I am in the movie. I ask Artoo, but he never speaks.”
Adds Daniels, “Occasionally, I’ll shout at George [Lucas], asking where we are going, and he says, ‘See the movie.’ I said to him yesterday that I was going to have to go to the movie just to figure out what I was doing.”
Though said with a sly grin, such confusion is understandable given how few visual cues surround the actors. Every set-up includes areas of blue that will be replaced with the digital landmarks and environments that will complete the scene. “Blue used to be my favorite color,” says Daniels, “but I think I’ve overdosed on it.”
Ealing studios is a remarkably different environment than Fox Studios Australia. Down under, the studios were brand new, built to accommodate modern movie crews of impressive size. Ealing, in contrast, is the oldest British film studio, home to the Ealing comedies and the golden age of BBC television.
“Ealing is deeply charming in an old-fashioned, British way,” says Daniels. “It has so much history here. In the canteen, there are pictures up of Alec Guinness, and it’s kind of nice to think that the spirit of Obi-Wan is with us. Being here is like being on the set of a WWII movie. The food hasn’t changed much since WWII, unfortunately.”
Thursday, April 18, 2001 Issue #33
Episode II: Hang On!
Speeders earn their name in the Star Wars galaxy; vehicles move very quickly and few offer such common sense items as safety belts. After all, would a blazing chase through the forests of Endor be nearly as thrilling with a voice prompt constantly reminding Luke to buckle up?
Such lackadaisical safety standards, of course, are not true of the mechanized speeder props found on the set of Episode II. During last year’s production at Fox Studios Australia, practical effects supervisor Dave Young oversaw the land-locked but nonetheless mobile speeders in action.
“One particular speeder needed much more extreme movement and needed to move very quickly,” says Young. “It’s gimbal-mounted and has outriggers that come out to stabilize it. It weighs around about two tons and the speeder on top is about half a ton.” The devilishly sleek conveyance has built-in flame effects, and can complete a 180-degree barrel roll if needed.
Though the characters in the film won’t benefit from stunt and effects crews primarily concerned with their safety, at least the actors could. “Hayden Christensen was on it,” says Young. “He was doing all his own stunts on this speeder, which is not extraordinary because we had him up at a safe angle, sliding down to the end of the speeder. Then we’d flip the speeder up the other way and slide him right back down to the other end. He was doing all that stuff himself, which he wanted to do. We had stunt mats all around in case he fell off, but he was hanging on pretty well. It came down to how we drove it. This gimbal is totally controllable.”
Upon seeing its performance, producer Rick McCallum joked that he wanted the rig at the wrap party, so that cast and crew could test their mettle by riding two-and-a-half tons of bucking speeder.
Thursday, May 03, 2001 Issue #34
The worlds of Episode II will be filled with alien beings and creatures realized as computer generated creations by Industrial Light & Magic. Despite such a rich digital menagerie, there is still a place in the saga for animatronic and masked aliens. This is the domain of Jason Baird, Live Action Creature Effects Supervisor and his crew.
Though Baird would oversee the construction of several new exciting designs, the alien faces crafted for The Phantom Menace were essential for filling out crowded scenes. For large throngs of aliens — as well as for returning alien characters — Baird and his crew benefited from Episode I masks that were carefully archived by Lucasfilm.
“I don’t think the job would have been do-able if all of the stuff from Episode I hadn’t come down,” says Baird. “It was all in fantastic condition. That’s what we’ve been using for most of those big days with all the background creatures.”
For some of the returning prosthetic and mask effects specifically made for Episode I, Baird and his crew had to carefully cast new performers for the extra creature roles.
“We’d get different people in. If we see someone that we think will suit a character, we get them in and either run the prosthetics and fit the pieces on them. Or we get the creature head and try it on, mixing and matching to see who fits what. If we get a good match then we run with it.”
The appropriate fit can come from anywhere, often those already on the crew. “Zac Jensen is actually one of the guards of construction in Australia. We thought he was going to fit the Saesee Tiin prosthetic makeup. Once we tried the pieces on him, we realized he didn’t fit them that well. So we actually cast his brother Jesse as Saesee Tiin because he actually fits the makeup really well.”
Zac didn’t miss out, though, on his chance to be a Jedi. He was instead cast as a fearsome looking alien Jedi new to the Star Wars saga.
May 17, 2001 Issue #35
Taun We Speaks
By Pablo Hidalgo
The audio layers of Episode II are currently under construction as the film continues its post-production phase. This includes the re-recording of dialogue in a process commonly known as “looping.” Last week, actress Rena Owen stopped by Skywalker Ranch in Northern California to perform her character of Taun We once again, picking up where she left off when principal photography wrapped last year in Australia.
“It’s the first time I’ve been to Skywalker Ranch,” says Owen. “It was very exciting for me to be able to come out and visit. Here is where these things are birthed. I had a lot of fun. George Lucas was so easy to work with. You instantly feel very relaxed, and you just want to do your best for him.”
Owen has done plenty of voice-work in the past. Her distinctive timbre has been used to voice-over many documentaries. “It’s a blessing and a curse,” explains Owen. “Sometimes when I do accents, people still hear the distinctive voice. So, it can go against you. Most times it goes for you.”
Owen affected a soothing, mellow tone for her role as the alien Taun We, a character who will be brought to life as a computer-generated creation by Industrial Light & Magic. “I’m not sure how to describe it. She kind of flows, and talks the same way. The two operative words that George uses — he used them on set as well as in looping — was flowing and kind. They’re creatures of love and light. It’s good, as a person, to play that because you tap into that part of yourself. As an actor, when you’re playing those characters that are angst-ridden, it’s not much fun. Taun We’s a free-flowing creature. I’m kind of the opposite side. I’m out of my head all the time! I live in Los Angeles! I work in the film industry! I think that says it all,” laughs Owen.
To tap into an unrushed mindset, Owen turned to her upbringing. “Outside of work and professional situations, that’s very much me, because I’m a farm girl,” she says. “I grew up on a farm, and it’s very laid back, with an ordinary country family. When I’m not working, I’m very good at chilling out. You’ve got to balance the introvert and extrovert.”
Owen was not deterred by the fact that her face will not appear in Episode II. Only her voice and the energy of her performance will stay intact in her scenes. “There are a million actors in the world who’d love the opportunity to be in Star Wars,” says Owen. “It’s knowing that you’re part of history, part of the Star Wars phenomena, and the opportunity and the privilege of working with someone like George Lucas, to be able to sit there and watch how they work, watch them do their thing. That’s what it’s all about.”
Adds Owen, “I’ve always based my choices on not whether it’s one scene, three scenes, five scenes, voice, face or whatever. It’s the talent you’re working with.”
Thursday, May 31, 2001 Issue #36
When the task of creating a costume for Episode II’s teenaged Anakin Skywalker fell to Costume Designer Trisha Biggar (with the help of Concept Artists Iain McCaig and Dermot Power), there was already considerable precedent in the Star Wars universe to draw upon.
Their initial thought was to give him a costume that would mirror the one worn by Ewan McGregor (Obi-Wan) in The Phantom Menace. “But we wanted to have a feel ofthe future to become, so we looked to aspects of Darth Vader’s costume,” recalled Biggar.
“He’s still a young man who’s just at the beginning of that journey,” Biggar explained. “George [Lucas] said ‘yes’ to using leather, just to give him a bit of an edge. We really took the shape of Darth Vader’s cloak and tried to steer that back to a Jedi style to create a simpler outline than the traditional Jedi cloak.”
“We ended up with something that could still definitely be Jedi with the hood,” she said, “but just with that vaguely familiar outline.”
Thursday, June 14, 2001 Issue #37
George Lucas is spending an increasing amount of time at Industrial Light & Magic as effects work for Episode II continues at full speed.
The decisions being made on a regular basis are iterations of scrutiny of greater and greater detail. What was a two-dimensional concept drawing must be given a third dimension. What was a background building must be given a floor plan. What was a standing crowd is now dozens of animated individuals each needing unique movements. What was just a sneering face now needs some of their computer generated hair swept in a different direction as they move.
These thousands of decisions must be made quickly in order to keep the film on schedule. One ILM artist, whose printed renderings were given a final approval, quietly wished to see them adorned withthered “OK” seen on many completed concept sketches.
“We’re moving too fast for stamps now,” smiled Lucas as he left the room for the next batch of creative consultations.
Thursday, June 28, 2001 Issue #38
Enthusiastic Star Wars fans were abuzz last week with the announcement of The Phantom Menace coming to DVD. (If this is the first you’re hearing about it, head here now.) Episode I Producer Rick McCallum is among those anticipating the release.
“People forget that the greatest thing about DVD is the quality,” says McCallum. “You have the ability to experience a quality presentation that most accurately reflects what we’ve made, much more so than the person who sees and hears the film in an average cinema, which is a tragedy. We don’t want to cut into that theater experience. All of us are working on getting theaters to give everyone the kind of quality picture and sound you can get on a DVD.”
Adds McCallum, “The average person just wants to see the movie, and other people want to go further, but that’s what makes DVD fantastic.” The Episode I DVD has over sixhours of additional material, including seven deleted scenes that had their visual effects work completed just for this release. “It’s painful to cut something out; it’s not done lightly,” says McCallum. “Now, you can see it in a different light. You have to make the decisions at the moment. Years later, you still think about if you should have left certainthings in.”
An all-new hour-long documentary entitled “The Beginning” promises an unblinking look into the making of The Phantom Menace, with unprecedented access into the inner workings of Lucasfilm and Industrial Light & Magic. “For too many years people have mythologized what they do, and the whole industry is shrouded in secrecy. You could only know what happened if you knew somebody. We want to get all the stories, all the pain — not the ‘oh it’s so nice to work with George and Rick’-syndrome. We want to show the pain we had in getting the picture out there, the problems we had, the challenges we faced, where we succeeded, where we didn’t succeed, and some of the things we had to cut out. I think that’s what I’m really excited about people seeing.”
Thursday, July 12, 2001 Issue #39
Laying Out Coruscant
Coruscant: the whole planet is one big city. That doesn’t mean, however, that the world is uniform in its design. In Episode II, moviegoers will get a whirlwind tour of several Coruscant locales, each of which requires careful planning and plotting.
Helping the Animatics Department piece together this exciting sequence is concept artist Robert Barnes. Though the bulk of Barnes’ work for Episode II has been sculpting conceptual models for aliens and creatures, he has contributed illustrations for key animatic scenes.
“There are different parts of the sequences that feature different architecture or obstacles, with different things that are going on,” explains Barnes. “It helps the animatics guys to have a sense of where these things happen spatially, particularly on Coruscant, where major design atmosphere changes happen.”
The work begins with Barnes examining the rough cut of the sequence, and from there, generating a map of locales. “I did the same sort of thing for Episode I,” explains Barnes. “I did the Podrace map and a schematic of the end battle.”
For Coruscant, Barnes broke down the sequence into distinct design zones. “These are where things change character, to give the idea that we’re really moving through a vast city. One of the zones is kind of an industrial warehouse zone that I did the environmental designs for, determining the look of the buildings and the color and lighting palette of a specific part of the city. It was a combination of drawings that were digitized and colorized. Once George [Lucas] agreed to the basic zones and general feel of each, Erik Tiemens and Ryan Church took over, doing full-blown color, architecture and atmospheric designs to be used both as matte paintnigs for animatics, and as the guide for final work done at ILM.”
Thursday, July 26, 2001 Issue #40
“I think we have less quantity, in terms of uniforms,” says Costume Designer Trish Biggar, describing the wardrobe of Episode II. “We don’t have groups or soldiers; in Episode I, we had big groups of Naboo soldiers and Royal Palace Guards. This episode, the costumes are very much more individual.”
Biggar describes Episode II as a more ‘civilian’ movie, with a closer look at the galaxy’s working class. “We’re going from different planets, so we have Coruscant street people, and it’s interesting because they come from all over. On Naboo, we’re seeing mostly people who were in and around the palace, and who are a very well dressed middle class: just regular people who live and work on Naboo.”
Padmé Amidala, who is no longer the elected queen of Naboo in Episode II, is also seeing a less institutionalized wardrobe. “She has many, many more costumes this time,” says Biggar. “Hard to believe, but yes. We’ll see her as more of a person, this time, and less as a figurehead of a nation. She has softer clothes, which are less formal. She’s also a little bit older, so she has some sexier clothes. It’s nice. I think she likes them.”
Welcome to the Ask the Lucasfilm Jedi Council Archives. A feature of Star Wars. Com, no longer active. This is not a complete archive but have salvaged what I can.
January 2001
Q : It appears that you were impressed with Ewan McGregor’s quick grasp of your Jedi fighting style. How did Hayden do?
Nick Gillard: Hayden Christensen was outstanding. We spent a great deal of time rehearsing. He has a totally individual style, beautiful balance and frightening speed — everything you would expect.
Q : Where did the majority of ILM animators learn their computer animation skills? Were most self-taught or is formal training and coursework the norm?
Rob Coleman: All of the animators working at ILM have a background in some form of animation. They have worked in either puppet animation, cel animation or computer animation. Many of them were interested in computer animation prior to coming to ILM, some had dabbled on their own machines and some of the newer animators had some training in school. You have to remember that good courses in computer animation at colleges and universities have come along fairly recently.
No matter what form of animation you have on your reel, whether puppet, cel or computer, we are looking for raw talent. When viewing your reel we ask ourselves some questions. How well do you animate the characters? Do the characters have weight? Do they have appeal? How well are the scenes staged? Do you seem to understand performance?
We have a great computer training department here at ILM so we are not necessarily worried about an individual’s computer skills. If needed, we’ll train them on the computer when they get here. It is much easier to teach a talented animator about computers than a computer person about animation. Of course if a candidate has both computer and animation skills, then that is great.
My advice would be to focus on demonstrating your animation skill; that is what we’re really interested in.
Rob Coleman is an Animation Director at ILM. He joined ILM in 1993 to work on The Mask and also worked on Indian in the Cupboard, Star Trek Generations and was animation supervisor/director on Dragonheart, Men in Black and Star Wars: Episode I The Phantom Menace. He graduated from Concordia University in Montreal, Quebec, Canada in 1987 with a BFA in classical film animation. While there, he studied with the world renowned Yugoslavian animator Zlatko Grgic. His next project is directing the animation for Star Wars: Episode II.
Stuart Lowder: All of the Star Wars animation crew have either a formal background in animation or extensive work experience in the professional animation field. Many of the animators came from schools such as Sheridan College, CalArts or Ringling, or have a traditional cel animation or stop motion background with feature film and television experience. Many come from studios like Amblin, Disney, Pixar, Warner Bros. and PDI.
In general, ILM is interested in experienced animators who have a desire to use the computer as their animation tool. If someone has proven animation talent, we would consider teaching them the technical information that they need to know.
Stuart Lowder is currently the manager of the computer graphics animation department at ILM. The department consists of approximately sixty very talented and diverse animators.
Q : In Episode IV after the Battle of Yavin there are four ships: Luke and Wedge in their X-wings, Han in the Falcon, and a Y-wing fighter. Who was in the remaining Y-wing ship?
Steve Sansweet: It’s pretty definite that more than just those four ships survived from the Alliance attack on the Death Star; others just aren’t visible on screen. The Y-wing pilot has never been definitively identified. But, if you’re the gambling kind, I’d say the smart money is on Keyan Farlander, a starfighter pilot introduced in the original X-wing game from LucasArts. Back in 1992, LucasArts published a novella starring Farlander that came with some copies of the game.
The strategy guide for the game continues that story and places Farlander aboard a Y-wing fighter during the final assault on the Death Star. Farlander survives the battle, making him a good candidate for the Y-wing pilot seen at the end of the film.
Q : Who is your favorite artist?
Doug Chiang: I don’t have a favorite artist because it’s too hard to identify one specific person. All the artists that I admire are equally important and I’m discovering new artists all the time. Among the artists that have influenced me in the past are Ralph McQuarrie, Norman Rockwell, James Bama, John Stobart, Syd Mead, Frank McCarthy, and Robert Bateman.
Q : Episode II appears to be more character driven. Does that mean less work for you?
David Dozoretz: There’s tons of work for the animatic crew on Episode II. Even in dialogue scenes, we’re putting in set extensions, creatures, droids, spaceships, etc. George likes to create a “world” in each scene. He designs a rich texture to the film in which the story develops. Besides, despite being very character driven, George has definitely created opportunity in Episode II for some great, never-been-seen-before action sequences. I won’t say anything else!
Q : How many new planets are due to appear in Episode II?
Doug Chiang: There will be two new planets, and we will be developing Coruscant and Naboo further. You will see parts of Coruscant and Naboo that we have never seen before. There will be some neat surprises.
Q : There are some great natural “other world” looking landscapes here in Mexico. Will you ever come to film here?
Gavin Bocquet: It all depends where George decides the next Episode will be set. Once we see the script, George may already have seen some locations that he would like to use. But it is too early to say whether it could be Mexico.
February 2001
Q : In Episode IV, was Luke’s X-wing call-sign Blue Five or Red Five?
Steve Sansweet: In the film Star Wars: A New Hope, the comm-unit designation for Luke Skywalker’s X-wing starfighter during the Battle of Yavin was Red Five. Some confusion arises because the novelization of the film, which was published six months before the movie opened and completed considerably before the film’s final editing, had different designations for squadron member call-signs.
Q : In planning and choreographing action sequences, is it sometimes difficult to mesh the different talents and abilities of the actors into a solid routine?
Nick Gillard: It’s not too difficult. We are lucky on Star Wars that we get plenty of rehearsal time with the actors. That, coupled with the fact that they want to learn how to fight with lightsabers anyway…
Q : I heard about the digital satellite broadcast of Episode I to select theaters. How did this trial run go, and will it be implemented on a larger scale for Episode II?
Rick McCallum: For the digital projection of Episode I done in four theaters last year, the movie was physically delivered on disc as opposed to delivery via satellite.
We were pleased with the results, and clearly the audiences were as well. We’re hopeful that we can increase the number of digital showings for Episode II because there are so many advantages. The main advantage is the quality of the presentation and the fact that, unlike physical film, the 100th showing will look every bit as good as the first showing. There are also other benefits, which include the cost of distribution and the cost of manufacturing thousands of reels of film. There’s a huge positive environmental impact along with that, as well.
Whether the movie crosses over high-speed data lines, arrives via satellite, on physical disc media, or some combination of the three — I think that’s still up in the air. It will be interesting to see how it plays out while considering both cost and security factors.
Q : Do you feel George is pushing yourself and ILM even further with the Episode II, or are you sticking to the techniques that were mastered during Episode I production?
David Dozoretz: We never “stick” to any technique previously used, because we’re always looking for better and faster ways to do things. But we did establish a lot of fantastic techniques and procedures for Episode I. I’d say that we’re building on those techniques.
And without question, George is greatly pushing us and ILM to new levels. He really is amazing that way — each time we think he can’t push it any more, he raises the bar to a new level. It’s exhilarating to work in that environment.
Q : What sounds, if any, from the classic trilogy could be re-used for Episodes I or II?
Ben Burtt: Obviously certain reoccurring characters such as Jawas, Tusken Raiders, and Artoo can be reused but added to as necessary in the new episodes. Jedi lightsabers, many lasers, and some environments like Tatooine can be “recycled” where appropriate. However, I am always getting new sounds and new ideas as I go along, and each film adds hundreds of new sound effects. I hope to keep expanding the sonic lexicon already built up over 25 years of sound design for these films.
Q : While working on Episode II designs, did you keep from thinking ahead to Episode III, or was it necessary for you to do so?
Doug Chiang: We are always conscious of how the new designs will be integrated into the entire Star Wars universe. Because we are only working on one part of a six-part series, the designs need to evolve with the characters and the story in a convincing matter. There needs to be some logic in the designing process to make the series visually cohesive.
March 2001
Q : What can you tell us now that you’ve seen Hayden Christensen act?
Robin Gurland: He amazes me every time. He has some tricky, tricky scenes…very complicated scenes. The arc that he’s creating not only has to go through this film but the next one, and there’s a lot of texture to it. And again, the way that this is composed, George writes in these vignettes and you have to really be able to play within a certain scene, but then carry it forth. For an actor who is carrying it forth in one or two films it’s very difficult. It’s a very emotional balance that Hayden’s playing. And he can’t really give away too much on this one, because the next one is really when it’s going to come into play. He is one of the strongest actors I’ve come across in a long, long time. And it’s not just my opinion. People are constantly coming up to me on set and saying “Do you know how good he is?” Yes, I do. And these are other actors. It’s the ultimate compliment when another actor says, “This kid is something!”
Q : Does one have to be artistically-inclined to succeed in your field of expertise (do you have to be an artist)?
David Dozoretz: To succeed in pre-visualization or visual effects, one does not necessarily need fine art skills. Certainly, if you’re interested in painting textures, it helps to be able to paint. But many jobs in computer graphics require an understanding of fine art rather than the ability to draw like Picasso. I love to hire people who have studied and understand composition, lighting, color theory; because that comes up every day in what we do. For pre-visualization, it’s even better if they have a firm grasp of film language and theory.
Q : What exactly is the “Skywalker Emblem” on Anakin’s Podracer, and how did it come to exist?
Doug Chiang: The “Skywalker Emblem” originated from George’s request for alien graphics to decorate each of the Podracers. In keeping to the style of “hot rods” influence, we created a Tatooine alphabet and numbering system. The symbol that we designed for Anakin was going to be his racing number, but eventually it became the symbol for Anakin.
Q : What are the basic differences between 2-D and 3-D animation?
David Dozoretz: “2-D” means an object’s location or size is described in two dimensions, specifically height and width (x and y to mathematicians and computer artists). The addition of a third dimension, depth (z), brings us into the world in which we live everyday. The difference between two and three-dimensional animation is analogous to the difference between a sketch of a circle on a piece of paper and an actual ball. The latter can be moved around and seen from many different directions. The hard thing to sometimes grasp is that three-dimensional computer graphics are almost always shown on computer screens or television screens, which are a two-dimensional medium.
April 2001
Q : In Star Wars, why does the Death Star go around the planet Yavin to blow up the fourth moon when it can simply blow up Yavin first (as it did Alderaan) and then the fourth moon without wasting any time?
Steve Sansweet: The Death Star’s superlaser is very powerful, but it’s not all powerful. Relatively speaking, a terrestrial world of rock and metal like Alderaan is easier to blow up than an immense gas giant like Yavin. The Death Star simply couldn’t blow up Yavin, and had to circle the gas giant in order to get to the much smaller moon Yavin 4.
Q : How many iterations of character, mechanical and technical concepts do you tend to do before you ‘find’ your final designs?
Doug Chiang: This varies. Sometimes we will get the design right away. But more often it will take weeks of refinements. Typically, a design will go through several stages. The first is the broad stroke design phase where we try a wide variety of directions to narrow the scope. Then we take the approved direction and start refinements. This step can sometimes turn into many weeks of work as the designs evolve until the ideal design is approved. Finally the last step, we turn the designs into a model or maquette where it may be refined further still.
Q : What styles of martial arts lend themselves best to Jedi-style combat? Are the individual fighting styles of new characters made up or are there ‘canon’ issues to consider?
Nick Gillard: Most martial arts are too strict — gymnastics lend themselves more to Jedi-style combat. There is always enough information in the script to write a fighting style that fits the character perfectly.
May 2001
Q : When will the new databank section of starwars.com be completed?
Steve Sansweet: Here’s what Lucas Online’s Pablo Hidalgo had to say…
“The new starwars.com databank is a work in progress, and will be frequently updated with new material. You’ll note that the species and creatures entries aren’t there yet, but that will soon change. As the databank grows, you’ll find out new information about your favorites, as well as get a first glimpse at new characters, vehicles, droids and more from Episode II. Also, there will be entries dedicated to things only seen in the Expanded Universe of Star Wars comics, books and games. Keep checking the databank section for new updates, and enjoy the newly revamped entries that are already there.”
Q : Which was your favorite animated scene in Episode I?
David Dozoretz: I’m particularly fond of the Podrace. It’s the scene which I had the most direct connection with. I’d say I personally did the pre-visualization for about 75% of the shots. Alex Lindsay, one of my animatic artists on The Phantom Menace, did the other 25%. Also, I think it’s one of the most fun sequences in the film — it’s pure adrenaline and so different from everything else ever put on film. I get as much a kick out of watching it as I did while working on it.
Q : If you had to pick one favorite scene from any of the four Star Wars films, which would it be?
Doug Chiang: It would have to be the AT-AT battle in the beginning of Empire. That scene contained everything that inspired me as a kid to the Star Wars universe – great design, action, drama, and heroics. It is brilliant.
Q : Why didn’t Qui-Gon and Obi-Wan testify on the Queen’s behalf during the senate hearings? They had proof of the Trade Federation invasion. They were there!
Steve Sansweet: In the opening crawl to the The Phantom Menace, you’ll note that it specifically says that “Chancellor Valorum has secretly dispatched two Jedi…”. There’s the key word: secretly.
The Jedi didn’t testify because they weren’t really supposed to be there. (“The chancellor should never have brought them into this,” says Sidious). Valorum, knowing full well of the Senate’s inefficiencies, didn’t bring the matter of sending Jedi ambassadors to a vote. So, he took it under his own authority to send the Jedi to Naboo.
Already mired in “scandal and baseless accusation,” Valorum couldn’t bring up the unauthorized Jedi mission for fear of political recrimination. As it turned out, Valorum was ousted from office anyway, and the Jedi were preoccupied with Qui-Gon’s claims of finding the Chosen One of ancient prophecy.
June 2001
Q : You have made mention of the various software tools you use to create the 3D models for animatics. What hardware do you use for your render farm and real-time rendering?
David Dozoretz: Well, as I’ve said many times before, I’m a very big believer that the artist is far more important than the tools. Digital technology, when you think about it, is just a fancy pencil. Granted, it’s the fanciest, most artistically liberating pencil we’ve ever come across, but it is still just a tool used to express an artist’s imagination. And without the artist, you’ve got nothing.
That said, technology is always interesting so I’ll answer your question: On Episode I, we used high-end Macintosh computers running Electric Image, Adobe After Effects, Commotion, PhotoShop, etc. On Episode II, we’ve added Alias Wavefront’s Maya software to our toolbox and it’s working out fantastically. We’re using it quite a bit.
Q : What happens to Naboo and the Gungans? They’re not mentioned in Episodes IV, V and VI. Do they get wiped out?
Steve Sansweet: Not necessarily. Remember, it’s a huge galaxy. Just because something isn’t mentioned doesn’t mean that it has disappeared. Neither Yavin nor Dantooine are mentioned in Episodes V and VI, and those places are still around. Similarly, Nepal isn’t mentioned in Temple of Doom or Last Crusade, but it still exists.
Q : Jake Lloyd has blue eyes, but Hayden Christensen has brown eyes. Was this a factor and how will it be dealt with in Episode II?
Robin Gurland: Hayden has blue eyes.
Q : Why does it take three years between the release of the new Star Wars movies?
Rick McCallum: That’s how long it takes us to make a movie.
Episode I actually took us 5 years, including one serious year of massive conceptual art design which affected not only Episode I but also Episode II and even III to a certain degree. This one took three years, one year less than the real pre-production time we had on Episode I.
For Episode III, we’re trying to start the script now and move back to about four years of total time because in reality that’s how much time we need. They’re very complicated to make.
It takes 18 months just to do the effects, and it takes six months to prepare for those effects, so that’s two years right there. It takes us basically seven months to prepare and four months to shoot… that’s another year. And then it takes us a year to conceptualize and have everything together to make the necessary commitments for locations. We don’t just shoot in the studio, we stop in five different countries, we have to get permissions, schedule, just mammoth things.
Welcome to the Ask the Lucasfilm Jedi Council Archives. A feature of Star Wars. Com, no longer active. This is not a complete archive but have salvaged what I can.
January 2000
Q : You’ve got a couple of guys on staff who came to you right from high school. How did they do that? Is there hope for others to follow?
David Dozoretz: Kevin Baillie and Ryan Tudhope were “discovered” by the George Lucas Education Foundation. Their high school didn’t have a computer graphics program, so they made one of their own. The Foundation heard about it and introduced them to Rick McCallum, who introduced them to me. They’ve become an absolutely integral part of the team and will be with us through the production of Episode II. And, yes, there is hope for others to follow, if they put in a lot of hard work and have talent and the right attitude.
Q : How much of the real world goes into Star Wars designs?
Doug Chiang: Quite a lot. The majority of the research that we do when creating a design is to study the world around us. There are ideas everywhere, if you know what to look for and where. The inspirations can be as simple as a rusty door hinge or as obscure as dust mites. We always try to base our designs in reality to give them strong foundations. One of the dangers of designing alternate universes is creating something too fanciful and without a basis in reality. These designs often “date” very quickly.
Q : What is the process of casting stunt people and extras?
Robin Gurland: The stunt director selects his stunt team. In England, the assistant directors select the extras, however in the U.S. a separate extras casting department chooses the background players. All departments confer with each other to maintain a sense of continuity of look.
Q : Can you explain motion-capture technology? What are its best uses and current limitations?
ILM: Motion capture is a technique for recording performances, like audio or video or film. Instead of recording images or sound, motion capture records the way a performer moves. The recorded performance can be applied to a computer generated character to make the character move the same way the performer moved.
There a many ways to record motion. ILM uses a system that relies on reflective markers placed on the performer and many cameras surrounding the performance area. Each camera feeds its view of the performers into a computer which uses those views to calculate the position of each marker.
The advantage of motion capture is its ability to record every detail of a performance. So it is a great way to animate realistic characters that need to move exactly like people or animals. Motion capture is not as useful for animating cartoony characters, or animals that would be impossible to capture. These kinds of characters can be animated by artists who create the illusion of realism by carefully posing the digital characters in each frame of the animation.
Q : One of the most unforgettable sequences in The Phantom Menace is the Podrace. How did the stadium design come about?
Doug Chiang: The stadium was conceived around the idea that the natives of Tatooine, given their limited resources, would build large architectural structures into the existing landscape. In the case of the stadium, I thought if would be wonderful to carve a stadium into a plateau wall. This idea fits into the reality previously established by Luke’s homestead in the first Star Wars.
Incidentally, the pit hangar design grew out of my inspiration that these Podracers were very much like horses. So I initially designed the starting line to be like starting gates with individual stalls, similar to those found at horse tracks. The finished pit hangar incorporates the stall idea, which anchors the design in something that we are familiar with.
Q : After casting the actors for Episode I, you were on the set during production. Can you tell us what your role was there and what you did during post-production?
Robin Gurland: Due to the large amount of voice-over casting, I was casting those roles during principal photography. At the same time I continued casting day-player roles and roles that needed to be recast due to conflicting actor schedules. Through post production, I worked with the sound team when they had ADR (sound looping) sessions.
Q : How did you go about deciding how much of a real set to build and how much will be blue screen, to be used in “building” the rest of the set in the computer?
Gavin Bocquet: These sort of decisions are always made collectively by a number of people. This would include George Lucas, Rick McCallum, the guys from ILM, Doug Chiang and myself. Every set or location had many different considerations, and it was always a fine balance between what we could achieve as a real set, from a visual, functional, and economic point of view, against how we could achieve those same results in the computer or with miniatures.
Despite the large use of the digital technology on EPISODE I, we still built approximately 64 sets, which sometimes filled whole stages at Leavesden. Maybe on Episode II different decisions will be made as technology has again moved on.
Q : So many fans want Episode I and then the Classic Trilogy on DVD. It doesn’t make sense to us that you aren’t going to release at least Episode I. What’s going on?
Rick McCallum: Well there’s no conspiracy at work here, I assure you. It’s really about exploiting an exciting medium in the best possible way. George hopes to do something special with the DVD release but he isn’t available to work on it right now since we’re in pre-production on Episode II, with principal photography scheduled to begin this summer in Australia. Until George has some time to concentrate on it, we don’t anticipate releasing any of the Star Wars movies on DVD in the foreseeable future.
Q : How did you become casting director for Episode I?
Robin Gurland: I was introduced to Rick McCallum at a dinner when he was producing the Young Indiana Jones Chronicles. We built up a rapport and when it was time to begin casting for Star Wars: Episode I, he remembered me, gave me a call and the rest is history.
Q : Many visual effects techniques for The Phantom Menace had never been attempted before. How much new technology and software needed to be developed to carry out what was required. Who does that kind of work and how long does it take?
ILM: The Research and Development Engineers from ILM worked about two solid years to prepare for Star Wars. A lot of new CG applications were developed to address new visual needs, such as better modeling tools, clothing, terrain mgeneration, interactive lighting, etc. A lot of effort was spent also in increasing the overall digital production throughput by improving computer server utilization, interactive real-time playback, and extensive use of hardware acceleration for quick-preview rendering.
Q : How specific is George Lucas in directing the design of a character or vehicle, and how much freedom does he allow the artist?
Doug Chiang: This varies. Sometimes George would describe in precise detail the designs that he is looking for. At other times, he simply asks us to show him something new, something different that he has never seen before. This latter request can be the most frightening since designers, like myself, like rules and parameters to work within. Without those restrictions, the possible directions are sometimes too intimidating.
Q : Why didn’t Qui-Gon Jinn disappear when he died?
Steve Sansweet: Well, as we know, Obi-Wan Kenobi disappears when he was struck down by Darth Vader in the original Star Wars: Episode IV A New Hope, after telling the evil Sith Lord, “If you strike me down, I shall become more powerful that you can possibly imagine.” When Yoda dies, he fades away. And when Darth Vader sacrifices himself in the end to save his son, he too becomes one with the Force (it is his armor that burned in the Endor funeral pyre).
Yet we see Qui-Gon killed by Darth Maul, then the flames lapping at his body at the temple on Naboo. No, this is not a continuity error. And yes, George Lucas does have a reason for treating these Jedi deaths differently. “There is a whole issue around that and the ability to disappear,” he says. “The key line to understanding this is when Ben Kenobi tells Darth Vader, ‘If you strike me down…’ And it’ll be explained as we go along.” So we just have to wait a while longer. In the meantime, feel free to speculate.
February 2000
Q : What are the initial steps to turn ideas and concept art into three-dimensional sets? How do you decide what to modify in order to turn a design into a practical set?
Gavin Bocquet: There are many different ways of turning the concept ideas into actual set designs. Sometimes we took the drawings directly from Doug Chiang’s concept group, and interpreted them very precisely into a three-dimensional full size set. Other times, as with Gunga City, we took the initial idea of an underwater bubble city, and came up with numerous design ideas, in model form, to show to George Lucas. These design models would gradually become more sophisticated until we had enough information to start thinking about how we would achieve this as a full size set.
Q : I understand that one of the materials used for models is Urethane Foam. What did the ILM model shop use for its models?
ILM: There were a variety of materials used in the construction of the model work for The Phantom Menace ranging from the usual man-made materials such as plastics, aluminum and steel to materials that come from nature, such as sand, plants and wood. The shot requirements and business economics often dictated what materials were selected for the construction each project.
Q : How can I get a job on the production or at ILM or at Lucasfilm?
Rick McCallum: We’re already filling just about all the production slots with great crew from Australia and some of my crew chiefs who are returning from Episode I such as Production Designer Gavin Bocquet and Costume Designer Trisha Biggar. It’s a lot easier to figure out what’s up and what’s needed at both ILM and Lucasfilm by going to their websites: www.ilm.com and www.lucasfilm.com.
Q : How do you go about researching actors for roles in a film?
Robin Gurland: I watch LOTS and LOTS of films and television, see as much theatre as I can, keep up with the trades (entertainment industry newspapers) and the popular magazines, and am always on the lookout.
Q : What species are Yoda and Darth Maul?
Steve Sansweet: The Star Wars galaxy is a huge one, so large that not even an encyclopedia or a Jedi Holocron could contain all knowledge. Among the current mysteries are the species of Jedi Master Yoda, the female Jedi Council member Yaddle, and the Sith Lord Darth Maul. Perhaps in time those mysteries will be resolved. Perhaps not.
Q : What does it mean to “calculate trajectories” as in the Podracer sequence?
David Dozoretz: As with all 3-D computer animation, the artist tells the computer where a virtual object (whether it is the camera or Anakin’s Podracer) should be at the first frame of the shot, the last frame, and key frames in between. The animation program will then fill-in the frames in the middle, a process akin to the traditional cel animation technique on “in-betweening.”
Q : Were there any sets or designs considered for Episode I that were dropped because of time or budget constraints?
Gavin Bocquet: In principal you would never drop a set, or design of a set, for time or budget reasons. You would just work out another way of solving the problem. There are many different ways of solving a particular problem, and in fact, one of the Production Designer’s main jobs is to suggest various ways of achieving the visual demands of the script, while still considering all the economic and time restraints. The only real justification for dropping a set would be for script or story reasons.
Q : Will Ray Park be back in any capacity for Episode II?
Rick McCallum: Ray Park did a fabulous job for us, but didn’t you see the dude get sliced in half at the end of the film? Would he come back as two halves? I’d love to work with Ray again, but at this stage there aren’t any plans to do so.
Q : What architectural influences are present in the buildings of The Phantom Menace?
Doug Chiang: There were many architectural influences. In order to make these new worlds believable, we had to anchor them in reality. We researched the eclectic architectural styles of Venice for Naboo. The art Nouveau movement, particuliarily the work of Gaudi, was used for the Gungan City. Frank Lloyd Wright’s Marin County Civic Center served as inspiration for the blue domes of queen Amidala’s palace. Hugh Ferriss and Albert Speers’ monumental buildings influenced Coruscant. And lastly, Djerba architecture from Tunisa inspired the slave quarters of Tatooine.
March 2000
Q : What happened to all the costumes and props from Episode I? Are they stored somewhere and will they be on display anytime soon?
Steve Sansweet: Yes, and yes. Despite the huge importance of computer graphics in The Phantom Menace, there were more costumes and physical props made for Episode I than any of the other Star Wars films. In fact, the size of the Lucasfilm Archives, first set up as a separate entity around the time of Return of the Jedi, just about doubled following Episode I to around 40,000 square feet. For full details, see our recent Visit to the Archives feature on starwars.com.
As for display, a few of the props are currently making the rounds of the U.S. as part of the two-year museum tour, Star Wars: The Power of Myth, under the auspices of Lucasfilm and the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service. It opened at the Minneapolis Institute of Arts Feb. 27 and moves on to Chicago’s Field Museum July 15.
In London, a separate all-new show highlights many more of the Episode I props and artwork along with many never before publicly exhibited Classic pieces that show The Art of Star Wars. It opens April 13 at London’s Barbican Centre.
Additionally, some of the Episode I costumes are currently on display free of charge at the Los Angeles’ Fashion Institute of Design and Merchandise sponsored by the Art of Motion Picture Costume Design until April 28, 2000.
Q : What is the design winnowing process like? For example, how was the final look of Anakin’s Podracer decided on? What was tried and discarded?
Doug Chiang: We had weekly meetings with George, usually on Fridays, where George would review all the week’s designs. I would often give George three directions to a design – a conservative idea, an extreme idea, and one in between. George would then select the one that best fit his needs and I would then expand on it for next week. Often through this process, we can hone down an idea in several weeks.
Q : Is there a map of the Star Wars galaxy?
Steve Sansweet: There could never be one map that would encompass such a vast galaxy in its entirety. But the first true maps of the galaxy appeared in the LucasArts productions, Star Wars: Behind the Magic and the Episode I Insider’s Guide. These were the basis of a wonderful print map that appears as the endpapers in the great new R.A. Salvatore novel Vector Prime, which also includes many of the most important planets that figure in the films and the major novels.
Q : Do you think animatics will totally replace the hand-drawn storyboarding process in the future?
David Dozoretz: Absolutely not. Storyboards are still the fastest way to quickly communicate an idea. The problem is that they are inherently a still, two-dimensional image and film is a moving medium. That’s why animatics can better communicate what the final film shot will look like – because it is moving footage. But animatics and storyboards can never be a substitute for one another. They are complementary. Besides, we have what I think is the best film Art Department in the world. So why not use them as much as possible.
Q : Do you think that digital animation technology will advance to the point where a digitally rendered character would seem identical to a human counterpart?
ILM: I believe that the digital animation technology and the artistry will continue to advance. We are able to create some very photo realistic characters already but we still have a lot of work to do. With more investigation into how muscles, skin and clothing interact, I believe that we will be able to create characters and creatures that are even more realistic than what can be done today. The digital characters created in the next several years will appear to be as real as their human counterparts, their skin, hair and movements will seem to the audience to be as realistic and believable as the humans sharing the screen with them.
Q : After all the sets are constructed and used for the shots intended, what happens to them? Are they stored for reuse?
Gavin Bocquet: On most films, the sets are usually destroyed as soon as production decides they are not required for anymore shooting . On Episode I, because we knew there would be some planned re-shoots, and also that we might need some elements for Episode II, some of the sets were packed up and stored for possible use at a later date. As we get more information about Episode II, we will be able to decide which of these stored sets we need to keep.
Q : Original trilogy concept designer Ralph McQuarrie established the look of Tatooine and Mos Eisley. Was it important to differentiate the look of Mos Espa in Episode I?
Doug Chiang: It was important to make Tatooine familiar and yet we didn’t want to recreate something that we’ve seen before. As a result, one of the early ideas that I tried for Mos Espa was to contain the entire city inside a dug-out pit, similar to Luke’s homestead in A New Hope. This idea of a sunken city in the desert really appealed to me because it was taking an idea that Ralph McQuarrie had established and going further with it. However, it was later decided that we would make Mos Espa more familiar than unfamiliar.
Q : What changes and new developments in digital effects technology can we expect in the near future? What might be some of the next breakthroughs?
ILM: Creating complex photo-realistic environments, like in the Podrace, require the creation of very detailed textured geometry and could still benefit from better techniques, from the interactive creation, layout, lighting and rendering of realistic virtual worlds, including the simulation of natural elements such as clouds, water, and plants, among other things.
The research is also very hot in the field of character animation, where the ultimate goal is to be able to perfect the look and the performance of a wide range of CG characters, from furry animals, to aliens, to human beings.
Finally, there is always a need to produce visual effects more cheaply by simplifying or optimizing existing proven techniques. Although this research isn’t as spectacular, it allows the creation of images of much higher complexity, such as the ground battle, and permits much larger volume of work to be produced within a given budget, as was the case for The Phantom Menace.
Q : What role did animatics play in helping to determine certain final actions on screen in Episode I?
David Dozoretz: Many of the final shots in The Phantom Menace were exactly like the animatic. Generally, ILM improved on each shot and changed a few completely when necessary. Sometimes, when you get down to the nitty-gritty of doing a final shot, certain problems arise that warrant a complete re-design. But the vast majority of the final shots were very similar to the animatic. The most rewarding part of our job is when the animatic artists come up with a shot completely on their own and George likes it. A few of those ended up in the movie, such as the establishing shot of Coruscant.
Q : When casting Episode II’s Anakin, how closely will you try to match Jake Lloyd’s physical appearance?
Robin Gurland: General coloring and eye color – along with a facial structure likeness will suffice.
April 2000
Q : What was the most challenging element of Episode I to conceive and draw?
Doug Chiang: It’s difficult to identify any particuliar element because everything about Episode I was so challenging. If I had to identify one aspect, it would be to come up with a new aesthetic philosophy that pushed the designs as far as we could while keeping them in the Star Wars universe. Trying to come up with something new and fresh given the incredible amount of film design today was very intimidating. Fortunately, we had George’s strong guidance. Of particular note though, the robots and spaceships were especially difficult for me despite the fact that I draw them all the time!
Q : What is the difference between an Art Director and a Production Designer?
Gavin Bocquet: Very simply, the Art Director (or Supervising Art Director) is the Production Designer’s main assistant, or right hand person. They help organize and run the Art Department, they do the schedules and the budget, and generally support and help the Designer in any way they can. For some, Art Direction is a good fit while others aspire to become a Production Designer, as I did.
Q : How do you incorporate the art department’s conceptual designs into animatics?
David Dozoretz: Certain objects, such as buildings in Theed, are too complex to quickly model in the computer. So Jay Shuster or Kurt Kaufman in the Art Department would draw the backgrounds for us, and then we would add them to the animatic shot. This would work if the shot had very little or no camera movement. But if there was a large sweeping camera move, such as the “helicopter” shot over Theed Palace, then the perspective shift would require us to do a computer model of the entire city
Q : Was the Qui-Gon Jinn character originally in George Lucas’s storyline, or was he added to create a role for Mr. Neeson?
Robin Gurland: Qui-Gonn Jinn was always in the script.
Q : How do you find all of those wonderful places for location shooting and what is your favorite place you have found?
Gavin Bocquet: When you first read a script, you start to think of possible locations that might work for the story. For Episode I, George had specific ideas on how he wanted certain locations to look, and then he, Doug Chiang and myself would look through reference books of possible places in the world where we might find environments, or architectural styles that would work for us.
Once we had narrowed this down to a number of good possibilities, then Rick McCallum and I would travel to these countries and photograph and video all the different possibilities. Then we would bring that information back to show George, and he would start to choose specific locations for the film.
It is hard to say which location is my favorite, as every new place you travel to can seem to be the most exciting whether the grand architecture of Italy or the deserts of North Africa. But I’m always amazed whenever I travel to Africa. It is such a beautiful continent.
Q : Who will be the next Anakin?
Rick McCallum: If you add up all the Internet and gossip column and magazine rumors, we’ve cast about 37 Anakins. In fact, we’ve cast none. We’re very active in the casting process now and we’re going to come up with the actor who best fits the part that George has written and who best works with the actors who will be continuing with us such as Natalie Portman and Ewan McGregor. We’ll let you know when we’ve filled the role.
Q : What were the inspirations for the design for the Naboo starfighter?
Doug Chiang: The actual inspiration came from an art nouveau hairpin. This beautiful hairpin had a long tapered spike on one end and an elaborate design on the other. Although the hairpin itself looks nothing like the Naboo starfighter, there was something about it that sparked my imagination. I immediately knew that this would be an interesting shape for a spaceship. Often my inspirations for designs will come from the most obscure objects like this. Probably no sane person would have looked at this hairpin and thought that it would make a cool spaceship!
Q : I’m excited that Boba Fett is going to be in Episode II. Are we going to get more details about how he was once Jaster Mereel and killed another Journeyman Protector on the planet Concord Dawn before becoming a bounty hunter?
Steve Sansweet: Highly unlikely.
My advice: Forget everything you knew, or thought you knew about the origins of Boba Fett. While none of us have seen a script of Episode II or have an idea of the direction in which George Lucas is taking the character, it’s fairly safe to say that he won’t be held to any of the back stories that have arisen over the years to try to explain the roots of this strong, mostly silent type. If there is any hint of Fett’s beginnings, it will be all George.
At the same time, what you’ve read to this point was probably misinformation anyhow. A bounty hunter like Boba Fett has much to gain by having numerous myths of his origin in circulation among potential employers and potential victims. That is why the Star Wars Encyclopedia states: “Many tales are told of his background and exploits, but there are very few verifiable facts, perhaps by design.”
Fett’s short career as a law enforcement officer on Concord Dawn, and his perhaps-unjust downfall, was first told in Tales of the Bounty Hunters. Dark Empire II speculates that he was formerly a stormtrooper who killed his commanding officer. The Marvel Comics series has Fett as an ex-Mandalorian commando, a veteran of the Clone Wars alongside Fenn Shysa and Tobbi Dala. Marvel even went as far as showing the lush jungles of the planet Mandalore.
As many fans know, when it comes to Star Wars knowledge, there are degrees of “canon.” The only true canon are the films themselves. For years, Lucas Books has stayed clear of characters, events, or the timeframe that George might want to deal with in the Star Wars prequels. While such things as the Clone Wars, the fall of the Jedi, and Palpatine’s rise to power were on that list, Boba Fett wasn’t considered to be of major concern.
But like any great storyteller, George starts to develop a script and it sometimes takes on a life of its own, with characters coming to life and demanding a say. He has told us that Boba Fett will have a role in Episode II–just as Fett first appeared in the second film of the classic trilogy–so we may finally learn the bounty hunter’s true genesis. As for whether Fett really survived his descent into the cavernous maw of the Sarlacc in Return of the Jedi…what do you think?
Q : I’m planning to make a career in modeling and animation (animatics). What type of study is required to achieve my goal?
David Dozoretz: Happily, technology has progressed to the point that anybody with a video camera and a computer can make a short film or learn computer animation. When hiring animators, I’m less interested in which specific computer or animation program they use, and more interested in the story-telling abilities of the artist. The software will always change, and they all generally do the same thing in different ways. The important thing is to have something to say. I see hundreds of demo reels of animators who have ten unconnected shots of spaceships of logos. I’d rather hire someone who has told me a story.
So the short answer is…study film. Learn the computer animation programs as well, but definitely spend your education studying the history and language of cinema. And art. This will make you a much better storyteller, which is the whole point of animatics.
May 2000
Q : How are all the props made and what types of materials are used?
Gavin Bocquet: For the props I work very closely with Peter Walpole the Set Decorator, and Ty Teiger the Prop Master. Initially you look at what is required by George and the script, and then you decide what is the best method to get that design made
For props and dressing there are no rules about what you can and can’t use to make them. It has to look good, it has to function correctly, and it has to be made as inexpensively as possible. Sometimes, you design something very specifically. This design is then drawn up and a technician makes it to the specification of the drawing, using whatever materials and techniques are best for that piece.
Other times, you will use various pieces of junk or scrap and build something from all these pieces. If you need more than one, then you might mold more from the first one.
We also buy everyday objects from shops and stores, and then change them in some way to make them a special looking prop for us.
Q : What hardware computing platforms were used for the digital effects of The Phantom Menace?
ILM: ILM’s prime platform is SGI. We have developed an extensive toolset on the SGI platform and have a long history of generating cutting edge effects utilizing its strengths.
Artists work daily in front of O2 workstations and leverage the power of a 768 processor Origin2000 supercomputer to guide their judgment and artistic vision. At night, artists submit work to a 1400 processor super cluster which renders photo realistically and seamlessly places computer graphics into a scene. This requires the flow of many terabytes of information and the precise execution of millions of graphics operations under automated control: 365 days a year… all while you sleep! This is the ‘Industrial’ in Industrial Light & Magic.
The power of ILM’s computational capability is second to none in the industry. We take great pride in our ability to harness this power and quickly generate synthetic environment indistinguishable from ‘the real thing.’
Entire motion pictures made from completely realistic, natural looking computer graphics are within our grasp!
Q : Why are scenes missing from the Episode I video?
Rick McCallum: No changes were made to The Phantom Menace in bringing the movie to video. Reports of changes or missing scenes are probably from fans remembering it differently because of the change in viewing environment.
Also, the standard pan and scan version has to clip the edges in order to compensate for the different shape of a television screen compared to a wide movie screen. So, some of the great background details are unfortunately lost. That’s one of the advantages of the widescreen version included with the collector’s edition.
Q : The lightsaber battles in The Phantom Menace were incredible. Is there a good chance of getting more and longer battles in the next film?
Rick McCallum: The Jedi have a very important and active role to play in the events of Episode II. You’ll be seeing a lightsaber or two. I think you’ll be pleased with what George has planned.
Q : In what ways do the security measures for keeping Star Wars designs secret make your team’s job more difficult?
Doug Chiang: The high level of security really doesn’t make our job any more difficult. I’m used to keeping privileged information having worked on many other films where secrecy was also paramount. Since we are totally self sufficient and isolated in the art department, including having our own model shop, we are able to do our job without compromising security in any way or have security issue compromise the work.
Q : How long ago is a long time ago? And how far is the galaxy that’s far, far away? Was this ever decided or is the concept just left open to our imagination?
Steve Sansweet: Unlike hard science fiction such as Star Trek, where the action clearly stems from a civilization on our own planet and takes place in a definable future, Star Wars is a fantasy. As such, it doesn’t have to obey any of the laws of physics, of space, or time. George Lucas deliberately left it vague and open to fan speculation–that’s part of the fun of Star Wars. It’s other-worldly, yet somehow familiar. It’s futuristic, yet somehow anachronistic.
George could answer a lot of the fans’ specific questions, either in the films or spin-off fiction, but deliberately doesn’t. Some of the answers are in his notes and binders, others are in his head. But speculation, he believes, is healthy. It helps to create a broader, denser Star Wars galaxy and gives fans more of a sense of ownership–rightly so.
Being less restrictive also lets individual’s creative juices flow and pushes their imaginations. Over the years Star Wars films and spin-offs have inspired creativity and creative careers in countless men and women all over the world.
Q : With the advent of this incredible new computer technology, why shoot on locations away from the studio? Couldn’t it be just as easily done on a set with computer graphics?
Gavin Bocquet: George has always been really keen to use real locations where ever possible, whether it’s the deserts of Tunisia, the snow fields of Norway, or the grand architecture of Italy.
He feels strongly that you could not possibly create the variety and styles of imagery that you find in natural environments or existing architecture, which in turn then gives the look of the film a real integrity. Of course, some of the audience will recognize some locations, but when they are engrossed in the story and characters, then these backgrounds just look more real because they are.
Q : In the design of this new Star Wars trilogy, have you been drawing inspiration from any of Ralph McQuarrie’s designs for the original trilogy?
Doug Chiang: Absolutely. Ralph, along with the other original designers, created unparalleled designs for Star Wars. They have been an incredible influence on me personally and will always continue to be. We are very fortunate to have his incredible body of work to fall back on for inspiration when we are stuck. You can see Ralph’s influences in Episode I on Coruscant as well as Tatooine.
Q : How does the bluescreen technique work?
ILM: Good question!
To pull a bluescreen we have to identify which pixels in the footage are part of the bluescreen element and which are not. Usually this is done by the computer using a set of rules, such as, if a pixel has more blue than both red and/or green, then the pixel is considered part of the bluescreen background. Once the program decides a pixel is bluescreen then it turns it transparent or “see-through”. The foreground person or object can then be composited on another background to make it look like they were always in the same shot; we don’t see the bluescreen any longer because the bluescreen is meant to “see through”.
After we decide which pixels should be seen we also have to perform a step called “suppression” or blue spill removal, which is the process of taking the blue out of the pixels around the edge of the object(s) being extracted from the bluescreen. Even on the best lit bluescreen shots, the pixels around the edge of the object or person still get corrupted with blue color that reflects from the bluescreen. If the blue fringe isn’t removed, the object being extracted looks cut out and obvious against the new background plate because of the blue rim around the edges.
The job becomes more difficult when the bluescreen fabric is unevenly lit, has seams in it, has water spraying over it, or even when transparent objects like a glass of water are part of the foreground. These situations present problems because it isn’t clear whether the pixels are part of the bluescreen background or not. For example, the glass of water sitting on a table might reflect some of the blue light from the bluescreen. The computer will think the reflection is bluescreen because of its color and make the glass transparent. In reality the glass would be reflecting the environment it is placed in, such as the room or the table it is sitting on. These types of situations are the reason why we still need humans to make the final decisions regarding what information is “pulled” from the bluescreen element. The human eye instantly picks up on the fact that the glass is reflecting light and should not be transparent, while the computer has no clue. In many situations it comes down to CG artists tracing where the objects are on the bluescreen element so they can be pulled onto the new background plate; this process is called “rotoscoping” or “roto” for short.
For Episode I: The Phantom Menace, we developed a method to change the edge color of the foreground object from the bluescreen shoot to the primary color of the background plate to be used. This allows the edges to blend into the new background more evenly and removes dark edges or fringes, especially in scenes like the pod race where the backgrounds were very bright and not too forgiving.
Q : I’ve been wondering for 20 years: How are the various lightsaber sounds made?
Ben Burtt: The lightsaber was, in fact, the very first sound I created for A New Hope. Inspired by the McQuarrie concept paintings, I remembered a sound of an interlock motor on the old film projectors at the USC Cinema Department (I had been a projectionist there). The motors made a musical “hum” which I felt immediately would complement the image in the painting. I recorded that motor, and a few days later I had a broken microphone cable that caused my recorder to accidently pick up the buzz from the back of my TV picture tube. I recorded that buzz, and mixed it with the hum of the projector motor. Together these sounds became the basis for all the lightsabers.
June 2000
Q : What was your greatest difficulty when it came to animating Jar Jar Binks?
ILM: Among the many animation challenges with Jar Jar, there were a few that remained constant. Aesthetically, one of the challenges animators faced was keeping Jar Jar’s neck in correct posture between his head and chest. In some scenes, while animating overlapping action with his head in relation to his chest, his neck sometimes had a tendency to become too far stretched in any one direction between key poses of the two body parts. This was a problem many Jar Jar animators had to be aware of and avoid, especially during scenes calling for Jar Jar to move about frantically.
The abundant length of Jar Jar’s ears posed another problem for animators and as well as modelers. More often than not, it only became apparent that his ears were intersecting his shoulders after running ear and cloth simulations. On those occasions, corrective shapes were modeled on his ears and vest to fix those areas where the problem occurred. Often times, corrective shapes were required on almost every frame of a shot.
On a performance level, Jar Jar posed a common challenge shared by many of the Jar Jar animators. In contrast to his numerous Jerry Lewis type antics, there were many shots that, for the purposes of continuity, required Jar Jar to inconspicuously appear in a non scene-stealing moment while the live actors or other CG characters within the scene delivered their performances. Scenes like these always prove to be a challenge for animators who are accustomed to delivering broad, expressive performances for the characters they animate, particularly one as animated as Jar Jar. Many times the animators had to limit Jar Jar’s animation to just a couple of eye blinks here and there, subtle weight shifts, and the smallest limb movements.
In other words, just enough animation to keep Jar Jar “alive” without stealing the scene from the other performers.
Q : What’s the most enjoyable thing about production design?
Gavin Bocquet: This is a very difficult question, as there is not one specific answer. In fact, the best thing about it is that it involves so many different things, whether it’s designing sets, designing props, looking for locations, building sets, etc. For example, on one film you can be working just in a film studio on sound stages, and on the next film you could be working in the rainforests of South America.
It is never boring, and you are never doing the same thing every day. You are also working with many different creative people, including the director, the writer, the director of photography and others. I always find that very stimulating.
Q : When will the complete title for Episode II be revealed?
Rick McCallum: We refer to the project as ” Star Wars 2″ or “Episode II”. George may have a title in mind, but we haven’t discussed it at all. We likely won’t finalize a title until the film is close to completion, much like with Episode I. Keep watching our website for announcements though, you never know.
Q : What process is used to create the languages for the different alien species?
Ben Burtt: The process is very complicated, but I usually start by finding a rare language that appeals to me and has the character of the alien species I’m working on. Inspired by the real language with all it’s cultural signifigance and detail, I write out in phonetics the sounds which are the essence of that language. I then work with actors with special vocal talents and record them mimicking my “sound-alike” phrases. Often I process and combine their sounds with animals if need be to give the desired effect.
Q : What features were missing from other character animation software packages that required you to build your own?
ILM: For basic skeletal animation, we’ve used Softimage for years, but have needed to develop our own software for animating skin and other flexible geometry; for creature animation, that’s the basic division between vendor software and software developed at ILM.
Our facial animation system is called Caricature, and it was originally developed in 1994 for Draco, the talking dragon in Dragonheart. We met the most important criteria which were speed, interactivity, and efficiency, and the software has served us well over the years. When we began the work on Episode I: The Phantom Menace, and saw the original concept art for Jar Jar, we were blown away thinking about what tools we would need to actually animate him. The first designs were really out there, with lots of wild facial expressions and a huge smile that went ear-to-ear. A lot of this was eventually toned down to make him appear more realistic, but we still knew he was going to be really complex in terms of his geometry. In order to animate Jar Jar’s face and give him the wide variety of expressions you see in The Phantom Menace, Jar Jar’s face has about as much geometry as the entire T-rex from Jurassic Park.
We really wanted the facial animation to be something that artists could do by themselves, instead of having to rely on more technically inclined people. Most commercial software systems get pretty hard to work with when you have really complex creatures. We needed it to be really fast and easy to set a creature up. We tried to make the design process as much as possible like sculpting with clay, so Jim Hourihan in our software department wrote a sculpting program called Isculpt that the modellers really love and find easy to work with.
We developed our own facial animation software so that animators could interact directly with the actual high-resolution geometry instead of a simplified version of it. It was designed to get the most out of the Silicon Graphics hardware and to make the interaction as quick and painless as possible.
We built about 100 different kinds of creatures for The Phantom Menace very quickly. Many of the creatures are similar, so we could build one by starting with another that had previously been built. Boss Nass and Captain Tarpals and the Gungan soldiers were built by starting with the Jar Jar model, but many of the creatures are really different.
In particular, Jar Jar has this duckbill muzzle, Watto has a trunk-like snout, and Sebulba looks sort of like a monkey/cobra. Their muscular systems are totally different, so we couldn’t reuse any of the data but the new software had to be built really fast or we never would have gotten it done.
As a software engineer, I’ve always been happier thinking of Caricature as a simple tool like a brush or a pencil, where the images that are created with it speak more about the talents of the artists who use it than the technology behind it.
p.s. Lots of people have wondered about the name “Caricature.” Here’s the story: When I was an undergraduate at Johns Hopkins University in 1984, I wrote a scan-line image renderer, and I continued to work on it in my first year of graduate school at the University of Pennsylvania. It had no name at Hopkins, but a fellow grad student at Penn, Jeff Esakov, suggested the name Caricature, for “Cary’s incredible, cosmic, awesome, totally unbelievable rendering extravaganza.” Not very long afterwards, it died a deserved death — it really wasn’t very good — and I moved on to other things. Ten years later at ILM, when the R&D supervisor, Christian Rouet, asked me to work on a facial animation system for Dragonheart, my first name for the software was Fani, for “facial animation”, but I was informed by an Australian animator that that term had slang connotations she found offensive. We also had a program, called Dush, that single-stepped through shell scripts (everything was shell scripts back then), and I remember her complaining, “It’s bad enough we have to dush our scripts!”
Because the program was designed to animate faces, particularly to distort them in possibly funny ways, and because I’ve always been a fan of political cartoons, I resurrected the name Caricature. I really didn’t intend for it to become known as Cari. I thought that since the program we know as “Softimage” is actually invoked by typing s-o-f-t, that c-a-r-i would remain an abbreviation, but it took on a life of its own.
Q : What exactly is a Sith Lord? What is the history of the Sith? I have not seen anything about this group of people except that they were defeated by the Jedi Order at some point.
Steve Sansweet: The history of the Sith Lords is a long and fearsome one, running the gamut from nameless dark apparitions to the most fearsome Dark Lord of the Sith, Darth Vader, the one-time Anakin Skywalker, under whose reign of terror entire civilizations were exterminated and the Jedi Knights nearly wiped out.
It is a history filled with bloody internal strife, wars against the Galactic Republic and constant battles against the Jedi Knights, the upholders of the light side of the Force. If there is one recurring theme, it is that the Jedi over and over believed that they had exterminated the Sith threat forever, only to find it had merely lain dormant for ages.
While the details are lost in the mists of time, Galactic historians believe there has been a rift between the light side and the dark side of the Force almost since the foundation of the Jedi Order some 25,000 standard years before the Battle of Yavin. Many think it was one rogue Jedi who fell to the dark side, turned others, and eventually built an entire army of dark siders. For the next century, a deadly war swept the galaxy, destroying planets and civilizations before the Jedi Knights prevailed.
Vanquished, the few remaining dark Jedi fled across the galaxy into the unknown region. It was there that they landed on an unmapped world and encountered a primitive species known as the Sith. The Sith treated the dark Jedi like gods, and almost willingly let themselves be enslaved. With unlimited resources and manpower, and eons to forge an evil empire far from the prying eyes of the Republic or the Jedi Knights, the Sith entered a Golden Age.
But about 5,000 standard years before the Battle of Yavin, the Republic discovered the Sith empire. An ambitious Dark Lord of the Sith named Naga Sadow decided he could conquer the vast Republic and began the Great Hyperspace War. His armies were defeated by the Jedi Knights. Other outbreaks of warfare between Jedi and Sith, and among the Sith themselves, took place over the next thousand years.
Around a thousand standard years before the Battle of Yavin, a new Sith Lord arose, one whose life still remains mostly in the shadows, but who had a major impact on events in the galaxy. Darth Bane understood well how the Sith order nearly self-destructed and knew that without a new self-discipline, and the utmost stealth, the Sith would never survive to truly vanquish the Jedi.
It was Darth Bane who enforced the single most important diktat of the New Sith Order, that there could be but two Sith, a Master and an apprentice. He enforced a new restraint that was so complete and lasted so long that the Jedi Council believed that the Sith had been completely vanquished. But in utmost secrecy, and in an unbroken chain for nearly a millennium, the evil Sith ways of the Force were passed down from Master to apprentice.
Finally, some 32 standard years before the Battle of Yavin, around the time of the blockade of Naboo, the Sith made their presence known. While Darth Sidious, a shadowy Sith Lord, manipulated Galactic politics behind the scenes, his fearsome apprentice Darth Maul took on the Jedi openly.
That brings us to the story of the Sith Lords in the Star Wars films, those already made and those yet to be released. For a colorful retelling of all of all that is known up to now, as well as some new nuggets of information, be on the lookout this October for a cool new photo book from Random House, Star Wars: Secrets of the Sith.
Q : What was it like to eventually see The Phantom Menace completed given your detailed involvement with it? Did anything surprise you?
Doug Chiang: To see everyone’s fantastic work come together in 2 hours’ worth of pure entertainment was wonderfully fulfilling. My involvement on the film didn’t take away from any of the enjoyment. When the lights went down, I was that 15 year-old kid again experiencing Star Wars for the first time.
The only surprise to me, and a pleasant one at that, was how beautifully all the work came together. Often when we are working on a project as immense as Star Wars, there are too many different aspects to really know if it will all come together as planned. Fortunately, we had George’s total confidence and vision to guide us.
Q : The announcement has been made that Episode II will be shot digitally. Does this mean smaller movie theaters will be unable to screen the film when it is released?
Rick McCallum: Not at all.
For The Phantom Menace, nearly all the live action was shot on film, then digitized into a computer and then all of the final shots were taken from the computer and output on to standard 35mm film that can be played in any movie theater.
When we shoot Episode II digitally, we’re just skipping the first step of digitizing. We’re still going to provide an end product on traditional film just like any other major motion picture.
On Episode I, we did do a small trial showing the film using digital projectors where no film was involved at all. We hope that Episode II will be projected digitally on an even wider basis and that by 2005 the industry will be ready for even wider digital distribution in some form.
In the mean time, shipping on film is still a reality.
Q : What type of martial arts did Ray Park (Darth Maul) know, if any? Also, what specific types, if any, influenced the final fight scene?
Nick Gillard: Ray Park is trained in Wu Shu And Long Fist. These are both non-weapon disciplines, so they had little influence on the lightsaber fights.
July 2000
Q : Is it difficult when designs you’ve worked hard on are not ultimately selected for use in the film?
Doug Chiang: Not at all. We generally expect that 75 percent of the work that we do will not be used. Sometimes we grow fond of certain designs and are a little disappointed when those designs aren’t selected, but we are always reassured that only the best designs make it to the screen.
Q : What are some of the most difficult things to reproduce realistically with digital animation and why?
ILM: You might think that there’s some type of big, eye-popping action or busy, intricate performance that would be particularly hard for the animators to achieve. But the truth of the matter is, the less the action and the more subtle the performance, the harder it is to produce in animation. As an example from the ground battle scene, there are several shots of the Gungan warriors just standing. Now, you may think that creating a character or as in this case, a group of them standing still would be the easiest thing in the world. If you consciously try standing still yourself, though, you’ll realize “still” doesn’t really exist for any living creature. There are any number of tiny, miniscule movements going on all over your body at any given moment…the drawing of breath, a slight shift of weight, the flick of an eyeball. These are all essential to a convincing piece of “still” character animation, yet when one goes to apply them to a character it is very easy to make the movements too big with the aim of making them be seen. It is very difficult to realize just how very small these details need to be to read convincingly.
Give me a good shot of seventeen Gungans tumbling down a hill at high speed with their arms and legs flailing any day!
Tom Bertino was the Ground Battle Animation Supervisor on Episode I: The Phantom Menace. Prior to working on Star Wars, Tom supervised the animation on several films including The Mask(and was nominated for both an Academy Award and the British Academy Award), Casper, 101 Dalmatians, and was Animation Director/Visual Effects Supervisor for Flubber.
Q : What tools do you use in the previsualization phase?
David Dozoretz: We are using Maya, which is a three-dimensional animation program by Alias Wavefront. We are using that primarily on Silicon Graphics work stations. We do a lot of our compositing — when we take all our different elements and put them together — in Adobe After Effects and Commotion on the Mac. We use Photoshop. We’re big Mac fans and SGI fans.
Q : Episode I had quite a warm, organic feel to its design, so what kind of a mood are you trying to convey when designing for Episode II?
Doug Chiang: Episode II will be darker in tone and style. We will be playing with some interesting textures and lighting set-ups to heighten this darker mood. Beyond that, I cannot reveal any more.
Q : Are Bail Antilles and Bail Organa supposed to be the same character?
Steve Sansweet: With the recent announcement that Jimmy Smits will play Bail Organa in Episode II, this previously unseen character is getting a lot of attention. Bail Organa is Princess Leia’s adoptive father, and a representative from Alderaan. He perishes when the Death Star destroys that peaceful world in Star Wars: Episode IV A New Hope.
Bail Antilles is also an Alderaanian politician. When Chancellor Valorum was ousted from office by a vote of no confidence, three nominees lined up to take his place: Ainlee Teem from Malastare, Palpatine from Naboo, and Bail Antilles from Alderaan. Although the scene was ultimately left out of the finished film, the script to Episode I shows that these two men were conceived of as separate characters. Both are mentioned. Bail Organa seconds the vote of no confidence; Bail Antilles is nominated to succeed Valorum.
Two Bails, two different characters. It should be noted that “Antilles” is sort of the Star Wars equivalent of “Jones,” and “Smith.” There have been numerous characters throughout the films, books, and expanded universe material named Antilles, but almost none of them are directly related. For instance, Corellian hotshot starfighter pilot Wedge Antilles is not related to Bail Antilles. Nor is he related to C-3PO and R2-D2′s former master, Captain Antilles, the Rebel officer whom Vader chokes to death in the opening moments of A New Hope.
Q : How was Samuel Jackson to work with on Shaft? Will that experience help with potential future Mace Windu fight scenes?
Nick Gillard: Sam is one of the nicest people on Earth, And yes, We talked about it a lot…
Q : What sounds were used to create Chewbacca’s famous voice?
Ben Burtt: Mostly bears, with a dash of walrus, dog, and lion thrown in.
Q : I’ve heard that Episode II will have even more computer effects than Episode I. How is that possible?
Rick McCallum: I’m not sure, but it looks like we’re going to give it a shot.
Since almost every shot in Episode I had some element of a digital effect, it won’t be more from a number of scenes standpoint. And since every element of the ground battle in The Phantom Menace involved the computer somehow, you can’t really top 100%.
I think with Episode II, George has in mind to make the integration between live action and computer generated elements even tighter. There are some things that we’ve learned the computer can achieve for less money or with better creative result, and we’re going to try to exploit that even further. In some ways it will simply mean more realism or more lines for a CG character.
George has also thrown down the gauntlet to ILM on a few tasks that no one has ever done with computer graphics before. It’s too early to talk about specifics, but if they can pull it off the results are going to be amazing.
Q : Production on Episode II has already started. Shouldn’t you be finished with the animatics by now?
David Dozoretz: Well, we’ve started and finished two major sequences for the film. But we’re far from done because it’s a Star Wars movie and there’s so much to do. Also, once principal photography has wrapped and the editing process begins, we’ll start another stage of animatics in which we combine animatics with the live action footage that George is shooting in Sydney.
Q : Are you an especially dangerous Doug?
Doug Chiang: Only in the morning before coffee
August 2000
Q : Will Mara Jade be in any of the prequels?
Steve Sansweet: While Mara Jade – the former agent to the Emperor who later marries Luke Skywalker in the expanded universe fiction – is definitely a popular character, her story takes place during the timeframe covered by the novels, not by the films. She isn’t even likely to have been born in the time-frame covered by the remaining prequels.
Q : How did you decide on the “personality” of the different engine sounds for each Podracer? What real-world noises did you use?
Ben Burtt: I definitely try to give each vehicle a personality. I consider the pilot of the craft and whether I want the audience to like or fear a certain ship or character.
A pod sound can be powerful, angry, comical, smooth, cool, hip, old-fashioned, goofy, or dangerous. I try to make a sound that will relate to that type of coloration. Pod sounds were made from race cars, boats, warbirds, electric tooth brushes, shavers, motorcycles, rockets, and helicopters.
Q : Did the final duel (Obi-Wan and Darth Maul) take more time to perfect than the other fighting scenes since this fight seemed to be paced much faster and far more aggressive than the fighting prior to that?
Nick Gillard: No, by that stage Ewan had become a very good fighter and learned the fight in around three hours.
Q : How is the effect of extending a lightsaber done? Is the prop rod painted out until it’s extended?
ILM: The lightsaber effect is created in several steps. First the prop rod is rotoscoped which results in a white matte on black. (Rotoscoping is the process of creating a matte isolating the element in the frame which will then have the effect applied to it; in this case the element is the light saber prop stick).
The saber effect that is then created is a series of transparent colored layers which are painted underneath a white hot center core. This green, blue or red transparent glow and the white hot core is then applied to the area isolated by the matte. Then an overall soft white outer glow is applied. All layers flicker on and off and throw interactive light on the people, props and environment in the scene.
The lightsaber prop was completely painted out in some scenes, particularly in the more energetic duels since the prop stick was flexible and would bend when swung forcefully through the air. In other shots where the prop was not bowed, we were able to put the CG lightsaber directly over the prop.
Rita Zimmerman was a Sabre Artist on The Phantom Menace. She worked on the space battles, Coruscant city sequences as well as saber battle scenes. She also did many shots for Star Wars Special Edition.
Q : In Episode IV, Leia calls Han a scruffy nerf herder. What’s a nerf?
Steve Sansweet: Let’s just say that this wasn’t the highest compliment in the galaxy. The quote is actually from The Empire Strikes Back, and in full, the lovely if hot-tempered Princess spit out, “Why, you stuck up…half-witted…scruffy-looking nerf-herder!”
Nerfs, like certain hotshot pilots, are temperamental and cantankerous. The comparison stops there, however. These domesticated herb-eaters are raised for their delicious meat. That’s a good thing because they have one of the most foul odors this side of the Galactic Core. The rangy, supple creatures have long fur covering their muscular bodies and dull, curved horns. They also tend to spit at their handlers, which probably doesn’t work wonders for the dispositions of the nerf herders either.
Q : Is off-the-shelf software adequate for the work you do?
David Dozoretz: We primarily use off-the-shelf software for our animatics, as it’s quick to learn and use and we don’t really require the level of perfection that ILM does. We do occasionally borrow some of their proprietary tools when we’ve got something extra tricky to do and they’ve got the best solution. But primarily, we use Maya for our 3-D modeling, animation, and rendering and Commotion and Adobe After Effects for compositing.
Q : Is it true that George Lucas has been consulting with some fans who have web sites to get help with writing Episode II?
Rick McCallum: Absolutely not. How ridiculous.
George has a very clear vision about the story of Star Wars that he won’t allow to be swayed by the whims of the Internet, the media, critics or anyone. The Internet rumors this time around are possibly even more funny and off base than they were for the first film.
Q : At what stage is your department’s concept design work for Episode II? Since filming is already underway, aren’t designs pretty much complete?
Doug Chiang: The design process for us doesn’t end until the film is released. We have basically completed phase one of the design process — which has been to design all the necessary sets and/or partial sets to be built by Gavin Bocquet and his crew. Now that that is complete, our second phase begins — which is all the rest of the designs, sets, and characters that will be created digital and/or with miniatures.
September 2000
Q : How much does the use of bluescreen affect the size and building process of the sets?
Gavin Bocquet: Every set is different.
The bluescreen is just part of a process that we include in producing an environment that will work for the shoot. Whether you go back to the earlier days of matte paintings, scenic paintings or miniatures, it’s still the same process of trying to come up with a way that you can provide enough real backgrounds for the director to use, and then enhance that later.
You make assumptions throughout the script developing process. By talking to John Knoll at ILM and George Lucas, Rick McCallum and Doug Chiang, you can come to some general conclusion about what is going to be best for that particular scene. And it’s different on every one; it’s always affected by the parameters of a scene and what’s required in it. For instance, how many shots there are: for a “one off” shot, one-shot scene or a two-shot scene, you could probably say that there’s less reason for us to build a full set. The cost is actually quite comparable for ILM to do it. Once you start having ten, twenty, or thirty shots in a scene in a set, then it becomes much more expensive for ILM to construct what we could really build more cheaply.
Q : Are “natural” sounds easier to find and work with than those made from scratch digitally?
Ben Burtt: I prefer to record natural sounds as the basis for the audio in the Star Wars universe. Real “organic” sounds bring credibility with them. I try to create something that sounds “familiar” but unrecognizable. This gives the characters, vehicles, and objects the illusion of reality.
Q : Was the film rate altered on any of Episode I’s fight sequences to make the action appear faster? If so, will the use of the 24 frame digital camera present any obstacles?
Nick Gillard: No–in fact, Ewan fought so fast that we considered slowing the film down.
Q : Have you ever put any jokes or “easter eggs” in your animatics clips to see if George Lucas will notice?
David Dozoretz: We’ve put a couple of jokes in animatics for George and the editor to laugh at, just to keep things fun during production.
One time, George was giving me direction on some computer generated robots for a shot and he was being very specific about their timing, movements, etc. So when I delivered the shot to him, at its end, I had the robots turn to camera and ask George “How was that take for you?” They then said they would be in their trailer. There are a few more like this, some much more funny, but you may see them someday, so I wouldn’t want to ruin the surprise now.
Q : Hi there! I’m curious to know if there is a way to somehow learn more about Darth Maul as far as his species and anyone avenging his death?
Steve Sansweet: According to the upcoming Random House book Star Wars: Secrets of the Sith, Darth Maul was born on Iridonia. That’s the same planet that Jedi Council member Eeth Koth’s species — the Iridonian Zabrak — come from. Not much is known about the tattooed Maul’s past before he became an apprentice to Darth Sidious. For Sidious, his master plan to take over control of the galaxy would seem to far outweigh any desire to avenge the death of his apprentice.
Q : How big was the Star Destroyer model used in the films?
ILM: A number of different Star Destroyers were used in the classic trilogy. The first Star Destroyer seen in A New Hope was 3′ long (91 cm) long, and was actually smaller than the blockade runner it was pursuing; the Rebel model was 6′ 3″ (194 cm) long.
Since the Star Destroyers had considerably more screen time in The Empire Strikes Back, they were completely rebuilt, including extensive interior and exterior detail and a lot more lighting; the size was increased to 8′ long. ILM also built detailed models of the conning towers (one was 4′ tall, another 10′ tall) and the ship’s “waistband”, originally 1 1/8″ was enlarged to 1′ 6″. These models were used in close-ups.
Darth Vader’s massive Super Star Destroyer model was slightly longer at 9.25 feet (282 cm).
Lorne Peterson is one of the original members of Industrial Light & Magic, having been hired by George Lucas to create the models for Star Wars. In 1979, Peterson was invited by George Lucas to move to northern California to oversee the production of models for The Empire Strikes Back. Since that time, he has worked on most of Lucas’ films, as well as those of Steven Spielberg.
Q : Since I’m sure there were a number of quality conceptual drawings and paintings done for Episode I that weren’t used, is there any possibility that they may be tweaked for reuse in the future?
Doug Chiang: We will definitely try to incorporate some of the unused designs from Episode I into Episode II. However, since the story drives the designs, it will be difficult to incorporate ideas developed for a different storyline than Episode II.
Q : Do you bother doing animatics for dialog sequences?
David Dozoretz: Generally, dialog sequences are fairly easy to visualize and if you shoot enough coverage (shooting the scene many times from many different angles) you’ll get what you want. However, once principal photography has wrapped and the editing process begins, George may add stuff to the dialogue. He may want to make the buildings behind the actors more grandiose, or may want to add a spaceship flying by. Or he may want the actor on the left from ‘take 2′ and the actor on the right from ‘take 4.’ So we’ll put that together for him.
October 2000
Q : How did things go at the new studios? Did you miss Leavesden Studios in England at all?
Gavin Bocquet: Sydney was a great experience. The studio was good, the crew was good and the city is very exciting. From a personal point of view, we missed Leavesden because for some of us it held a special place in our hearts. Doing the fourth Star Wars film there, 20 years after Jedi, meant it was always going to hold fond memories for us. It wasn’t the best equipped studio, but we had sole control, and it had a good feel about it. Lots of green grass around us, and lots of space to work in.
Q : How long does the actual filming of a movie like the upcoming Episode II actually take? Is most of the time taken up by post-production, like special effects and editing, etc…?
Rick McCallum: The principal photography of Episode II ran from the end of June to the end of September. We’ve now come back to California to start the editing and continue other post-production activity. Next year we’ll have our planned next rounds of shooting to pick up any live-action elements necessary, just as we did for Episode I. From there, the film will be in post production right up until the planned release in the summer of 2002.
So, out of the whole three year process (including a year of pre-production) we’re filming for only about 14 weeks or so.
Q : The destroyer droids were very complex mechanically. How much of the ‘interworkings’ of the pieces were part of the concept phase?
Doug Chiang: Very much. One of the advantages of having a small model shop as part of the art department is that we can work out every design detail before we pass the model to ILM. John Goodson, the concept modeler who made the original model, very carefully worked out all the proportions of the limbs and figured out how they would actually fold. This was done with a paper model. Once we determined that the droid could actually fold without compromising the design, we proceeded to make the finished version. As a result, the final digital version that you see on screen works with very little cheating. I believe there was only one part that couldn’t physically exist because it would have to occupy the space of another part — but that’s the beauty of CG.
Q : It’s been said that Ray Park will not be reprising his role as Darth Maul in Episode II, but rumors have it that he joined the production crew as your assistant fight choreographer for Episode II. Is any of that true?
Nick Gillard: The rumors are false. Ray didn’t join me on Episode II.
Q : When Han Solo is being put into carbon freeze (The Empire Strikes Back), his hands are cuffed. When he comes out of the chamber his hands are up in the air and spread apart. Also, when he is thawed in Jedi, the bindings are gone. How does this happen?
Steve Sansweet: The Ugnaughts remove the bindings on Han’s hands before he is lowered into the chamber. If you watch carefully you should be able to catch it. The bindings that are on his upper arms are made of carbonite, and thus melt away when Leia releases Han from his carbonite coffin.
Q : Could you try to articulate the difference between special effects and visual effects?
ILM: Special effects cover the practical, real time enhancements to a scene as it is filmed. Examples include weather effects (wind, rain, snow, fog etc.), dynamic action (fire, explosions, shaking the set or vehicle) and special techniques like rear projection, hanging miniatures, and forced perspective sets.
Rear projection involves projecting either a still or moving picture onto the rear of a translucent screen in front of which live-action is photographed so that both the background on the screen and foreground action are combined into a single image on the exposed film. Examples: almost any time you see a car interior with the street scene passing by out the rear window (as in Hitchcock’s Notorious) or western landscape rolling by in the old cowboy movies.
Hanging miniatures are used to extend settings beyond what could be easily built, and involve careful positioning of detailed models that ‘hang’ down into a portion of the frame during a locked off (static camera) shot. Example: Ben Hur, Cleopatra, El Cid.
Forced perspective sets allow the illusion of greater distance than the available space might permit, by tapering all constructed angles to diminish more rapidly than reality. This works as long as the camera doesn’t shift position to the right or left. Examples: Darby O’Gill and the Little People, Die Hard 2 (the airport set), and Howard the Duck.
Visual effects, on the other hand, are added after the scene has been shot, and range from simple double exposure tricks (where the film is partially exposed with a ‘latent image’ and later, further exposed with added elements) to motion control miniatures (shot with long exposures for depth of field focus against a blue screen) and other blue, green, or black screen elements (people, explosions, smoke, flying debris) which are later composited with the original plate photography. The removal (and alteration) of unwanted rigging, reflections, and other two dimensional ‘fixes’ such as joining together two different actions in the same shot is another common visual trick (as the two different McFlys played by Michael J. Fox in the Back to the Future films). More recently, the creation and addition of entirely synthetic animated characters, settings and environments has become the most publicized part of the visual effects industry, and appear in some form in almost every major film we see today, even if limited to a few digital matte paintings to set the scene.
Jeff Olson joined ILM in 1985 as set builder and modelmaker on Howard the Duck. Olson became manager of ILM’s model/creature department in 1993 and then transitioned into visual effects production in 1996. He was one of the visual effects producers for Star Wars: Episode I The Phantom Menace.
Q : Are there any interns/apprentices on the concept team?
Doug Chiang: There are currently no interns in the Art Department. However, the art assistants are essentially junior artist positions. Several of our past art assistants have “graduated” to become full-fledged members of the team. Robert Barnes is a very good example. He first started out as an art assistant but is now a very accomplished artist and sculptor and an integral member of the Art Department.
Q : Has anybody (Ewan, Liam, Hayden, etc.) ever gotten whacked really hard during a lightsaber fight?
Nick Gillard: So far, Ewan has broken two of my fingers, I broke one of Hayden’s, and Sam Jackson hit me in the head, twice…
Q : How many unique sets have been built for Episode II? How many craftspeople were needed to build them?
Gavin Bocquet: We actually built more sets, or parts of sets, for Episode II than we did for Episode I. On Episode I we had about 53 sets, whereas on Episode II we had about 67. Of these, probably 75% were new sets for Episode II. We probably had about 400 in the construction crew at the busiest time.
Q : When creating engine sounds, such as the hyperdrive engine for the Queen’s ship or the submarine, do you base these sound designs in physics or simply come up with something that sounds ‘cool’?
Ben Burtt: I earned my degree in Physics, so I invariably begin my imaginings of sound on a scientific basis. At first, I may often reason a sound out on the basis of scientific fact, in the end I will make my choice among the possibilities subjectively, not objectively. After all, I put sound in the vacuum of space! Now that violates the laws of physics. I guess I made a good choice, otherwise I would be out of a job.
November 2000
Q : Did George Lucas ever have any idea for Episodes VII to IX, or did the Star Wars novels stomp all over possible thoughts he may have had for the Star Wars universe past the destruction of the Empire?
Steve Sansweet: At one point early on, George Lucas talked of possibly needing nine movies to tell his tale of the Skywalker family. But as he actually worked through the story line, he realized long ago that the story he wanted to tell could naturally be told in six two-hour films. The nine-episode mantra, however, refuses to die…and we realize, never will. But George says that the story he has to tell will be complete in the six films, which can then be viewed as one epic saga. He says that he honestly has no story to tell now beyond the destruction of the second Death Star.
LucasBooks has always checked with the boss to make sure that none of its projects interferes in any way with anything that he is planning. And while plans can change, rest assured that the wonderful expanded fictional universe enjoyed by so many fans has in no way stomped or trampled on any of George Lucas’s prerogatives or options.
Q : Have you, or will you publish any art books?
Doug Chiang: I’m currently working on a personal book that will be published by Callaway Publishing in 2002. It’s an art book that I’ve been working on for years in my spare time. If you are interested in more information, please check out my personal web site at www.dchiang.com.
Q : When you are designing vehicles, weapons, etc. do you ever picture them in motion, like they will be seen when completed?
Doug Chiang: Absolutely. We often get totally immersed in the drawing. It’s not unusual to find us quietly making spaceship noises or creature growls or lightsaber sounds as we draw. The more we get into the “feel” of what we are drawing, the better the designs become. Plus, it’s just fun to imagine how these designs will move and sound.
Q : What are the devices called that were employed to vault Ray Park through the air?
Nick Gillard: Nitrogen flip-up rig — A device about the size of a set of bathroom scales. You stand on it, press a button, and 500 pounds of nitrogen is released. Blowing you into the air — marvelous feeling.
Q : Were any of the props from the original trilogy used in The Phantom Menace? R2-D2 maybe?
Gavin Bocquet: Yes, we certainly used some of the original props, like R2-D2 in Phantom, although they were modified because technology had improved. We also had some of the original lightsabers. We also used Luke’s original speeder as one of the speeders dressed in the Mos Espa streets location.
Q : Was the entire Gungan/Trade Federation battle sequence computer generated, or were some parts, like the grass, actually real?
ILM: For Episode I The Phantom Menace, we took quite a number of photographs of hills, fields and skies prior to and during production. We began the process of getting the “look” established by using the photographs and digitally enhancing them. This gave us the basic layout and approach for the ground battle sequence. Additionally, ILM’s modelshop built a physical model of the entire landscape to give us and idea of where the action in the 3-D environment would be taking place.
During production, I supervised five other digital matte artists to ensure that the ground battle backgrounds looked similar to Doug Chiang’s concept drawings. We digitally painted a large part of the landscapes as well as augmenting and enhancing photographs of clouds. Many of the scenes were texture mapped and elements were composited in Saber. Our hope was that the final shots of the virtual Naboo landscapes looked like they could exist in our world, but they were really made up of many layers of digital elements.
Ronn Brown was Digital Matte Supervisor for the Ground Battle Sequence on Star Wars: Episode I The Phantom Menace. He joined ILM in 1993 and has worked on several groundbreaking films including Space Cowboys, Star Wars Special Edition, Galaxy Quest, Men in Black and Mars Attacks!
Q : What are some of the elements of a fight script? For example, what terminology do you use? And have you ever thought about posting a portion of a script for fans to check out?
Nick Gillard: I had to develop a new terminology for lightsaber fights, as they incorporate so many different styles. There are twelve basic moves. As for posting a section of the script, unfortunately I am bound by a confidentiality agreement…
December 2000
Q : With the advancements in special effects today and the use of computer generated actors, will there be a need for stunt men in the upcoming Star Wars films?
Rick McCallum: That’s an interesting question because we’re currently preparing to really push the envelope on digital stunts in Episode II. George has some great ideas for really far-out action sequences where it might make sense to use a combination of live action and computer-generated stunt performance. That might involve motion capture work to ensure that the believable human quality is always there. And a skilled choreographer, like our own stunt coordinator Nick Gillard, will always be a must.
Q : Out of all the sets you supervised construction of for Episode I, which presented the greatest challenge?
Gavin Bocquet: All the sets were difficult because you are all trying to create new worlds and new environments that the audience will believe. The small sets are sometimes the most difficult as the close up detail really matters, whereas the bigger scale sets are a challenge because they are so big. And when you are on location in somewhere like Tunisia, then that is a different sort of challenge because it is hard to work in the desert.
Q : At the end of The Phantom Menace, why didn’t Obi-Wan use his super-speed to run past the energy gates that kept him from Qui-Gon Jinn and Darth Maul?
Steve Sansweet: Physical feats and acts of strength aren’t always 100 percent repeatable. You may also ask why, if your favorite sports team defeated a rival once, do they not defeat them every time? Physical and mental exhaustion play a role in the use of Jedi powers. These may have hampered Obi-Wan’s abilities during the duel.
Q : What would Mr. Lucas do to you if you happened to leak out any information on the Episode II designs or storyline?
Doug Chiang: I would be thrown into the Sarlacc pit!
Q : Did any animatics shot make it all the way through to the final film in Episode I?
David Dozoretz: Animatics are generally very rough and done very quickly. They look more like a video game than real-life. So it’s not appropriate that they end up in the final film. That said, there were many final shots in Episode I that were very similar to their animatic counterpart. George had us take some of the animatics to such a high level of specificity that the final shots were just photo-real versions of the exact same action. If you put the animatic and the final version of the Podrace on two television monitors next to each other, you’ll see that the action is almost identical between the two and the cuts happen in the same place. That’s the beauty of animatics — it lets the filmmakers know exactly how the final shots should look as far as composition, timing, action, etc.
Welcome to the Ask the Lucasfilm Jedi Council Archives. A feature of Star Wars. Com, no longer active. This is not a complete archive but have salvaged what I can.
November 1999
Q : Can you describe the process and use of screen tests during the selection process for a film?
Robin Gurland: Screen tests are traditionally the final phase of the audition process for lead or supporting lead roles. The actor being tested usually does one or two scenes completely “off book” and depending on the schedules of the other lead actors cast, often they will be brought in to do the scenes along with the actor being tested. Screen tests can get very elaborate with full hair and make-up, costume and lighting or fairly simple, but they are always shot on film.
Q: The underwater scenes of Otoh Gunga had a beauty all their own. Were these particularly difficult to create, and what parts were live action vs. miniatures vs. CG?
ILM: The Otoh Gunga Boardroom scene was challenging as we needed to create an otherworldly environment with a backdrop which was underwater. We wanted everything to have a magical feeling, with warm rich colors; that in itself presented problems as we still had to convey that water, which is inherently cold, was beyond the transparent walls. Generally the only live action parts were the actors Liam Neeson and Ewan McGregor; they were shot on a partial set, but even that, along with various miniature model elements of the environment, was brought into the CG world and manipulated, before being composited together with other entirely CG elements (the board members, Boss Nass, JarJar, the fish, the exterior spheres and bubbles).
Q: The location shots in the film look like places that really exist. What are the main elements that make a fantasy environment into one that the audience will believe exists?
Gavin Bocquet: George Lucas has always been keen to use real locations wherever possible for his “other worlds,” whether it’s the deserts of Tunisia, the snow fields of Norway, or the palaces of Southern Italy. By shooting in these “real” environments, you get an integrity and realism to the design that make them believable to the audience, even though they may well recognize some of the places. You can then enhance these environments digitally, or add additional set pieces, dressing and vehicles to take the environments to another place.
Q: What kinds of skills and talents does it take to be a conceptual artist?
Doug Chiang: Conceptual designers need to be good artists. Our job is communication through art. The backgrounds of each artist in the art department are often as varied as our skills. Some are wonderful creature creators, like Terryl Whitlatch, and others like Iain McCaig excel at costumes. But the common link that binds us all is the ability to draw well.
In addition, concept designers need to be world builders. We need to be architects, vehicle designers, costume and creature designers, all in one. Good designers have the ability to see the uncommon in common objects.
Q: We’ve heard a lot about “animatics,” but it’s still a bit confusing. Could you give us a simple explanation?
David Dozoretz: Animatics, also called “Pre-Visualization”, is a relatively new filmmaking tool. Essentially, it is the use of low-end, quickly rendered computer animation to test out a shot or scene before it is actually filmed. It’s the next logical extension of the storyboarding process. These animations are used to figure out the shot before principal photography. We saved a lot of time and money on Episode I The Phantom Menace because George was able to decide what a shot was supposed to look like by working with a few members of the animatic team, rather than doing it on set with a hundred people.
December 1999
Q: In scouting for locations with Rick McCallum, why did you end up picking Italy for part of planet Naboo?
Gavin Bocquet: In terms of Naboo, after many months of general research, we initially decided to scout in Portugal, Spain, and Italy for Naboo. We were looking for a grand classical architecture, giving a feeling of scale and a sophisticated society. Although we could digitally enhance the scale of our locations, you still needed to start with a certain scale of real architecture to make the finished image look real. We were looking for strong clean lines in the architecture, and not too much elaborate decoration.
Q: What was one of the more difficult special effects shots in The Phantom Menace?
ILM: One of the more difficult special effects shots in Star Wars: Episode I The Phantom Menace was in the Podrace sequence when Mars Guo’s Podracer crashes into the desert floor after Sebulba throws a wrench into his left engine. The challenge was to make a physically realistic crash of this massive Podracer (the largest of the bunch both in terms of size as well as number of parts) at a speed of 600 miles an hour! We knew that we had to show all the metal and actual parts of the model bending and twisting as they get crushed. Doing these shots as miniatures would involve throwing models onto sand at 100 miles an hour and hoping some of it would end up on film, making it very expensive, or even prohibitive, without much control given the number of Podracers that had to crash. The computer model for Mars Guo’s Podracer had the intricacies we needed, but we cut that up into even smaller pieces, a total of about 14,000, and an additional 100,000 pieces of smaller debris that came from inside it.
The main Podracer parts were “crashed” using a physics-based dynamic “simulation” with Maya software, including thousands of actual parts from the CG model that were torn off. We had to invent a way to make the larger metal parts crush and twist as they impacted the ground or other pieces. Then came the sand and dirt simulation with millions of particles, the smoke and flames, and sparks, all while the Podracer and the camera are traveling at over 600 miles an hour. So the number of different demolition elements combined with the level of realism and the high speeds made for a very difficult task to create this destruction shot.